Skip to content

Apple Watch “Spring Forward” Media Event – Formally Delivering the Watch to Everyone Globally March 9, 2015 ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1425091243.jpg

 BULLETIN – Apple is hosting an Important Media Event March 9th, 2015, 1pm Eastern, at the Yerba Buena Center for the Arts Theater in San Francisco, a venue often used to display new products.

 Apple’s Spring Forward media event will highlight Apple Watch, delivering its Formal Presentation of the features, pricing, and other interesting details for its New Apple Watch, Launching April, 2015, perhaps a bit sooner.

 Apple’s March 9th Media Event may signal that the Apple Watch may be released sooner than later, perhaps earlier in April, like April 3rd, April’s first FRIDAY. You may recall our report last year that Apple was “a month ahead of schedule in the Apple Watch development timeline“. Apple’s Spring Forward media event may signal that the Apple Watch may be available for on-line purchase, perhaps as early as Thursday Match 19th.

 Apple is the Master of Marketing. We know this. Besides the event being named “Spring Forward” the event is the very next day when we all advanced our “Watches one hour Forward.” The Spring Forward theme is recited in Apple’s formal invitation was sent Thursday morning, February 26, 2015 to the global Media community. Apple will present all the details about how the iWatch works, likely show Apple’s new Configuration Companion App, that makes it super-simple to set up the Apple Watch directly from your iPhone, topics were not fully covered at its initial announcement 4 months ago, following the September Announcement of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus.

 Apple’s March 9th Media Event may also Announce other New Product Iterations, for example the large 12.9″ iPad Pro that has been rumored for several years. Perhaps Apple may announce a new version of its Apple TV, which is years overdue for revision. My understanding is, there are over 20 million Apple TV boxes in circulation.

 Apple first introduced the Apple Watch September, 2014, Apple delivered to us a “high-level” comprehensive overview at what the product will be able to do to improve our lives. We remain uninformed about many of the specifics like battery life, pricing for the high-end and the other two-tiers of models.

 Apple’s March 9th Media Event will undoubtedly describe how we will be able to use this new Wearable Companion product, the iWatch. Plus Apple will described iWatch Configuration App, loaded into your iPhone via the release of iOS 8.3, that delivers a unique Pathway App {transferring information and configurations from your iPhone directly to your iWatch} utilizing a menu-driven system to Transfer all your Watch Desires and Settings seamlessly into your iWatch.

 Apples March 9th Media Event will provide Live-Streamed Video to all Apple folks or anyone that has the Safari browser on their PC computer systems, the hardware-criteria that Apple has used for us to qualify for the Live-Streaming Broadcasts. In My Humble Opinion, Apple will open this live Media Event to the hundreds of millions of iPhone users, many of which are iWatch interested.

 Apple’s Live Streaming : Spring Forward Media Event. The Link below will be activated for Live-View everywhere at 1:00pm Eastern Sharp, Monday March 9, 2015:

http://www.Apple.com/Live

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. The Video Link below takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announced the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces this new innovative and reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

 Apple weeks ago commenced production of 6 Million Apple Watch Units representing its Initial Quarterly Order.

 Apple projects internally sales of 24 million iWatches in the first fiscal-year of sales beginning April, 2015, as stated in news reports, which Apple has not confirmed. Several other analysts project 36 million Apple Watches and more, in the first fiscal-year of sales.

 Apple in my opinion, is likely not in a hurry for an early April release date, as Apple surely wants to “iron out all the wrinkles” associated with a new-product release; however, maintain an “April Release” as published. Also when considering the Apple Watch release date, towards the end of April, Apple holds its Quarterly Financial report at 5pm following the 4pm public filing of Apple’s 2015 Q2.

 Apple Watch is the only NEW product-release, since the unveiling of the iPad at a Press-Event held January 27, 2010 and subsequently released on April 30, 2010 with built-in Cellular+WiFi connectivity, two weeks earlier the WiFi iPad was available to the public.

 CEO, Tim Cook surely desires to hold the Apple Watch high in the air, with all of the software, hardware, App, and iOS system issues rendered as glitch-free as possible. If Apple needs a week or more to polish the edges, the Apple Watch may be released to the Public towards the end of April, like on Friday 24th.

 Apple Watch early adopters, the Apple Loyalists, must be Impressed with this unique Wearable iWatch, its Easy set-up, Ease of use, Battery life, Connectivity to everything iPhone/iPad. If accomplished, the major issues the media-critics have been whining about, mostly focused on its battery life, should be silenced early on.

 Emergence of early issues may severely hamper accelerated adoption by the folks; Except, yours truly as I’ll be literally on line early morning, at Apple’s Retail Store at the Boca Raton Town Center Mall. Presently I’m focusing on the Apple Watch mid-tier model, the Dark Stainless Steel Bracelet or the Milanese Loop

 Unless you’ve just returned from a extended vacation on planet SATURN, you may know the Apple Watch is coming very soon. iWatch is scheduled to be released in April, 2015. April 3rd, is the earliest Friday in April, only 36 days from today, February 26th. Many have asked us, will there be a Pre-Release Media event, (say Tuesday March 24th) 9 days before THE Release of iWatch Inventory to Apple’s retail stores? News reports have been accelerating as the release date becomes closer to realty. The Wall Street Journal, USA Today, Bloomfield and other journalists, have been discussed the new Apple Watch line-up.

 Uncommon with a NEW Apple product release are the hoards of media-critics, claiming the uselessness of this new product. The Apple Watch is a unique New Product, as compared to a new Iteration of an existing product, like iPhone 5 to iPhone 6.

 Historically, the Original iPhone was announced at Apple’s Maxworld Expo held January 9, 2007 annual event the media soon after slammed Apple for getting into a venue (cellular phones) it knew absolutely nothing about, considering there was already a very crowded field of experienced Mobile Phones makers.

 The Same choir of critics reported that Apple’s NEW iPad was “nothing new and if Apple’s lucky, maybe 6 million units would be sold” in its first year. Since the initial iPhone in 2007 there have been over a Billion iOS devices sold and in circulation, half of which are iPhones, Apple selling into a very crowded field of smartphone makers.

 Recent articles discussing Apple’s iWatch endeavor has given me motivation to take harder look towards generating some reasonable expectations that we formulated for the three-tiered AppleWatch lineup; We’re assuming Apple will fabricate and sell 24 million iWatches for the initial 12 month sales period, plus Apple’s disclosure of the $350 Sports Watch entry-price point.

 All the statistics have been projected by us internally, with no knowledge of what Apple has actually projected. Several facts have been released to the public that we’ve used in our presentation: (1) there will be a 3-tiered iWatch model lineup, (2) the Sports Watch will retail for $350, and (3) all else is our conjecture.

 Apple Watch Economic Model. The statistical-chart below displays what we believe are “realistic” sales goals, perhaps conservatively, with price-traunches for the three tiered line-up, Sports, Apple Watch, Apple Edition, metaled Aluminum Alloy, Stainless Steel, and 18k Gold respectively.

 iWatch [Gold] Edition is the top-tier version of the AppleWatch. Its been estimated that the Edition Apple Watch may retail for an estimated $4500. Sounds like a lot of money. Although Apple chose to leave the word “Gold” out of the Top Tier Title, Apple Edition, gold is in fact the watch-body metal; Note, presently Gold’s raw-material cost is hovering around $1200 per troy ounce, gold watches are “pricey” regardless of who designs and makes them, irrespective of the internal electronics package or electro-mechanical movement.

 Apply is now Buying massive quantities of 24k Gold bullion, but that’s just the beginning. Roughly 14.46 Million troy ounces of 24k Gold bullion that are purchased by Apple per year (assuming our guesstimates are close) must be Certified by Apple Metallurgists when delivered, for elemental AU Purity and Weight. These two steps are very complex and require significant Oversight by agents of the bullion-supplier and Apple. Dealing with the payments and receipts of $18 Billion as Apple pays for the gold bullion is quite complex.

 Post Certification of Millions of Pounds of Gold Bullion, it passes to the secure Fabrication Plant, carefully measured batches of the Bullion are heated to 2,000ºF in special Gold Furnaces, then Apple Metallurgists mix the molten gold with other specially purified metal ingredients resulting in several unique specialty 18k Gold formulations, then poured into Apple Watch cast-forms, cooled, then the iWatch Gold-Blanks are removed from the forms and inspected, those that pass through quality control are machined and polished, for further assembly. The gold-blanks that are rejected, and foundry castings are not 100%, go back to the Furnaces to be repoured.

 This scenario is highly simplified, but gives you a notion of the complexity of the process. As about $18 Billion of gold bullion is involved, significant added costs are incurred for Plant Security, armed security guards, “security watching the valuables and each other, throughout all these processes.

 Apple is processing this gold presently in effort for their April 2015 release to their retail stores for sale. Apple is also presently installing into the Common Carriers, Apple Distribution Centers, and Apple Retail Stores, specially designed VAULTS and ALARM Systems to protect the Apple Watch Boxed Inventory.

 Apple Watch Edition, Lets take the iWatch apart piece-by-piece, financially speaking. Let’s assume that the Edition Watch may contain 37.5gm of 24k Gold and the Apple Watch electronics module is the same module used universally with all three of the AppleWatch tiers.

 Apple Watch Financial Array. The bullet-points below display the cost analysis for the Apple Watch [gold] Edition, all Edition iWatches are gold cased watches.

 Current Spot-Gold price. Assuming the iWatch pure-gold content is 37.5gm of gold watch-case (our guesstimate) when formulated to 18k gold metal-alloy. If Apple’s Gold Alloy procedure starts with 37.5gm of 24k Gold, as 24k gold metal is fabricated into 18k Gold by adding presumably precise amounts of Silver, Copper and Zinc, therefore watch-case (without internals) would then weigh 50gm, due to the additional 12.5gm of Apple’s unique mix of metals, blended in its Alloy-Furnaces. FYI, currently (as of 2/27/2015) spot-gold is hovering between $1204 to $1219 per troy ounce. Recall the under-side of the iWatch is stainless-steel which seals the watch-cased Computer module, Lithium Polymer battery, and houses 4 biometric sensor components.

 Apple with its team of the best Metallurgists on the planet, have developed several unique 18k Gold formulations that delivers 18k Gold Alloys with custom Colors offering greater Gold hardness and durability unique to Apple. Typically 18k Gold is “softer” making it more prone to scratching and scuffing, showing greater signs of wear, than with traditional 14k Gold alloy formulations.

 The Most Common 18k Gold Colors and Formulations are Displayed in this article with graphics and charts showing. The common alloys of elemental Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc in various levels of concentrations. Notice in the 12 Gold Colors Chart, Yellow Gold contains Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc with Gold representing 75% of the Alloy. To produce Rose colored Gold, the formulation contains only three elements: Gold, Silver, and Copper, removing Zinc. It will be very interesting to know the precise Formulation of Elements Apple’s team of metallurgists have chosen to create its unique Colors and Hardness, never seen before in the Gold Industry.

 Apple is Reinventing the Watch. One should not be surprised that when Apple committed to a Watch-Wearable product, again Apple is REINVENTING the business of Gold Wearable Watches. From the images that Apple has displayed, and as presented in this article, Apple has created several striking 18k Gold Colors never seen in the industry. My bet is the brilliance of the gold colors is not simply a photoshop magic act, their unique Gold colors will be even more striking up close and personal, when the buying public visualized the Apple Watch in their Retail Stores.

As a reference, a typical ROLEX watch and bracelet uses 150gm of Gold; however, the gold is contained in the base Watch plus its hefty Bracelet. The Rolex bracelet accounts for a significant portion of the total gold metal package.

 Apple Watch Computer module $200, the same module in all Apple Watches
 Apple Watch Edition’s gold uses 37.5gm 24k Gold valued at $1500 for an 18k Gold formulation, presently spot-gold is $1205/gm [math: (37.5/31.1) x $1205 = $1500 the cost of the gold component]
 Apple Watch Form, Jewlers add “Form” value to the price of its jewelry creations, say $2300
 Apple Edition Band, say $500
 Apple Watch Edition retail price = $4500 (math: $200 + $1500 + $150 + $2300 + $500)

 Specifically, people in the supply-line familiar with this topic claim Apple has commenced production of about 6 million Apple Watches many weeks ago, for the iWatch’s first quarterly production-run; just over half of the production is earmarked for the Sport model, with a third of the production-run allocated for the middle-segment stainless-steel Apple Watch, with the balance is the Top-Tier Edition production, about 10% for the Apple Watch [Gold] Edition models.

 Apple Watch Edition impact on Global Gold Supply. One more thing, lets have some fun in determining what Apple Watch Edition sales may have on the World’s supply for gold. Here are some givens to consider
 Apple Watch facts and conversion factors: there are 31.1gm in 1.00 Troy Ounce, there are 32,150.75 Troy ounces in one Metric Ton, Global production of Gold is 2500 Metric Tons annually, spot-gold price currently hovering around $1205 per troy ounce
 Apple is currently produce 500,000 gold Edition Apple Watch units as its initial quarterly production-run
 Apple Watch Edition ramps up production to 1 million Apple Watch units monthly [or more] as demand dictates
 Apple Watch Edition requires 37.5gm of pure 24k Gold for each iWatch, guesstimated
 Apple Watch Edition utilized 1.2058 Troy ounces of Gold per Apple Watch Edition, extrapolation of a guesstimate
 Apple Watch Edition will consume 14,469,453 troy ounces of Gold in its First fiscal Year of production, equating to 450 Metric Tons of 24k Gold/Yr, which equates to over 5x Rolex’s current Gold consumption
 Apple will Buy $18.086 Billion per Year for 24k Gold Bullion to built its Gold Edition Watches, base on current assumptions and spot-gold prices
 Apple Edition Watch Gold will place a New Demand for 20% of the total annual global Gold production
 Reference #1. Rolex sells $4.7 billion in gold watches yearly, from an estimated 600,000 Rolex watch sales. Rolex watches average 150gm or 4.82 troy ounces of Gold per watch, equating to 2.894 million troy ounces, or 90 Metric Tons Gold/annually
 Reference #2. Federal Reserve Bank of New York stores on average 7,000 metric tons of Gold Bullion in its Manhattan vault.

 By Mid-April, 2015, we are expecting over 50,000 Apple Watch Apps on the AppStore. Currently, for an average iPhone user there are 65 Apps per iPhone. We currently have 418 Apps on my iPhone 6 Plus and 300 Apps on Marilyn’s iPhone 6 Plus. We are estimating that an average Apple Watch may have 75 Apps per Apple Watch. There may likely be no single killer app for Apple Watch when the iWatch is released (other than the iWatch Configuration App) as each user will have their “own set of Killer Apps.” One way to look at this new “Wearable” is that the consumer is getting 75 different devices housed in one Apple Watch. Several Analysts are projecting that Apple may sell over 40 million Apple Watches in 1st the year, which is a very high estimate but not totally out of line with other estimates we’ve heard.

 Many of the Apple Watch details are still unconfirmed, typical for Apple product releases, most notably the three-tired segment pricing, Apple Watch may be the revenue growth driver Apple needs for this April-Quarter, typically a relatively modest earnings period.

 Apple’s Sports Watch is configured with an satin Aluminum case with a variety of elastomer sports water resistant bands. The Apple Watch is housed in highly polished hardened Stainless Steel with two colors, with a number of elegant bracelets. For the fashion minded, the Apple Watch Edition is encased in a highly polished and hardened Gold case accompanied with appealing bracelets. If our guesstimates are correct, this new Wearable product-line may have significant implications for year-over-year revenue growth at the company.

 If the last eight quarterly financial reports are an indication, Apple may benefit handsomely with this mid-year revenue accelerator. The first fiscal-quarter (Apple’s fourth calendar quarter) is where Apple has really outperformed, growing revenue nearly 30% year-over-year.

 Led by the newest iterations of its iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, most notably Apple smashed all expectations and accordingly propelled the $AAPL stock to all-time highs, with no end in sight. Not to mention that many of the largest Investment Banking firms’ analysts increasing the Target Pricing to $150/share and seemingly other analysts concurring with increased share target pricing.

 Apple’s mid-year quarterly performance are generally less impressive then Apple’s first quarter results. And while it is important to note that 5% to 6% year-over-year growth is still amazing for a huge company pushing nearly $200 billion in revenues, with an Apple Watch earnings injection during the seasonally slower quarters should be an additional catalyst for Apple’s stock trading prices.

 As you may know, one of the Apple “low” growth quarters is the third fiscal quarter, that typically starts April 1st. With an iWatch April release date expected, the Apple Watch may be most felt during this quarter. Assuming forecasts are close to reality, Apple generally errs on the conservative side with their projections. The Apple Watch may add roughly 16.8% growth to the quarter year-over-year, considering all other product sales factors constant. However, being rather bullish on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, these “slower” seasonal quarters may be “not so slow” as usually expected by the “talking heads.”

The Big Question: Which Watch is for You? With the start of the New Year the specialty Watch Makers like Montblanc, Longines, Baume & Mercier, and others announce and display their new creations to the public.

Watches – Which is Best for You Comparing a robust “mans” chronograph with a modern gold iWatch with a red-band is eye catching, the primary purpose. However, when one acquires Mechanical-Chronographs with Complications in its Face, other than the watch-band, your use and visuals are Fixed. With iWatch other than your choice of the Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum alloy case, all else may be changed including the bands.

With the iWatch, Fixed only applies to your choice of how tall the watch body is, either 38mm or 42mm, and your choice of metal, Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum… all else you may change. The Watch Face may look anyway you desire, with Complications or not, thousands of possibilities, that you may change anytime. Directly under iWatch’s highly polished scratch-proof Sapphire Crystal, is a brilliant OLEM retina touch-display.

iWatch Face may display whatever information you desire, Day, Date, Graphics, Animations, iMessages, eMail, Weather, your next Calendar event, an incoming Call or Text, the position of Planet Earth in its solar system, your Heart rate, your Friend’s Heart Rate, anything or everything you desire, including the local Time. Want the Second-Hand on an analog face, turn it on or off. Want Digital or Analog time display, Want the Day/Date, turn these on or off, as you desire. Bands and Materials may be easily changed, choose from Leather bands, Stainless, Links, Sports elastomer Bands, however your use and venue dictates. Have a sports band for daily use, and have a elegant band for evening wear. You may easily change the iWatch Band, with no tools whatsoever.

iWatch Graphics. These two graphics shows the 42mm and 38mm iWatch faces and an overlay. The 38mm iWatch face graphic has an Overlay (the blue left and bottom edges) highlighting the 42mm iWatch face to show the size comparisons.

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. After completing the iPhone 6 announcement, Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook mentioned just “One more thing…” a famous Steve Jobs saying, and went on to Announce the Apple Watch. This Video Link takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announces the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces a new innovative reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple Watch certainly is not intended for everyone, neither is the Montblanc, a more limited audience for sure. Lets face it, “old fashioned electro-mechanical” wrist watches have an appeal to more mature affluent audiences, while possess “retro attraction” to the yuppie millennials. However, these classic mechanicals may be 42mm in diameter by 12mm, fragile, relatively expensive, and many amazingly keep terrible time. The iWatch has a 42mm face that rests 12mm on your wrist, and a second iWatch model of 38mm.

Apple Watch embodies many interesting aspects, as under its highly polished Sapphire Crystal is a brilliant OLED very high resolution “retina” touch-screen, that may Display hundreds of possible iWatch Faces. I’m imagining that the iWatch face is a rounded-rectangular shape so that the four-corners may house miniature Informative-Icons, or other Graphic Signals, or not.

Apple Watch’s Display is Strategic, meaning that with careful software graphics capabilities, one may design a “Perpetual Calendar Chronograph” digital iWatch face with unlimited complications, being mindful not to make it too confusing. On the other hand, one may choose an uncluttered iWatch face, or something in between, all user selectable.

🍎⌚️ Apple Engineers Completing iWatch Software. Apple has ceded the 4th beta of its iOS8.2 software today, largely dealing with the iWatch interface and its connectivity with iPhones. Apple is finishing up work on the Apple Watch’s complex iOS operating system software.

🍎⌚️ Sources familiar with iWatch development say the Apple Watch is currently ahead of schedule and on track to ship in the United States in March according to 9to5MAC, who has a very good track record and sources, in predicting product releases. Apple previously stated that the wearable product will ship in “early 2015” certainly not a very precise phrase.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch engineers have been “polishing up” the iWatch iOS operating system and putting the device’s Battery through very extensive testing. Apple engineers have also been “working overtime to improve the inductive charging system necessary for “contact-less” charging-up the device’s internal Lithium Polymer, LiON battery each night.” Tim Cook stated during an October 2014 press event that: “We think you’re going to end up charging the Apple Watch daily. Overnight, that’s what we think.”

iWatch Show-Floor DemoThis link shows an on-floor Apple-Show 5 minute raw employee-demo of the use and settings of the iWatch: http://youtu.be/rwv-3wZocK4.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey. Notice the Graph above drawn from the statistics from a recent extensive survey (conducted by finance company Credit Suisse) of current iPhone owners approximately
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Buy iWatch
⌚️ 10% of iPhone Owners will Probably Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will May Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will Probably Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 100% of iPhone Owners that are Considering the Purchase of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation Assumptions . Lets extrapolate these statistics further. For the 10% of those stating they will Probably Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy, lets estimate that if 1000 people in the Apple Store stated they Probably will buy, lets say 500 of the 1000, about 1/2 of this group, will actually buy the iWatch; Similarly, For the 27% of those stating they will May Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy; lets estimate that if 2700 people in the Apple Store stated they are Maybe Buyers, lets say 700 of the 2700, about 1/4th of this group will actually buy the iWatch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation. Using the logic and assumptions above, lets restate three of the above groups of Likely Buyers, Probable Buyers, and Maybe Buyers, into a Single grouping of what we’ll call “Very Likely” Buyers
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Definitely Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 5% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Probably Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 7% of iPhone Owners that stated they May Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 30% of iPhone Owners therefore are “Very Likely” Buyers of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ Your Wait for Apple Watch may be over… sooner than you may have thought. According to news reports, Apple Watch iOS version software has been finalized. Apple is preparing a massive training session for Apple Store employees. The Apple Watch wearable device is on track for a March 2015 release timeframe, although no specific date is available. These news reports trim the previous timeline quite a bit. Fairly soon you may see long lines forming outside at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. I witnessed the unruly lines at 2am outside Apple’s Boca Raton store for the iPhone 6 Friday morning release, September 19, 2014.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch wearable device is on track for March, 2015 release, although no more detail on a specific release date is currently known. These news reports trim the timeline, and provide more precision on the iWatch release, then you’ll see the long lines forming at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. Prior to this News, Apple stated an imprecise phrase “Early 2015” as the iWatch release schedule. Another Senior Corporate spokesperson was even more vague stating a “Spring 2015” iWatch release schedule. Take a moment to view these beautifully produced Apple Watch videos.

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production will begin this month, January, 2015, whereas the iWatch was once scheduled to be rolling off Apple contracted lines in February.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production Orders. Apple has reportedly ordered 24 million iWatches from their contracted supplier, Quanta. In response to this relatively strong initial production order, Quanta has increased its workforce five-fold, increasing it from 2,000 workers to 10,000 workers. It’s expected that Quanta will then double again its workforce to 20,000 as the Apple Watch develops its sales momentum as 2015 progresses.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million unit Initial Production Order. One may consider a 24 million initial order seemingly aggressive; However, if recent polling is correct, 24 million iWatches may actually on the mark or somewhat conservative. Current polling indicates that about 10% of iPhone users are actually “Very Likely” to buy the Apple Watch; Combine this 10% in the “Very Likely” Group, with an even larger group of iWatch iFolks, that say they are “Somewhat Likely” may increase the total “Likely Buyers Group” by another 5%. If predictive of actual demand, this trend will stress the supply-line for the 24 million iWatch initial production order.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Time will Tell, this high level of predictive demand may give the impression of production constraints, although, having the effect of keeping iWatch stocks flowing out of Apple retail stores, as fast as inventory arrives. Our guess, for the initial 12 months that iWatch is available, there may be some 30 million to 38 million iWatches sold.

🍎⌚️ Think about it. IMHO, Apple “pre Announced” the Apple Watch in September last year for multiple purposes
(🍎) Apple Defines this new product’s concepts early, rather than the rumor-mills and leaks
(🍎🍎) Provides sufficient time for the market-place, the iPhone folks to digest this entirely new product concepts
(🍎🍎🍎) Six months of assimilation, the iWatch pre-announcement to its formal release, gives everyone time to imagine having this unique Wearable, a marketing marvel by Apple.

🍎⌚️ History of 2007 iPhone. Recall Eight years ago, on Jan. 9, 2007, Steve Jobs on stage during Apple’s annual Macworld conference, announced Apple’s very first iPhone. Starting off with the words “We’re gonna make some history today” Apple’s cofounder Steve Jobs tricked the audience by claiming he was going to introduce three new products: an iPod with touch controls, a mobile phone and an Internet communications device, knowing that all three components were built into Apple’s newly Announced iPhone.

🍎⌚️ First iPhone Announcement. Similarly, when the Original iPhone was Announced January 9, 2007, 6 months later its was Release on June 29, 2007. This 6 months duration gave the World, the Market, the Apple Analysts, and Clients an “assimilation” period to digest The New iPhone Concept.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/qe68rx The iWatch presentation given September, 2014 is presently being “assimilated” just as the iPhone was exactly 8 years Ago, January 9, 2007 at its announcement. Presently, Apple has sold more than 530,000,000 iPhones, and is expected to sell some 220,000,000 iPhones this year.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/cd48rx The First iPhone, 8 years ago (21m:15s into the Macworld Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs the iPhone is Reinvented).

🎬 http://tiny.cc/zx48rx. The First iPad was Reinvented on April 3, 2010. In sum there are over 750,000,000 iPhones and iPads in circulation, by year-end 1,000,000,000 iDevices enhancing peoples lives.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million Production Schedule. The News Reports do not specifically outline the reasons for Apple moving iWatch production up; However, there were vague references that “production yield issues” have been resolved. This could be referring to either the LiON Battery, Sapphire Crystal, the Touch Display, or a mix of the three. If the iWatch is as popular as we think it will be, Apple will need as much of a production head-start as they can.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Display. The centerpiece of the Apple Watch is an bright AMOLED display (newly designed for Apple) that is estimated to be more costly than traditional LCD screens Apple uses in its iPhones and iPads, which are not AMOLED displays. According to Taiwan’s Apple Daily, the alleged terms of the Quanta deal limit Quanta from partnering with any competing device makers building wearable electronics. This News Report aligns with earlier rumors suggesting that Quanta had secured “exclusive manufacturing rights” for the Apple Watch, although some reporters are suggesting that Foxconn and Inventec may “muscle their way” into the iWatches’ supply chain.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Associate Training. iWatch training courses will commence February 9th through February 16th. The core training will take place at Apple’s Cupertino headquarters and a satellite office in Austin, Texas. Direct training will be given to one or two representatives from each of the 263 USA Apple Stores. At the completion of the iWatch Training, the Store Associates are then tasked to return to their Apple store, to train the Store sales staff. Apple has currently 444 retail stores operating in 16 countries, including 263 in the USA, plus an online store available in 39 countries.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Training is said to commence in early February; however, the Apple Watch release date is set for March. According to news reports, those who completed Direct Corporate Headquarters training will thereafter be training their Home-Based Apple store staff. This follow-up training will occur in the days just before the Apple Watch release Event. Apparently since Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, told the pre-release iWatch story at the announcement of the iPhone 6 in September, 2014, Apple is not concerned with pre-release leaks from its 30,000 retail store associates.

🍎⌚️ iWatch, Apple Watch is the most personal iDevice ever. Apple’s goal has always been to make powerful technology more accessible, more relevant and ultimately more personal.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch represents a new chapter in the relationship people have with technology. It’s the most personal product Apple has ever made, because it’s the first Apple product to be worn.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple took a very unusual step in pre-announcing an entirely new Product Category BEFORE it was ready for release. Granted, Apple announces its iPhones, iPads, MacBooks before actual product release; however, for these MAC and iDevices, there was a 7 to 11 day period one waited for delivery of the New product released. In contrast Apple “Announced” the AppleWatch in late September, 2014 concurrently with its iPhone 6 announcement; however, Apple indicated then, that the iWatch would be Available in “early 2015.”

🍎⌚️ Apple will release iWatch in Early 2015. I can imagine Five vocabulary words for defining “when” in 2015 other than mentioning a chosen Calendar Quarter or a particular Month. Apple could have used these Four phrases: Beginning, Early, Middle, Late 2015. Late 2015 could mean November-December 2015, Middle could indicate May-June-July 2015.

🍎⌚️ What does “Early 2015″ tell us? Since Apple chose not to use a particular Month like January 2015, January likely not what Apple had in mind. However, “Early, 2015″ could mean either February, March, or April. Lets Add one more factor. Apple’s reports its financial results on a fiscal basis, where its 1st fiscal Quarter is defined as December 1st through February 28. Since the iPhone 6 is selling strongly, perhaps Apple desires the AppleWatch to make its Sales-Splash beginning in March of 2015 the start of Apple’s 2nd fiscal quarter.

🍎⌚️ Apple – One thing I have learned about Apple… “Apple does everything on purpose, with all aspects thoroughly thought out.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Driven culturally to deliver. Apple is proud and patient with all product releases by “getting it right” technology-wise, market-wise, and timing-wise, getting most of the bugs out before the public see it, and before its critics see it. Apple may also desire to give its stable of independent developers, some time for iWatch Application (App) Development. Apple may desire the “kick off” the iWatch in its 2nd fiscal quarter of 2015.

🍎⌚️ Apple prefers to release new products on Friday for a Three-Day, Friday-Saturday-Sunday “weekend” sales splash. Looking at our Calendar, February 27, 28, March 1st, is the first weekend containing a March date; however, March 6, 7 and 8 is the first all March Weekend.

🍎⌚️ Apple Factoid to Consider. Apple is somewhat constrained in the fabrication of the Sapphire Crystals used on the WATCH and its WATCH EDITION product lines (the Sports models have hardened glass crystals not sapphire), Apple may be scheduling the Apple Watch in March giving sufficient time to build up a reasonable inventory of all the iWatch models. Its illogical for Apple to create huge anticipation, and not have a reasonable inventory of iWatch models to satisfy its Loyal Following.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Release Date: March 6, 7, 8, 2015, total conjecture though, as we have NO internal sources whatsoever.

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. The iPhone is mentioned in this article, as the adoption of the iWatch may follow the adoption-history of the iPhone. Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, 30 years after Motorola literally “invented” their very popular, however, expensive Star•TAC 8500XL. I bought this Motorola “Brick” 30 years ago for $4200 in 1985, weighing in at 28oz. I retained it as a souvenir of the times, then the most portable cellular phone.

🍎⌚️ 30 Million to 38 Million iWatch customers may be “voting” with their Wallets in its first 12 months of availability. Lets see how we get to these numbers. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, it showed an adoption rate of 11 million iPhones in its 1st fiscal year (21 million in the 2nd fiscal year, 39 million in year 3, 72 million in year 4, 125 million units sold in the 5th year of the iPhone). Our guess is the adoption rate of the AppleWatch may follow the growth rate history of the iPhone, as both devices (iPhone and iWatch) were totally new Apple products.

🍎⌚️ iPhones are currently selling at 72 million units per quarter, capturing 51.3% of all global smartphone activations, 3 Times that of Samsung’s. With about 469 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then say 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales… this are our guesstimates.

🍎⌚️ AppleWatch Likely Buyers. A recent survey by Quartz (QZ.com) shows that about 14% of iPhone Owners who indicated that they are either Very Likely, Likely and Somewhat Likely to buy the new iWatch this year; however, some 86% are not interested in adopting for the iWatch in 2015. The Quartz Survey chart is displayed for your review. Lets use this 14% extrapolation.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s recent Annual Report, iPhone Sales represents about $101.9 Billion in iPhone Sales, for 169.2 Million iPhone unit sales, amounts to an average iPhone sales price of $602.72/unit. If in fact for the first 12 months of iWatch sales, 14% of iPhone owners buy the AppleWatch, then about 23 million iWatches may be purchased.

🍎⌚️ 469,000 iPhones reportedly are in Circulation, remove the 169 million iPhones sold last year, lets consider the remaining 300 million iPhone owners that purchased iPhones in years before 2014. Lets assume just 5% of those remaining iPhone owners buy the iWatch, this would add 15 million of possible iWatch buyers. Combine these two assumptions 23 million + 15 million = 38 million iWatch sales may occur in the first 12 months of AppleWatch sales.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s creation of the iPhone seven years ago, Apple literally reinvented the mobile cellular phone, into a very crowded market; However Apple literally changed the Mobile Phone into a “SmartPhone” weighing in at 6oz and sized at 0.46″x2.4″x4.5″ that continues to be improved and enhanced, today with their iPhone 6 sized at 0.27″x2.6″x5.4″ and 6 Plus sized at 0.28″x3.1″x6.2″.

🍎 Today, January 9th is the 8th Anniversary for the First iPhone. This was a great Day for Apple and an incredible Proud Day for Steve Jobs!

🍎 See the First Look at the iPhone, 8 years ago: <u http://tiny.cc/jsl7rx (21m:50s into the Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs as the very First iPhone is Announced).

🍎 iWatch 🍎 Apple Watch – Apple’s Entry into Electronic Wearables

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. 22 years after the Motorola 8500XL known as “the Brick”, Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, which was so much more than a mobile phone, literally a “smartphone” weighing in at 6oz and about 1/4″ thin, 2.5″x0.26″x4.0″ that Apple continues to enhanced with the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s critics reported that Apple has no business getting into the mature field of experienced mobile phone makers.

🍎⌚️ In 7 years Apple has delivered 500,000,000 premium priced iPhones, and are now selling iPhone 6 and 6+ at a pace well over 200,000,000 yearly. Not a typo, Apple is currently selling premium iPhones at a pace of 72 million units reportedly per calendar quarter with a profit margin over 30%. Its been also been reported that, based on actual cellular activations, iPhone 6 models were 51.3% of all global smartphone sales in December, 2014, outselling Samsung 3-to-1. Marilyn and I each own the iPhone 6 Plus and love them.

🍎⌚️ Tablets. Similarly, tablets were available several years before Apple reinvented it with the iPad in 2010. Apple carefully examined how Apple could develop such a device that folks would really want and use. Apple’s critics again reported that Apple was waisting their energies on tablets into such a mature tablet-marketplace, where Apple would be lucky of it could sell 5 million units in a good year.

🍎⌚️ The market place “voted” with their Wallets as iPads are selling at a clip 60 million units yearly with over 250 million in use today. Marilyn has the iPad mini, fits perfectly in here handbag, and I have the iPad Air 2, fits perfectly into my nifty DECODED black leather case.

🍎⌚️ 30,000,000 iWatch sales may “vote” their Wallets in 2015. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, they show an adoption rate of 11 million units in its 1st fiscal year (21 million 2nd fiscal year, 39 million 3rd year, 72 million 4th year, 125 million 5th year) compared to current iPhone sales of 72 million units per quarter. With about 450 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales, your guess thereafter…

🍎⌚️ Watch. Some Watch history. The watch which was developed in the 16th century (circa 1530) was a mechanical device, powered by winding a mainspring which turned gears which moved the hands, and kept time with a rotating balance wheel. Most of the subsequent 500 year history of watches was devoted to refining the mechanical watch.

🍎⌚️ The Quartz Watch in the 1960s, which ran on electricity and kept time with a vibrating quartz crystal, proved a radical departure for the industry. During the 1980s quartz watches took over the market from mechanical watches, an event referred to as the “quartz crisis”. Although mechanical watches still sell at the high end of the market, the vast majority of watches now have quartz movements.

🍎⌚️ The origin of the word “Watch” is that it came from the Old English word woecce which meant “watchman”, because it was used by town watchmen to keep track of their shifts. Another says that the term came from 17th century sailors, who used the new mechanisms to time the length of their shipboard watches (duty shifts).

🍎⌚️ First watches were strictly mechanical, driven by spring-powered clockwork. As technology progressed, mechanical devices, used to control the speed of the watch, were largely superseded by vibrating quartz crystals, producing accurately timed electronic pulses. Some watches use radio-clock-technology to regularly correct the time. The first digital electronic watch was developed in 1970, the Pulsar LED.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple again, is reinventing the Watch, certainly entering a very mature field, dating back to the 16th century, 500 years ago and the “electronic” watch of 1970’s, some 50 years in the making. Apple’s entry into the “Watch” arena may be similar to its entry into Mobile Phones, when it made cell phones literally “Smart.” With the iWatch, Apple will be making the timekeeping wearable very “Smart” too.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple has created three venues for their Wearable: Apple Watch, Sports, and the Edition, each containing many designs, metals, and bands, generating thousands of possibilities to reach a huge audience, with no compromise with its core capability. Presently I am wearing a RADO for the past 10 years, loving it. However, with the release of the Apple Watch, I’m highly motivated towards the Apple Watch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone Connection. A significant capability of the iWatch is its connectivity with the iPhone. Think about it, all of the iPhone’s: rote Computing power, SIRI, sensors, GPS, Internet, WiFi, 3G, 4G, LTE, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth, its Processor, Memory, its Apps are available to and from the iWatch. Literally thousands of developers are having a “field-day” imagining all the capability and connectivity between your iPhone, your iWatch, and everyone else’s iWatch and iPhone.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A simple example. Imaging the ladies that have an iPhone in their purse, or the guy with his iPhone in a briefcase, its ringer is off, to not disturb their surroundings. The iPhone receives an important telephone call. With the iPhone’s connectivity to the iWatch, the iWatch’s underside, sends a tympanic (“tap” or two) onto your wrist, notifying you of an incoming voice call, text, or upcoming calendar event…

🍎⌚️ Rotate your wrist a bit to glance at who’s calling you… To ignore the Call or Text, (lets say you are sitting at a conference table taking notes and participating with 12 others), simply cover your wrist with your other hand, which signals iWatch to ignore the Connection… or, answer the Call on the iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch you may answer the telephone call speak and listen through the iWatch’s internal miniature speaker and microphone… you may then transfer the call to your iPhone, as the call may be lengthly, knowing its worth the effort to retrieve the iPhone from your purse or briefcase. Alternatively, if you didn’t want to receive this call, you could send a text message to that caller from your AppleWatch, texting that: “I will return the call once you’re out of the meeting, I’m on my Way, I’ll call you in and hour….”

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone An ApplePay example. You are at Walgreens and want to pay for your personal supplies and Meds, instead of finding your Wallet and extracting a traditional Plastic Credit Card, or instead of finding your iPhone 6 or 6 Plus, with its new ApplePay capability… just reach-out to position your iWatch close to the Walgreens cash-register’s NCF transceiver terminal, and your iWatch will communicate with your iPhone, and Walgreens Store… you can select the CC you desire and authorize payment, using the touch-display of your iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A Camera example. You have a terrific group shot to capture with your iPhone, you prop up the iPhone on the dining room table… to get in the shot you could let a stranger snap the shot for you, or you could, leave the iPhone on the dining room table, while you position yourself in the Shot, then LOOK at your APPLE WATCH, where you can actually see the image like looking into a “viewfinder” and then snap the shot or two, once everyone settles into a good pose. Once the image is captured you can see the result on the display of your AppleWatch. These examples do not even mention all the HEALTH capabilities.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. AppleWatch wearable is a Technology Marvel, making it possible to package microchips, sensors, graphics, WiFi, Bluetooth, Firmware, Software, Apps… into one highly styled shock and water resistant wearable, that will “Tell a lot more than Time.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Heavily Invested with reInventing the Watch, which electronic watch industry has been tinkering with since the 1970’s.

🍎⌚️ Viewing Apple’s web-pages devoted to introducing the 2015 AppleWatch, you’ll get the message that Apple is deeply committed to having the masses add to their existing wearables, and encouraging others that don’t don wearables, may now do so.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

First Portion of this Article briefly highlights traditional high-value electro-mechanical time pieces, priced from $3,500 to over $50,000 followed by reporting on Apple’s unique contribution to the Watch arena, priced from $350 to several $Thousand. [Apple has not published their pricing as of this writing.]

Montblanc is now one of the most exciting brands under Richemont’s wide umbrella, thanks in no small part to Jerome Lambert’s leadership, the man who played a key role in making Jaeger-LeCoultre the powerhouse that it is today.

With SIHH 2015 Conference on January 19th, http://tiny.cc/r8wdsx, The SALON INTERNATIONAL DE LA HAUTE HORLOGERIE, where watch makers released details of there latest watch offerings, the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum, among others.

Montblanc’s Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes with a 41mm diameter case, available in 18k red gold (priced at $17,000) and stainless steel for the “wealthy wannabes” including polished bezel, with a horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The band-lug, which curve quite steeply, have the same satin treatment.

Montblanc’s Heritage Case thickness is 12mm, which is not thin, but entirely acceptable, as the mechanical movement was not developed from scratch, apparently the “movement” was purchased from a true watch maker’s previous invention. [Editorial remark: one would think for a $17k end product, Montblanc would design a unique watch movement for this release.]

Montblanc’s joining this first-rate array of watches for 2015 is the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarrum, featuring an in-house developed worldtime complication (more on this later). Worldtimers are not all that uncommon, but are notoriously tricky to get right. There is a lot of information to display, and if the designers and engineers are not careful, the dial can easily become way too busy, to be easily legible.

Vacheron Constantin’s Patrimony Traditionnelle World Time, has done it right with one of the best examples of a well-designed worldtimer.

Watches worthy of mention are Baume & Mercier’s Capeland Worldtimer, Girard-Perregaux’s Traveller WW.TC And Moon Phase, which has chronograph functions to boot, (priced at $52,000) or (€44,000). [now that’s a bargain.] Like the Meisterstück Perpetual Calendar before it, this new Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum is also “very attractively priced” [not my words], in red gold, this watch will retail for $17,000 or (€14,400); and in stainless steel, the price is a very tempting $6,100 or (€5,175), [not really?]

☎️📞📡🍎 Marilyn and I will likely select iWatch styles, and take advantage of what seems to be an amazing step forward in personal wearable devices.

☎️📞📡🍎 Take a moment and watch several of Apple’s excellently produced videos at these locations.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/
🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

☎️📞📡🍎 Many Reasons for regular folks to take a hard look at the Apple Watch priced from $400 to thousands, depending on metal.

The Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes in a 41mm case – available in 18k red gold and stainless steel – with polished bezel and horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The lugs, which curve quite steeply, have the same treatment. Case thickness is around 12mm, which is a little on the thick side, but entirely acceptable, since the movement was not developed from scratch. At $17,000 what a bargain. NOT.

Pleased you’re reading, with over 77,000 readers world-wide, growing by 2000/month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,000,000 visits as of December, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

iWatch Update #7 – Apple Watch – 6 Million Units in Production – iWatch Consuming 20% to 30% of Global Gold Production ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1424974914.jpg

 Apple weeks ago commenced production of 6 Million Apple Watch Units representing its Initial Quarterly Order.

 Apple projects internally sales of 24 million iWatches in the first fiscal-year of sales beginning April, 2015, as stated in news reports, which Apple has not confirmed. Several other analysts project 36 million Apple Watches and more, in the first fiscal-year of sales.

 Apple in my opinion, is likely not in a hurry for an early April release date, as Apple surely wants to “iron out all the wrinkles” associated with a new-product release; however, maintain an “April Release” as published. Also when considering the Apple Watch release date, towards the end of April, Apple holds its Quarterly Financial report at 5pm following the 4pm public filing of Apple’s 2015 Q2.

 Apple Watch is the only NEW product-release, since the unveiling of the iPad at a Press-Event held January 27, 2010 and subsequently released on April 30, 2010 with built-in Cellular+WiFi connectivity, two weeks earlier the WiFi iPad was available to the public.

 CEO, Tim Cook surely desires to hold the Apple Watch high in the air, with all of the software, hardware, App, and iOS system issues rendered as glitch-free as possible. If Apple needs a week or more to polish the edges, the Apple Watch may be released to the Public towards the end of April, like on Friday 24th.

 Apple Watch early adopters, the Apple Loyalists, must be Impressed with this unique Wearable iWatch, its Easy set-up, Ease of use, Battery life, Connectivity to everything iPhone/iPad. If accomplished, the major issues the media-critics have been whining about, mostly focused on its battery life, should be silenced early on.

 Emergence of early issues may severely hamper accelerated adoption by the folks; Except, yours truly as I’ll be literally on line early morning, at Apple’s Retail Store at the Boca Raton Town Center Mall. Presently I’m focusing on the Apple Watch mid-tier model, the Dark Stainless Steel Bracelet or the Milanese Loop

 Unless you’ve just returned from a extended vacation on planet SATURN, you may know the Apple Watch is coming very soon. iWatch is scheduled to be released in April, 2015. April 3rd, is the earliest Friday in April, only 36 days from today, February 26th. Many have asked us, will there be a Pre-Release Media event, (say Tuesday March 24th) 9 days before THE Release of iWatch Inventory to Apple’s retail stores? News reports have been accelerating as the release date becomes closer to realty. The Wall Street Journal, USA Today, Bloomfield and other journalists, have been discussed the new Apple Watch line-up.

 Uncommon with a NEW Apple product release are the hoards of media-critics, claiming the uselessness of this new product. The Apple Watch is a unique New Product, as compared to a new Iteration of an existing product, like iPhone 5 to iPhone 6.

 Historically, the Original iPhone was announced at Apple’s Maxworld Expo held January 9, 2007 annual event the media soon after slammed Apple for getting into a venue (cellular phones) it knew absolutely nothing about, considering there was already a very crowded field of experienced Mobile Phones makers.

 The Same choir of critics reported that Apple’s NEW iPad was “nothing new and if Apple’s lucky, maybe 6 million units would be sold” in its first year. Since the initial iPhone in 2007 there have been over a Billion iOS devices sold and in circulation, half of which are iPhones, Apple selling into a very crowded field of smartphone makers.

 Recent articles discussing Apple’s iWatch endeavor has given me motivation to take harder look towards generating some reasonable expectations that we formulated for the three-tiered AppleWatch lineup; We’re assuming Apple will fabricate and sell 24 million iWatches for the initial 12 month sales period, plus Apple’s disclosure of the $350 Sports Watch entry-price point.

 All the statistics have been projected by us internally, with no knowledge of what Apple has actually projected. Several facts have been released to the public that we’ve used in our presentation: (1) there will be a 3-tiered iWatch model lineup, (2) the Sports Watch will retail for $350, and (3) all else is our conjecture.

 Apple Watch Economic Model. The statistical-chart below displays what we believe are “realistic” sales goals, perhaps conservatively, with price-traunches for the three tiered line-up, Sports, Apple Watch, Apple Edition, metaled Aluminum Alloy, Stainless Steel, and 18k Gold respectively.

 iWatch [Gold] Edition is the top-tier version of the AppleWatch. Its been estimated that the Edition Apple Watch may retail for an estimated $4500. Sounds like a lot of money. Although Apple chose to leave the word “Gold” out of the Top Tier Title, Apple Edition, gold is in fact the watch-body metal; Note, presently Gold’s raw-material cost is hovering around $1200 per troy ounce, gold watches are “pricey” regardless of who designs and makes them, irrespective of the internal electronics package or electro-mechanical movement.

 Apply is now Buying massive quantities of 24k Gold bullion, but that’s just the beginning. Roughly 14.46 Million troy ounces of 24k Gold bullion that are purchased by Apple per year (assuming our guesstimates are close) must be Certified by Apple Metallurgists when delivered, for elemental AU Purity and Weight. These two steps are very complex and require significant Oversight by agents of the bullion-supplier and Apple. Dealing with the payments and receipts of $18 Billion as Apple pays for the gold bullion is quite complex.

 Post Certification of Millions of Pounds of Gold Bullion, it passes to the secure Fabrication Plant, carefully measured batches of the Bullion are heated to 2,000ºF in special Gold Furnaces, then Apple Metallurgists mix the molten gold with other specially purified metal ingredients resulting in several unique specialty 18k Gold formulations, then poured into Apple Watch cast-forms, cooled, then the iWatch Gold-Blanks are removed from the forms and inspected, those that pass through quality control are machined and polished, for further assembly. The gold-blanks that are rejected, and foundry castings are not 100%, go back to the Furnaces to be repoured.

 This scenario is highly simplified, but gives you a notion of the complexity of the process. As about $18 Billion of gold bullion is involved, significant added costs are incurred for Plant Security, armed security guards, “security watching the valuables and each other, throughout all these processes.

 Apple is processing this gold presently in effort for their April 2015 release to their retail stores for sale. Apple is also presently installing into the Common Carriers, Apple Distribution Centers, and Apple Retail Stores, specially designed VAULTS and ALARM Systems to protect the Apple Watch Boxed Inventory.

 Apple Watch Edition, Lets take the iWatch apart piece-by-piece, financially speaking. Let’s assume that the Edition Watch may contain 37.5gm of 24k Gold and the Apple Watch electronics module is the same module used universally with all three of the AppleWatch tiers.

 Apple Watch Financial Array. The bullet-points below display the cost analysis for the Apple Watch [gold] Edition, all Edition iWatches are gold cased watches.

 Current Spot-Gold price. Assuming the iWatch pure-gold content is 37.5gm of gold watch-case (our guesstimate) when formulated to 18k gold metal-alloy. If Apple’s Gold Alloy procedure starts with 37.5gm of 24k Gold, as 24k gold metal is fabricated into 18k Gold by adding presumably precise amounts of Silver, Copper and Zinc, therefore watch-case (without internals) would then weigh 50gm, due to the additional 12.5gm of Apple’s unique mix of metals, blended in its Alloy-Furnaces. FYI, currently (as of 2/27/2015) spot-gold is hovering between $1204 to $1219 per troy ounce. Recall the under-side of the iWatch is stainless-steel which seals the watch-cased Computer module, Lithium Polymer battery, and houses 4 biometric sensor components.

 Apple with its team of the best Metallurgists on the planet, have developed several unique 18k Gold formulations that delivers 18k Gold Alloys with custom Colors offering greater Gold hardness and durability unique to Apple. Typically 18k Gold is “softer” making it more prone to scratching and scuffing, showing greater signs of wear, than with traditional 14k Gold alloy formulations.

 The Most Common 18k Gold Colors and Formulations are Displayed in this article with graphics and charts showing. The common alloys of elemental Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc in various levels of concentrations. Notice in the 12 Gold Colors Chart, Yellow Gold contains Gold, Silver, Copper, and Zinc with Gold representing 75% of the Alloy. To produce Rose colored Gold, the formulation contains only three elements: Gold, Silver, and Copper, removing Zinc. It will be very interesting to know the precise Formulation of Elements Apple’s team of metallurgists have chosen to create its unique Colors and Hardness, never seen before in the Gold Industry.

 Apple is Reinventing the Watch. One should not be surprised that when Apple committed to a Watch-Wearable product, again Apple is REINVENTING the business of Gold Wearable Watches. From the images that Apple has displayed, and as presented in this article, Apple has created several striking 18k Gold Colors never seen in the industry. My bet is the brilliance of the gold colors is not simply a photoshop magic act, their unique Gold colors will be even more striking up close and personal, when the buying public visualized the Apple Watch in their Retail Stores.

As a reference, a typical ROLEX watch and bracelet uses 150gm of Gold; however, the gold is contained in the base Watch plus its hefty Bracelet. The Rolex bracelet accounts for a significant portion of the total gold metal package.

 Apple Watch Computer module $200, the same module in all Apple Watches
 Apple Watch Edition’s gold uses 37.5gm 24k Gold valued at $1500 for an 18k Gold formulation, presently spot-gold is $1205/gm [math: (37.5/31.1) x $1205 = $1500 the cost of the gold component]
 Apple Watch Form, Jewlers add “Form” value to the price of its jewelry creations, say $2300
 Apple Edition Band, say $500
 Apple Watch Edition retail price = $4500 (math: $200 + $1500 + $150 + $2300 + $500)

 Specifically, people in the supply-line familiar with this topic claim Apple has commenced production of about 6 million Apple Watches many weeks ago, for the iWatch’s first quarterly production-run; just over half of the production is earmarked for the Sport model, with a third of the production-run allocated for the middle-segment stainless-steel Apple Watch, with the balance is the Top-Tier Edition production, about 10% for the Apple Watch [Gold] Edition models.

 Apple Watch Edition impact on Global Gold Supply. One more thing, lets have some fun in determining what Apple Watch Edition sales may have on the World’s supply for gold. Here are some givens to consider
 Apple Watch facts and conversion factors: there are 31.1gm in 1.00 Troy Ounce, there are 32,150.75 Troy ounces in one Metric Ton, Global production of Gold is 2500 Metric Tons annually, spot-gold price currently hovering around $1205 per troy ounce
 Apple is currently produce 500,000 gold Edition Apple Watch units as its initial quarterly production-run
 Apple Watch Edition ramps up production to 1 million Apple Watch units monthly [or more] as demand dictates
 Apple Watch Edition requires 37.5gm of pure 24k Gold for each iWatch, guesstimated
 Apple Watch Edition utilized 1.2058 Troy ounces of Gold per Apple Watch Edition, extrapolation of a guesstimate
 Apple Watch Edition will consume 14,469,453 troy ounces of Gold in its First fiscal Year of production, equating to 450 Metric Tons of 24k Gold/Yr, which equates to over 5x Rolex’s current Gold consumption
 Apple will Buy $18.086 Billion per Year for 24k Gold Bullion to built its Gold Edition Watches, base on current assumptions and spot-gold prices
 Apple Edition Watch Gold will place a New Demand for 20% of the total annual global Gold production
 Reference #1. Rolex sells $4.7 billion in gold watches yearly, from an estimated 600,000 Rolex watch sales. Rolex watches average 150gm or 4.82 troy ounces of Gold per watch, equating to 2.894 million troy ounces, or 90 Metric Tons Gold/annually
 Reference #2. Federal Reserve Bank of New York stores on average 7,000 metric tons of Gold Bullion in its Manhattan vault.

 By Mid-April, 2015, we are expecting over 50,000 Apple Watch Apps on the AppStore. Currently, for an average iPhone user there are 65 Apps per iPhone. We currently have 418 Apps on my iPhone 6 Plus and 300 Apps on Marilyn’s iPhone 6 Plus. We are estimating that an average Apple Watch may have 75 Apps per Apple Watch. There may likely be no single killer app for Apple Watch when the iWatch is released (other than the iWatch Configuration App) as each user will have their “own set of Killer Apps.” One way to look at this new “Wearable” is that the consumer is getting 75 different devices housed in one Apple Watch. Several Analysts are projecting that Apple may sell over 40 million Apple Watches in 1st the year, which is a very high estimate but not totally out of line with other estimates we’ve heard.

 Many of the Apple Watch details are still unconfirmed, typical for Apple product releases, most notably the three-tired segment pricing, Apple Watch may be the revenue growth driver Apple needs for this April-Quarter, typically a relatively modest earnings period.

 Apple’s Sports Watch is configured with an satin Aluminum case with a variety of elastomer sports water resistant bands. The Apple Watch is housed in highly polished hardened Stainless Steel with two colors, with a number of elegant bracelets. For the fashion minded, the Apple Watch Edition is encased in a highly polished and hardened Gold case accompanied with appealing bracelets. If our guesstimates are correct, this new Wearable product-line may have significant implications for year-over-year revenue growth at the company.

 If the last eight quarterly financial reports are an indication, Apple may benefit handsomely with this mid-year revenue accelerator. The first fiscal-quarter (Apple’s fourth calendar quarter) is where Apple has really outperformed, growing revenue nearly 30% year-over-year.

 Led by the newest iterations of its iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, most notably Apple smashed all expectations and accordingly propelled the $AAPL stock to all-time highs, with no end in sight. Not to mention that many of the largest Investment Banking firms’ analysts increasing the Target Pricing to $150/share and seemingly other analysts concurring with increased share target pricing.

 Apple’s mid-year quarterly performance are generally less impressive then Apple’s first quarter results. And while it is important to note that 5% to 6% year-over-year growth is still amazing for a huge company pushing nearly $200 billion in revenues, with an Apple Watch earnings injection during the seasonally slower quarters should be an additional catalyst for Apple’s stock trading prices.

 As you may know, one of the Apple “low” growth quarters is the third fiscal quarter, that typically starts April 1st. With an iWatch April release date expected, the Apple Watch may be most felt during this quarter. Assuming forecasts are close to reality, Apple generally errs on the conservative side with their projections. The Apple Watch may add roughly 16.8% growth to the quarter year-over-year, considering all other product sales factors constant. However, being rather bullish on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, these “slower” seasonal quarters may be “not so slow” as usually expected by the “talking heads.”

The Big Question: Which Watch is for You? With the start of the New Year the specialty Watch Makers like Montblanc, Longines, Baume & Mercier, and others announce and display their new creations to the public.

Watches – Which is Best for You Comparing a robust “mans” chronograph with a modern gold iWatch with a red-band is eye catching, the primary purpose. However, when one acquires Mechanical-Chronographs with Complications in its Face, other than the watch-band, your use and visuals are Fixed. With iWatch other than your choice of the Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum alloy case, all else may be changed including the bands.

With the iWatch, Fixed only applies to your choice of how tall the watch body is, either 38mm or 42mm, and your choice of metal, Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum… all else you may change. The Watch Face may look anyway you desire, with Complications or not, thousands of possibilities, that you may change anytime. Directly under iWatch’s highly polished scratch-proof Sapphire Crystal, is a brilliant OLEM retina touch-display.

iWatch Face may display whatever information you desire, Day, Date, Graphics, Animations, iMessages, eMail, Weather, your next Calendar event, an incoming Call or Text, the position of Planet Earth in its solar system, your Heart rate, your Friend’s Heart Rate, anything or everything you desire, including the local Time. Want the Second-Hand on an analog face, turn it on or off. Want Digital or Analog time display, Want the Day/Date, turn these on or off, as you desire. Bands and Materials may be easily changed, choose from Leather bands, Stainless, Links, Sports elastomer Bands, however your use and venue dictates. Have a sports band for daily use, and have a elegant band for evening wear. You may easily change the iWatch Band, with no tools whatsoever.

iWatch Graphics. These two graphics shows the 42mm and 38mm iWatch faces and an overlay. The 38mm iWatch face graphic has an Overlay (the blue left and bottom edges) highlighting the 42mm iWatch face to show the size comparisons.

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. After completing the iPhone 6 announcement, Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook mentioned just “One more thing…” a famous Steve Jobs saying, and went on to Announce the Apple Watch. This Video Link takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announces the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces a new innovative reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple Watch certainly is not intended for everyone, neither is the Montblanc, a more limited audience for sure. Lets face it, “old fashioned electro-mechanical” wrist watches have an appeal to more mature affluent audiences, while possess “retro attraction” to the yuppie millennials. However, these classic mechanicals may be 42mm in diameter by 12mm, fragile, relatively expensive, and many amazingly keep terrible time. The iWatch has a 42mm face that rests 12mm on your wrist, and a second iWatch model of 38mm.

Apple Watch embodies many interesting aspects, as under its highly polished Sapphire Crystal is a brilliant OLED very high resolution “retina” touch-screen, that may Display hundreds of possible iWatch Faces. I’m imagining that the iWatch face is a rounded-rectangular shape so that the four-corners may house miniature Informative-Icons, or other Graphic Signals, or not.

Apple Watch’s Display is Strategic, meaning that with careful software graphics capabilities, one may design a “Perpetual Calendar Chronograph” digital iWatch face with unlimited complications, being mindful not to make it too confusing. On the other hand, one may choose an uncluttered iWatch face, or something in between, all user selectable.

🍎⌚️ Apple Engineers Completing iWatch Software. Apple has ceded the 4th beta of its iOS8.2 software today, largely dealing with the iWatch interface and its connectivity with iPhones. Apple is finishing up work on the Apple Watch’s complex iOS operating system software.

🍎⌚️ Sources familiar with iWatch development say the Apple Watch is currently ahead of schedule and on track to ship in the United States in March according to 9to5MAC, who has a very good track record and sources, in predicting product releases. Apple previously stated that the wearable product will ship in “early 2015” certainly not a very precise phrase.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch engineers have been “polishing up” the iWatch iOS operating system and putting the device’s Battery through very extensive testing. Apple engineers have also been “working overtime to improve the inductive charging system necessary for “contact-less” charging-up the device’s internal Lithium Polymer, LiON battery each night.” Tim Cook stated during an October 2014 press event that: “We think you’re going to end up charging the Apple Watch daily. Overnight, that’s what we think.”

iWatch Show-Floor DemoThis link shows an on-floor Apple-Show 5 minute raw employee-demo of the use and settings of the iWatch: http://youtu.be/rwv-3wZocK4.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey. Notice the Graph above drawn from the statistics from a recent extensive survey (conducted by finance company Credit Suisse) of current iPhone owners approximately
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Buy iWatch
⌚️ 10% of iPhone Owners will Probably Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will May Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will Probably Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 100% of iPhone Owners that are Considering the Purchase of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation Assumptions . Lets extrapolate these statistics further. For the 10% of those stating they will Probably Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy, lets estimate that if 1000 people in the Apple Store stated they Probably will buy, lets say 500 of the 1000, about 1/2 of this group, will actually buy the iWatch; Similarly, For the 27% of those stating they will May Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy; lets estimate that if 2700 people in the Apple Store stated they are Maybe Buyers, lets say 700 of the 2700, about 1/4th of this group will actually buy the iWatch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation. Using the logic and assumptions above, lets restate three of the above groups of Likely Buyers, Probable Buyers, and Maybe Buyers, into a Single grouping of what we’ll call “Very Likely” Buyers
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Definitely Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 5% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Probably Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 7% of iPhone Owners that stated they May Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 30% of iPhone Owners therefore are “Very Likely” Buyers of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ Your Wait for Apple Watch may be over… sooner than you may have thought. According to news reports, Apple Watch iOS version software has been finalized. Apple is preparing a massive training session for Apple Store employees. The Apple Watch wearable device is on track for a March 2015 release timeframe, although no specific date is available. These news reports trim the previous timeline quite a bit. Fairly soon you may see long lines forming outside at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. I witnessed the unruly lines at 2am outside Apple’s Boca Raton store for the iPhone 6 Friday morning release, September 19, 2014.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch wearable device is on track for March, 2015 release, although no more detail on a specific release date is currently known. These news reports trim the timeline, and provide more precision on the iWatch release, then you’ll see the long lines forming at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. Prior to this News, Apple stated an imprecise phrase “Early 2015” as the iWatch release schedule. Another Senior Corporate spokesperson was even more vague stating a “Spring 2015” iWatch release schedule. Take a moment to view these beautifully produced Apple Watch videos.

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production will begin this month, January, 2015, whereas the iWatch was once scheduled to be rolling off Apple contracted lines in February.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production Orders. Apple has reportedly ordered 24 million iWatches from their contracted supplier, Quanta. In response to this relatively strong initial production order, Quanta has increased its workforce five-fold, increasing it from 2,000 workers to 10,000 workers. It’s expected that Quanta will then double again its workforce to 20,000 as the Apple Watch develops its sales momentum as 2015 progresses.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million unit Initial Production Order. One may consider a 24 million initial order seemingly aggressive; However, if recent polling is correct, 24 million iWatches may actually on the mark or somewhat conservative. Current polling indicates that about 10% of iPhone users are actually “Very Likely” to buy the Apple Watch; Combine this 10% in the “Very Likely” Group, with an even larger group of iWatch iFolks, that say they are “Somewhat Likely” may increase the total “Likely Buyers Group” by another 5%. If predictive of actual demand, this trend will stress the supply-line for the 24 million iWatch initial production order.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Time will Tell, this high level of predictive demand may give the impression of production constraints, although, having the effect of keeping iWatch stocks flowing out of Apple retail stores, as fast as inventory arrives. Our guess, for the initial 12 months that iWatch is available, there may be some 30 million to 38 million iWatches sold.

🍎⌚️ Think about it. IMHO, Apple “pre Announced” the Apple Watch in September last year for multiple purposes
(🍎) Apple Defines this new product’s concepts early, rather than the rumor-mills and leaks
(🍎🍎) Provides sufficient time for the market-place, the iPhone folks to digest this entirely new product concepts
(🍎🍎🍎) Six months of assimilation, the iWatch pre-announcement to its formal release, gives everyone time to imagine having this unique Wearable, a marketing marvel by Apple.

🍎⌚️ History of 2007 iPhone. Recall Eight years ago, on Jan. 9, 2007, Steve Jobs on stage during Apple’s annual Macworld conference, announced Apple’s very first iPhone. Starting off with the words “We’re gonna make some history today” Apple’s cofounder Steve Jobs tricked the audience by claiming he was going to introduce three new products: an iPod with touch controls, a mobile phone and an Internet communications device, knowing that all three components were built into Apple’s newly Announced iPhone.

🍎⌚️ First iPhone Announcement. Similarly, when the Original iPhone was Announced January 9, 2007, 6 months later its was Release on June 29, 2007. This 6 months duration gave the World, the Market, the Apple Analysts, and Clients an “assimilation” period to digest The New iPhone Concept.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/qe68rx The iWatch presentation given September, 2014 is presently being “assimilated” just as the iPhone was exactly 8 years Ago, January 9, 2007 at its announcement. Presently, Apple has sold more than 530,000,000 iPhones, and is expected to sell some 220,000,000 iPhones this year.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/cd48rx The First iPhone, 8 years ago (21m:15s into the Macworld Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs the iPhone is Reinvented).

🎬 http://tiny.cc/zx48rx. The First iPad was Reinvented on April 3, 2010. In sum there are over 750,000,000 iPhones and iPads in circulation, by year-end 1,000,000,000 iDevices enhancing peoples lives.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million Production Schedule. The News Reports do not specifically outline the reasons for Apple moving iWatch production up; However, there were vague references that “production yield issues” have been resolved. This could be referring to either the LiON Battery, Sapphire Crystal, the Touch Display, or a mix of the three. If the iWatch is as popular as we think it will be, Apple will need as much of a production head-start as they can.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Display. The centerpiece of the Apple Watch is an bright AMOLED display (newly designed for Apple) that is estimated to be more costly than traditional LCD screens Apple uses in its iPhones and iPads, which are not AMOLED displays. According to Taiwan’s Apple Daily, the alleged terms of the Quanta deal limit Quanta from partnering with any competing device makers building wearable electronics. This News Report aligns with earlier rumors suggesting that Quanta had secured “exclusive manufacturing rights” for the Apple Watch, although some reporters are suggesting that Foxconn and Inventec may “muscle their way” into the iWatches’ supply chain.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Associate Training. iWatch training courses will commence February 9th through February 16th. The core training will take place at Apple’s Cupertino headquarters and a satellite office in Austin, Texas. Direct training will be given to one or two representatives from each of the 263 USA Apple Stores. At the completion of the iWatch Training, the Store Associates are then tasked to return to their Apple store, to train the Store sales staff. Apple has currently 444 retail stores operating in 16 countries, including 263 in the USA, plus an online store available in 39 countries.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Training is said to commence in early February; however, the Apple Watch release date is set for March. According to news reports, those who completed Direct Corporate Headquarters training will thereafter be training their Home-Based Apple store staff. This follow-up training will occur in the days just before the Apple Watch release Event. Apparently since Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, told the pre-release iWatch story at the announcement of the iPhone 6 in September, 2014, Apple is not concerned with pre-release leaks from its 30,000 retail store associates.

🍎⌚️ iWatch, Apple Watch is the most personal iDevice ever. Apple’s goal has always been to make powerful technology more accessible, more relevant and ultimately more personal.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch represents a new chapter in the relationship people have with technology. It’s the most personal product Apple has ever made, because it’s the first Apple product to be worn.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple took a very unusual step in pre-announcing an entirely new Product Category BEFORE it was ready for release. Granted, Apple announces its iPhones, iPads, MacBooks before actual product release; however, for these MAC and iDevices, there was a 7 to 11 day period one waited for delivery of the New product released. In contrast Apple “Announced” the AppleWatch in late September, 2014 concurrently with its iPhone 6 announcement; however, Apple indicated then, that the iWatch would be Available in “early 2015.”

🍎⌚️ Apple will release iWatch in Early 2015. I can imagine Five vocabulary words for defining “when” in 2015 other than mentioning a chosen Calendar Quarter or a particular Month. Apple could have used these Four phrases: Beginning, Early, Middle, Late 2015. Late 2015 could mean November-December 2015, Middle could indicate May-June-July 2015.

🍎⌚️ What does “Early 2015″ tell us? Since Apple chose not to use a particular Month like January 2015, January likely not what Apple had in mind. However, “Early, 2015″ could mean either February, March, or April. Lets Add one more factor. Apple’s reports its financial results on a fiscal basis, where its 1st fiscal Quarter is defined as December 1st through February 28. Since the iPhone 6 is selling strongly, perhaps Apple desires the AppleWatch to make its Sales-Splash beginning in March of 2015 the start of Apple’s 2nd fiscal quarter.

🍎⌚️ Apple – One thing I have learned about Apple… “Apple does everything on purpose, with all aspects thoroughly thought out.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Driven culturally to deliver. Apple is proud and patient with all product releases by “getting it right” technology-wise, market-wise, and timing-wise, getting most of the bugs out before the public see it, and before its critics see it. Apple may also desire to give its stable of independent developers, some time for iWatch Application (App) Development. Apple may desire the “kick off” the iWatch in its 2nd fiscal quarter of 2015.

🍎⌚️ Apple prefers to release new products on Friday for a Three-Day, Friday-Saturday-Sunday “weekend” sales splash. Looking at our Calendar, February 27, 28, March 1st, is the first weekend containing a March date; however, March 6, 7 and 8 is the first all March Weekend.

🍎⌚️ Apple Factoid to Consider. Apple is somewhat constrained in the fabrication of the Sapphire Crystals used on the WATCH and its WATCH EDITION product lines (the Sports models have hardened glass crystals not sapphire), Apple may be scheduling the Apple Watch in March giving sufficient time to build up a reasonable inventory of all the iWatch models. Its illogical for Apple to create huge anticipation, and not have a reasonable inventory of iWatch models to satisfy its Loyal Following.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Release Date: March 6, 7, 8, 2015, total conjecture though, as we have NO internal sources whatsoever.

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. The iPhone is mentioned in this article, as the adoption of the iWatch may follow the adoption-history of the iPhone. Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, 30 years after Motorola literally “invented” their very popular, however, expensive Star•TAC 8500XL. I bought this Motorola “Brick” 30 years ago for $4200 in 1985, weighing in at 28oz. I retained it as a souvenir of the times, then the most portable cellular phone.

🍎⌚️ 30 Million to 38 Million iWatch customers may be “voting” with their Wallets in its first 12 months of availability. Lets see how we get to these numbers. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, it showed an adoption rate of 11 million iPhones in its 1st fiscal year (21 million in the 2nd fiscal year, 39 million in year 3, 72 million in year 4, 125 million units sold in the 5th year of the iPhone). Our guess is the adoption rate of the AppleWatch may follow the growth rate history of the iPhone, as both devices (iPhone and iWatch) were totally new Apple products.

🍎⌚️ iPhones are currently selling at 72 million units per quarter, capturing 51.3% of all global smartphone activations, 3 Times that of Samsung’s. With about 469 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then say 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales… this are our guesstimates.

🍎⌚️ AppleWatch Likely Buyers. A recent survey by Quartz (QZ.com) shows that about 14% of iPhone Owners who indicated that they are either Very Likely, Likely and Somewhat Likely to buy the new iWatch this year; however, some 86% are not interested in adopting for the iWatch in 2015. The Quartz Survey chart is displayed for your review. Lets use this 14% extrapolation.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s recent Annual Report, iPhone Sales represents about $101.9 Billion in iPhone Sales, for 169.2 Million iPhone unit sales, amounts to an average iPhone sales price of $602.72/unit. If in fact for the first 12 months of iWatch sales, 14% of iPhone owners buy the AppleWatch, then about 23 million iWatches may be purchased.

🍎⌚️ 469,000 iPhones reportedly are in Circulation, remove the 169 million iPhones sold last year, lets consider the remaining 300 million iPhone owners that purchased iPhones in years before 2014. Lets assume just 5% of those remaining iPhone owners buy the iWatch, this would add 15 million of possible iWatch buyers. Combine these two assumptions 23 million + 15 million = 38 million iWatch sales may occur in the first 12 months of AppleWatch sales.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s creation of the iPhone seven years ago, Apple literally reinvented the mobile cellular phone, into a very crowded market; However Apple literally changed the Mobile Phone into a “SmartPhone” weighing in at 6oz and sized at 0.46″x2.4″x4.5″ that continues to be improved and enhanced, today with their iPhone 6 sized at 0.27″x2.6″x5.4″ and 6 Plus sized at 0.28″x3.1″x6.2″.

🍎 Today, January 9th is the 8th Anniversary for the First iPhone. This was a great Day for Apple and an incredible Proud Day for Steve Jobs!

🍎 See the First Look at the iPhone, 8 years ago: <u http://tiny.cc/jsl7rx (21m:50s into the Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs as the very First iPhone is Announced).

🍎 iWatch 🍎 Apple Watch – Apple’s Entry into Electronic Wearables

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. 22 years after the Motorola 8500XL known as “the Brick”, Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, which was so much more than a mobile phone, literally a “smartphone” weighing in at 6oz and about 1/4″ thin, 2.5″x0.26″x4.0″ that Apple continues to enhanced with the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s critics reported that Apple has no business getting into the mature field of experienced mobile phone makers.

🍎⌚️ In 7 years Apple has delivered 500,000,000 premium priced iPhones, and are now selling iPhone 6 and 6+ at a pace well over 200,000,000 yearly. Not a typo, Apple is currently selling premium iPhones at a pace of 72 million units reportedly per calendar quarter with a profit margin over 30%. Its been also been reported that, based on actual cellular activations, iPhone 6 models were 51.3% of all global smartphone sales in December, 2014, outselling Samsung 3-to-1. Marilyn and I each own the iPhone 6 Plus and love them.

🍎⌚️ Tablets. Similarly, tablets were available several years before Apple reinvented it with the iPad in 2010. Apple carefully examined how Apple could develop such a device that folks would really want and use. Apple’s critics again reported that Apple was waisting their energies on tablets into such a mature tablet-marketplace, where Apple would be lucky of it could sell 5 million units in a good year.

🍎⌚️ The market place “voted” with their Wallets as iPads are selling at a clip 60 million units yearly with over 250 million in use today. Marilyn has the iPad mini, fits perfectly in here handbag, and I have the iPad Air 2, fits perfectly into my nifty DECODED black leather case.

🍎⌚️ 30,000,000 iWatch sales may “vote” their Wallets in 2015. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, they show an adoption rate of 11 million units in its 1st fiscal year (21 million 2nd fiscal year, 39 million 3rd year, 72 million 4th year, 125 million 5th year) compared to current iPhone sales of 72 million units per quarter. With about 450 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales, your guess thereafter…

🍎⌚️ Watch. Some Watch history. The watch which was developed in the 16th century (circa 1530) was a mechanical device, powered by winding a mainspring which turned gears which moved the hands, and kept time with a rotating balance wheel. Most of the subsequent 500 year history of watches was devoted to refining the mechanical watch.

🍎⌚️ The Quartz Watch in the 1960s, which ran on electricity and kept time with a vibrating quartz crystal, proved a radical departure for the industry. During the 1980s quartz watches took over the market from mechanical watches, an event referred to as the “quartz crisis”. Although mechanical watches still sell at the high end of the market, the vast majority of watches now have quartz movements.

🍎⌚️ The origin of the word “Watch” is that it came from the Old English word woecce which meant “watchman”, because it was used by town watchmen to keep track of their shifts. Another says that the term came from 17th century sailors, who used the new mechanisms to time the length of their shipboard watches (duty shifts).

🍎⌚️ First watches were strictly mechanical, driven by spring-powered clockwork. As technology progressed, mechanical devices, used to control the speed of the watch, were largely superseded by vibrating quartz crystals, producing accurately timed electronic pulses. Some watches use radio-clock-technology to regularly correct the time. The first digital electronic watch was developed in 1970, the Pulsar LED.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple again, is reinventing the Watch, certainly entering a very mature field, dating back to the 16th century, 500 years ago and the “electronic” watch of 1970’s, some 50 years in the making. Apple’s entry into the “Watch” arena may be similar to its entry into Mobile Phones, when it made cell phones literally “Smart.” With the iWatch, Apple will be making the timekeeping wearable very “Smart” too.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple has created three venues for their Wearable: Apple Watch, Sports, and the Edition, each containing many designs, metals, and bands, generating thousands of possibilities to reach a huge audience, with no compromise with its core capability. Presently I am wearing a RADO for the past 10 years, loving it. However, with the release of the Apple Watch, I’m highly motivated towards the Apple Watch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone Connection. A significant capability of the iWatch is its connectivity with the iPhone. Think about it, all of the iPhone’s: rote Computing power, SIRI, sensors, GPS, Internet, WiFi, 3G, 4G, LTE, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth, its Processor, Memory, its Apps are available to and from the iWatch. Literally thousands of developers are having a “field-day” imagining all the capability and connectivity between your iPhone, your iWatch, and everyone else’s iWatch and iPhone.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A simple example. Imaging the ladies that have an iPhone in their purse, or the guy with his iPhone in a briefcase, its ringer is off, to not disturb their surroundings. The iPhone receives an important telephone call. With the iPhone’s connectivity to the iWatch, the iWatch’s underside, sends a tympanic (“tap” or two) onto your wrist, notifying you of an incoming voice call, text, or upcoming calendar event…

🍎⌚️ Rotate your wrist a bit to glance at who’s calling you… To ignore the Call or Text, (lets say you are sitting at a conference table taking notes and participating with 12 others), simply cover your wrist with your other hand, which signals iWatch to ignore the Connection… or, answer the Call on the iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch you may answer the telephone call speak and listen through the iWatch’s internal miniature speaker and microphone… you may then transfer the call to your iPhone, as the call may be lengthly, knowing its worth the effort to retrieve the iPhone from your purse or briefcase. Alternatively, if you didn’t want to receive this call, you could send a text message to that caller from your AppleWatch, texting that: “I will return the call once you’re out of the meeting, I’m on my Way, I’ll call you in and hour….”

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone An ApplePay example. You are at Walgreens and want to pay for your personal supplies and Meds, instead of finding your Wallet and extracting a traditional Plastic Credit Card, or instead of finding your iPhone 6 or 6 Plus, with its new ApplePay capability… just reach-out to position your iWatch close to the Walgreens cash-register’s NCF transceiver terminal, and your iWatch will communicate with your iPhone, and Walgreens Store… you can select the CC you desire and authorize payment, using the touch-display of your iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A Camera example. You have a terrific group shot to capture with your iPhone, you prop up the iPhone on the dining room table… to get in the shot you could let a stranger snap the shot for you, or you could, leave the iPhone on the dining room table, while you position yourself in the Shot, then LOOK at your APPLE WATCH, where you can actually see the image like looking into a “viewfinder” and then snap the shot or two, once everyone settles into a good pose. Once the image is captured you can see the result on the display of your AppleWatch. These examples do not even mention all the HEALTH capabilities.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. AppleWatch wearable is a Technology Marvel, making it possible to package microchips, sensors, graphics, WiFi, Bluetooth, Firmware, Software, Apps… into one highly styled shock and water resistant wearable, that will “Tell a lot more than Time.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Heavily Invested with reInventing the Watch, which electronic watch industry has been tinkering with since the 1970’s.

🍎⌚️ Viewing Apple’s web-pages devoted to introducing the 2015 AppleWatch, you’ll get the message that Apple is deeply committed to having the masses add to their existing wearables, and encouraging others that don’t don wearables, may now do so.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

First Portion of this Article briefly highlights traditional high-value electro-mechanical time pieces, priced from $3,500 to over $50,000 followed by reporting on Apple’s unique contribution to the Watch arena, priced from $350 to several $Thousand. [Apple has not published their pricing as of this writing.]

Montblanc is now one of the most exciting brands under Richemont’s wide umbrella, thanks in no small part to Jerome Lambert’s leadership, the man who played a key role in making Jaeger-LeCoultre the powerhouse that it is today.

With SIHH 2015 Conference on January 19th, http://tiny.cc/r8wdsx, The SALON INTERNATIONAL DE LA HAUTE HORLOGERIE, where watch makers released details of there latest watch offerings, the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum, among others.

Montblanc’s Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes with a 41mm diameter case, available in 18k red gold (priced at $17,000) and stainless steel for the “wealthy wannabes” including polished bezel, with a horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The band-lug, which curve quite steeply, have the same satin treatment.

Montblanc’s Heritage Case thickness is 12mm, which is not thin, but entirely acceptable, as the mechanical movement was not developed from scratch, apparently the “movement” was purchased from a true watch maker’s previous invention. [Editorial remark: one would think for a $17k end product, Montblanc would design a unique watch movement for this release.]

Montblanc’s joining this first-rate array of watches for 2015 is the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarrum, featuring an in-house developed worldtime complication (more on this later). Worldtimers are not all that uncommon, but are notoriously tricky to get right. There is a lot of information to display, and if the designers and engineers are not careful, the dial can easily become way too busy, to be easily legible.

Vacheron Constantin’s Patrimony Traditionnelle World Time, has done it right with one of the best examples of a well-designed worldtimer.

Watches worthy of mention are Baume & Mercier’s Capeland Worldtimer, Girard-Perregaux’s Traveller WW.TC And Moon Phase, which has chronograph functions to boot, (priced at $52,000) or (€44,000). [now that’s a bargain.] Like the Meisterstück Perpetual Calendar before it, this new Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum is also “very attractively priced” [not my words], in red gold, this watch will retail for $17,000 or (€14,400); and in stainless steel, the price is a very tempting $6,100 or (€5,175), [not really?]

☎️📞📡🍎 Marilyn and I will likely select iWatch styles, and take advantage of what seems to be an amazing step forward in personal wearable devices.

☎️📞📡🍎 Take a moment and watch several of Apple’s excellently produced videos at these locations.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/
🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

☎️📞📡🍎 Many Reasons for regular folks to take a hard look at the Apple Watch priced from $400 to thousands, depending on metal.

The Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes in a 41mm case – available in 18k red gold and stainless steel – with polished bezel and horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The lugs, which curve quite steeply, have the same treatment. Case thickness is around 12mm, which is a little on the thick side, but entirely acceptable, since the movement was not developed from scratch. At $17,000 what a bargain. NOT.

Pleased you’re reading, with over 77,000 readers world-wide, growing by 2000/month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,000,000 visits as of December, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Apple iPad-Pro a 12.9″ iPad is Ready for Prime-Time Challenging the 13″ 14″ 15″ PC, LapTop and Education Markets ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1425143538.jpg

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro 12.9″ iPad is VERY Ready for Prime-Time, Challenging the 13″ 14″ 15″ PC, LapTop and Education Markets. IMHO, Apple is reinventing the Laptop with its super-sized iPad. I’ve thought for years that iOS and OSX would merge in phases.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro I for one, am totally addicted to the iPad’s Touch Screen Display. It is so convenient for navigating a document, the internet, web-pages… with a tap of one’s finger, you’ve launched a Link, or placed the curser exactly where you want in your document.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro is reported to be designed as a 12.9″ iPad “Retina” high-resolution display, (recall the traditional iPad Air with its 9.7″ retina-display, and iPad-mini retina-display with its 7.9″ display) all operate with iOS8.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro, the larger sized 12.9″ iPad is directly targeting 13″ 14″ and 15″ PC LapTops, Desk Top PCs, and the Education markets.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro, the larger 12.9″ display is perfect for Academic Text Books used in Schools and Universities. As 85% of the PC users pay bills, browse the internet, read articles and books, write letters and reports, spreadsheets, edit photos, make movie clips… all of these things can be done with ease on an iPad, regardless of the size of the screen.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro will be a perfect addition to my “WordPress Blog Tool Box. As I write and publish daily articles covering 70 topics, the larger display size to 12″ would be perfect for my writing needs. As I spend considerable time Image Editing using iOS Apps such as PhotoShop Express and Photogene, among several others. Notice the panel of 9 Apps below, many of which I use every day.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro, So way buy a modest desktop PC with all the hardware, wires, boxes, all that space taken on your desk, when you can have an thin light-weght, highly portable iPad with its 12-hour battery life, beautiful high resolution touch-screen display, connected to your WiFi and the Internet effortlessly, plus AirPrint your pictures and printed stuff all through your WiFi too.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro is displayed below next to a 13″ Macbook Pro laptop. Personally I totally migrated from the Microsoft PC World to Macbook Pro about 8 years ago, to the urging of my then 13 year old son Daniel. Therefore for major Movie Editing and working with complex Spread Sheets, the Macbook Pro is where I turn to.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro: However, if the iPad Pro is packed with Faster Processing Power, More RAM Memory say 4GB to 8GB level, storage in the 128GB to 256GB, Retina Display, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac multi-band WiFi connectivity, LTE Cellular Network compatibility, the iPAd Pro will on my Desktop as soon as its made available. Being confident that Logitech will have their Ultra-Thin Keyboard Cover available soon after the iPad Pro’s release, it will transform the iPad Pro to a Super TouchScreen Laptop Workhorse.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro: Ultra-Thin Keyboard Cover. Marilyn and I have been using Logitech Ultra-Thin Keyboard Covers, one with her iPad Mini, and another with my iPad Air-2. These keyboard covers match the iPad exterior colors perfectly, have excellent keyboards with keys resembling Apple’s bluetooth keyboard packed with its MAC Computers.

Admittedly, I’m part of the rumor-mill problem; however, I must confess that yours truly, wrote about this my wish-list Apple product several years ago. My writing then was not a “product rumor” as the article was written about an Apple product that I wanted for my work-flow. Folks that know me are aware that I do almost everything on my iPad mini. However, if Apple delivers a super-charged 12.9″ retina display iPad, I’m all in, and I’ll be in great shape to do my image and video editing too.

🍎 APPLE Please take Note: The one thing that I miss migrating to the world of iOS7/iOS8 is the lack of a real file system, where one can find, search, retrieve a particular FILE or Image. Presently, I have to recall which APP was used to create or edit a file, then I have to go to that APP to find the File or Image.

🍎 Apple delivering larger 12.9″ display is a perfect size to compete with 13″, 14″, 15″ laptops and many desktop computers, yet maintain the minimalistic footprint, plus I’d likely couple the iPad to a LOGITECH UltraThin bluetooth Keyboard once its available.

🍎 Think about it, a large display iPad with an amazingly fast, full featured iOS8, relatively inexpensive touch-screen design, coupled with a voluminous inventory of Application Software Apps, all optimized for Apple’s dynamic display that is Tough-Screen. In Apple’s history it has delivered Laptops in various sizes to meet the “Portability and Use” requirements of their users, sizes like 11″, 13″, 15″ and 17″ MacBooks. So it makes common sense that iPads could come in three flavors: 7.9″, 9.7″ and 12.9″ iPads.

🍎 More Industry sources close to the production line and familiar with Apple’s product roadmap say that a 12.9″ display is in the works for a product that may be called the iPad Pro. Apple is reportedly already talking to potential supply-line manufacturers to create this humungous display which is set to be released perhaps October, 2014.

🍎 Apple is reportedly is planning to launch a much larger iPad with a higher resolution screen next year, 2014. Sources familiar with the matter told Chinese website “Pad News” that Apple and its Chinese partner Foxconn Technology Co., Ltd are testing 5 different prototypes of 12.9″ iPads. These larger sized iPads may feature 2K and 4K resolutions.

🍎 New iPads may sport double the resolution of iPad Air. Reliable sources say Apple may launch the larger-screen iPad Pro by April 2014. An iPad Pro may launch with a 4K resolution 12.9″ display to hit the market in October, 2014 when the Cupertino-based company updates its product cycle. The current iPad Air with 9.7″ display has 2,048-by-1,536 pixel, or 264 dpi resolution. This display resolution already falls in the 2K category. By definition the Long-Side horizontal resolution of 2000 pixels is referred to 2K, for 2 thousand.

🍎 Chinese Sources said that an iPad may be built with a 4K resolution would likely have a resolution of 4096 x 3072, exactly double the horizontal resolution of iPad Air which is 2,048 pixels. In order to maintain the same “aspect-ratio” of the iPad Air, then the Vertical dimension would also have to be doubled to 3072 pixels. If this occurred, then the new iPad Pro would have 400% more pixels spread within the 12.9″ display. The new iPad Pro is also rumored to sport 397dpi pixel density, compared to the iPad Air’s 264dpi.

🍎 Apple will likely actively target 13” PC ultrabooks and notebooks, with the iPad Pro, or whatever Apple chooses to name it, by providing the device with better portability, better battery life, and comparable screen real estate for productivity applications.

🍎 Another target for the 12.9” iPad, is the educational market, enabling a beautifully display of digital-textbooks. This bigger display is better suited to replace traditional textbooks, just from a size stand point, and Apple with its supply-line partners, are also developing a new display technologies with less weight and less glare, more suited for use in classrooms.

🍎 Many are now speaking of a 12.9″ iPad, with or without an Apple ClamShell. Being full of suggestions, so whats next in the pipeline… Lets create a iPad-Maxi which would have the appearance similar to the MAC Book Air, but that is where the similarly ends.

🍎 This new iPad Pro, is a portable or desktop computing “game changer” as it employs the Apple iOS amazingly efficient operating system; that’s right… NOT an OSX laptop, but an iOS6 or iOS7 operating system platform, housed in a “super-charged” iPad-pro with a huge 12.9″ maxi-display.

🍎 Using an exterior similar to the MacBook Air’s foot-print, the iPad Pro would be “supercharged iPad” with:

🍎 Touch-Screen Retina-Display, designed to challenge the Post PC traditional 13″ to 15″ LapTop computers

🍎 Apple 12.9″; iPad optionally housed within the clam-shell lid, by the After Market.

🍎 Key Board, using Apple’s world famous bluetooth keyboard, build into the clam-shell’s bottom shell.

🍎 360˚ Hinge. A new clam-shell optional design to have a 360˚ hinge.

🍎 Perhaps Apple will leave the ClamShell feature to the AfterMarketeers like LOGITECH and CLAMCASE.

🍎 The iPas Pro would redefine the Laptop, just as the Apple iPad redefined the Tablet

🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple gets the message that Computing these days is more to do with Communications than Calculations, knowing the present day PC laptop sales are eroding with the iPad. Folks love the iPad’s Communications, Visuals, Web Browsing, Pictures & Video Viewing capabilities, combined with a very compact, light weight design.

🍎 As the transition from the PC to the iPad becomes more profound, and if the iPad Pro is a super-charged robust iPad, as many more Windows PC’ers would migrate to Apple; Conversly, If you want a more compact device the iPad Air footprint is perfect, as I presently have with Belkin’s Ultimate Keyboard Case, discussed in another Article. If you want more horsepower, then the iPad-Pro described below would satisfy this need; want even more power then the MAC Book Air is it… Want even more Power, then the MAC Book Pro answers this need…

🍎 Apple’s MAC laptops are designed with 4 Display sizes: 11″, 13″, 15″, 17″. It is surely reasonable to have the iPad in 3 Display sizes, to serve eveyone’s needs. Apple in April, 2010 Apple released the initial iPad with what Apple believed to be the “Optimal 9.7″ Display; Within 24 months the iPad grew to sales of about 50 million iPads/year.

🍎 November, 2012 Apple met the demand for a more-compact iPad Display, when it released the iPad mini; The iPad-mini’s is having incredible success; The iPad Air and the iPad-mini combined sales are about 65 million iPads/year.

🍎 Apple in 2014 may be considering the opportunity of a One-Size-Up to a 12.9″ Display from the original iPad’s 9.7″ Display. After all once the design of the iPad’s “Internal Electronic Package” is a complete package; however, an evolving package, configuring 3-iPad footprints is a “relatively” easy task: 3-Enclosures, 3-Displays, 3-LiON Batteries, all housing the “Internal Electronic Package.” Leave it to the “After Market” enterprises to fill in the balance of Covers, Cases, Keyboard Cases…

🍎 Not sure which size iPad or alternative to get for yourself, here is a simple decision-tree to help you along the way.


Lets have a “Super-Charged” iPad…. the iPad-Pro:

🔷 more Hardware Connectivity, Lightning plus a Standard SD Picture Card slot

🔷 more Memory say 4GB,

🔷 more Storage say 128GB base the storage, 128GB add $100, 256GB add $200. Memory is inexpensive, so give the folks a good chunk of it.

🔷 more Connectivity say LTEx, LTE, 4G and 3G Cellular, optional $130 radio package to the WiFi a/b/g/n/ac bands

🔷 faster Processor say 3GHz, coupled to

🔷 more Real Estate: 12.9″ Touch-Screen Retina Display.

🔷 Larger Footprint with an Optonal 360° Hinged ClamShell provided by the After Market, where the iPad-Pro snaps into the top-shell, similar to the ClamCase design for the iPad-Air.

🔷 Improved Mathematics & Calculating capacity and VIDEO processing engine to the traditional iPad.

🔷 Pricing for the Base model $599 which includes 64GB storage, 2GB RAM, A8 Processor at 3GHz, and priced up to $999 for the fully loaded 128GB, LTE/Cellular version.

🔷 I will be saving my dollars for the $999 iPad Pro for sure.

🔷 My plan, may be selling my iPad mini Retina, with 128GH to Gazelle, to help defray the cost of the iPad Pro. OR I may retain the “MINI” to have the very portable iPad mini retina, and the much larger iPad Pro for those more intense Image Editing, Video jobs, Spreadsheets, or simply a very portable table-top iPad Pro, adding a bluetooth keyboard.


🔷 http://www.slashgear.com/iphone-5s-retina-2-and-ipad-maxi-the-latest-apple-rumor-grist-28283897/#disqus_thread


🔷 http://www.etnews.com/news/device/device/2774001_1479.html#ystfuv



Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse readership of over 77,000 and growing by 2000 per month, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its “HOT SPOT” capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

 

iWatch Update #6 – Apple Watch – 6 Million Unit Initial Order – Consumes 20% of Global Gold Production

1424883198.jpg

 Apple has commenced its production of 6 Million Apple Watch Units representing its Initial Order. Recall that Apple projects internally sales of 24 million iWatches in its first year of sales commencing in April, 2015. Several other analysts project 36 million Apple Watches in its first fiscal-year of sales.

 Unless you’ve just returned from a 4 month vacation on MARS, you may know the Apple Watch is coming soon. iWatch is scheduled to be released in about 8 weeks, sometime during April, 2015. A recent report issued by The Wall Street Journal and other journalists have outlined sales expectations for the new Apple Watch line-up.

 Recent articles discussing Apple’s iWatch endeavor has given me motivation to take harder look towards generating some reasonable expectations that we formulated for the three-tiered AppleWatch lineup; We’re assuming Apple will fabricate and sell 24 million iWatches for the initial 12 month sales period, plus Apple’s disclosure of the $350 Sports Watch entry-price point. All the statistics have been projected by us internally, with no knowledge of what Apple is actually be projecting. Several facts have been released to the public that we’ve used in our presentation: (1) there will be a 3-tiered iWatch model lineup, (2) the Sports Watch will retail for $350, and (3) all else is our conjecture.

 Apple Watch Economic Model. The statistical-chart below displays what we believe are “realistic” sales goals, perhaps conservatively, with price-traunches for the three tiered line-up, Sports, Apple Watch, Apple Edition, metaled Aluminum Alloy, Stainless Steel, and 18k Gold respectively.

 iWatch [Gold] Edition is the top-tier version of the AppleWatch. Its been estimated that the Edition Apple Watch may retail for an estimated $4500. Sounds like a lot of money. Although Apple chose to leave the word “Gold” out of the Top Tier Title, Apple Edition, gold is in fact the watch-body metal; Note, presently Gold’s raw-material cost is hovering around $1200 per troy ounce, gold watches are “pricey” regardless of who designs and makes them, irrespective of the internal electronics package or electro-mechanical movement.

 Apply is now Buying massive quantities of 24k Gold bullion, but that’s just the beginning. Roughly 14.46 Million troy ounces of 24k Gold bullion that are purchased by Apple per year (assuming our guesstimates are close) must be Certified by Apple Metallurgists when delivered, for elemental AU Purity and Weight. These two steps are very complex and require significant Oversight by agents of the bullion-supplier and Apple. Dealing with the payments and receipts of $18 Billion as Apple pays for the gold bullion is quite complex.

 Post Certification of Millions of Pounds of Gold Bullion, it passes to the secure Fabrication Plant, carefully measured batches of the Bullion are heated to 2,000ºF in special Gold Furnaces, then Apple Metallurgists mix the molten gold with other specially purified metal ingredients resulting in several unique specialty 18k Gold formulations, then poured into Apple Watch cast-forms, cooled, then the iWatch Gold-Blanks are removed from the forms and inspected, those that pass through quality control are machined and polished, for further assembly. The gold-blanks that are rejected, and foundry castings are not 100%, go back to the Furnaces to be repoured.

 This scenario is highly simplified, but gives you a notion of the complexity of the process. As about $18 Billion of gold bullion is involved, significant added costs are incurred for Plant Security, armed security guards, “security watching the valuables and each other, throughout all these processes.

 Apple is processing this gold presently in effort for their April 2015 release to their retail stores for sale. Apple is also presently installing into the Common Carriers, Apple Distribution Centers, and Apple Retail Stores, specially designed VAULTS and ALARM Systems to protect the Apple Watch Boxed Inventory.

 Apple Watch Edition, Lets take the iWatch apart piece-by-piece, financially speaking. Let’s assume that the Edition Watch may contain 37.5gm of 24k Gold and the Apple Watch electronics module is the same module used universally with all three of the AppleWatch tiers.

 Apple Watch Financial Array. The bullet-points below display the cost analysis for the Apple Watch [gold] Edition, all Edition iWatches are gold cased watches.

 Current Spot-Gold price. Assuming the iWatch pure-gold content is actually 37.5gm of gold watch-case, when formulated to 18k gold metal-alloy. If the process starts with 37.5gm of 24k Gold, when the 24k gold metal is fabricated to 18k Gold, the watch-case (without internals) would weigh 50gm, because of the added 12.5gm of unique metals that were blended in the Alloy-Furnaces. To put 50gm into perspective, my $3000 RADO watch that I currently wear weighs 65gm, bracelet included. Currently spot-gold is hovering at $1205 per troy ounce. Recall the under-side of the iWatch is stainless-steel which seals the watch-cased computer module and houses 4 biometric sensor components.

As a reference, a typical ROLEX watch and bracelet uses 150gm of Gold; however, the gold is contained in the base Watch plus its hefty Bracelet. The Rolex bracelet accounts for a significant portion of the total gold metal package.

 Apple Watch Computer module $200, the same module in all Apple Watches
 Apple Watch Edition’s gold uses 37.5gm 24k Gold valued at $1500 for an 18k Gold formulation, presently spot-gold is $1205/gm [math: (37.5/31.1) x $1205 = $1500 the cost of the gold component]
 Apple Watch Form, Jewlers add “Form” value to the price of its jewelry creations, say $2300
 Apple Edition Band, say $500
 Apple Watch Edition retail price = $4500 (math: $200 + $1500 + $150 + $2300 + $500)

 Specifically, people in the supply-line familiar with this topic claim Apple has commenced production of about 6 million Apple Watches many weeks ago, for the iWatch’s first quarterly production-run; just over half of the production is earmarked for the Sport model, with a third of the production-run allocated for the middle-segment stainless-steel Apple Watch, with the balance is the Top-Tier Edition production, about 10% for the Apple Watch [Gold] Edition models.

 Apple Watch Edition impact on Global Gold Supply. One more thing, lets have some fun in determining what Apple Watch Edition sales may have on the World’s supply for gold. Here are some givens to consider
 Apple Watch facts and conversion factors: there are 31.1gm in 1.00 Troy Ounce, there are 32,150.75 Troy ounces in one Metric Ton, Global production of Gold is 2500 Metric Tons annually, spot-gold price currently hovering around $1205 per troy ounce
 Apple is currently produce 500,000 gold Edition Apple Watch units as its initial quarterly production-run
 Apple Watch Edition ramps up production to 1 million Apple Watch units monthly [or more] as demand dictates
 Apple Watch Edition requires 37.5gm of pure 24k Gold for each iWatch, guesstimated
 Apple Watch Edition utilized 1.2058 Troy ounces of Gold per Apple Watch Edition, extrapolation of a guesstimate
 Apple Watch Edition will consume 14,469,453 troy ounces of Gold in its First fiscal Year of production, equating to 450 Metric Tons of 24k Gold/Yr, which equates to over 5x Rolex’s current Gold consumption
 Apple will Buy $18.086 Billion per Year for 24k Gold Bullion to built its Gold Edition Watches, base on current assumptions and spot-gold prices
 Apple Edition Watch Gold will place a New Demand for 20% of the total annual global Gold production
 Reference #1. Rolex sells $4.7 billion in gold watches yearly, from an estimated 600,000 Rolex watch sales. Rolex watches average 150gm or 4.82 troy ounces of Gold per watch, equating to 2.894 million troy ounces, or 90 Metric Tons Gold/annually
 Reference #2. Federal Reserve Bank of New York stores on average 7,000 metric tons of Gold Bullion in its Manhattan vault.

 By Mid-April, 2015, we are expecting over 50,000 Apple Watch Apps on the AppStore. Currently, for an average iPhone user there are 65 Apps per iPhone. We currently have 418 Apps on my iPhone 6 Plus and 300 Apps on Marilyn’s iPhone 6 Plus. We are estimating that an average Apple Watch may have 75 Apps per Apple Watch. There may likely be no single killer app for Apple Watch when the iWatch is released (other than the iWatch Configuration App) as each user will have their “own set of Killer Apps.” One way to look at this new “Wearable” is that the consumer is getting 75 different devices housed in one Apple Watch. Several Analysts are projecting that Apple may sell over 40 million Apple Watches in 1st the year, which is a very high estimate but not totally out of line with other estimates we’ve heard.

 Many of the Apple Watch details are still unconfirmed, typical for Apple product releases, most notably the three-tired segment pricing, Apple Watch may be the revenue growth driver Apple needs for this April-Quarter, typically a relatively modest earnings period.

 Apple’s Sports Watch is configured with an satin Aluminum case with a variety of elastomer sports water resistant bands. The Apple Watch is housed in highly polished hardened Stainless Steel with two colors, with a number of elegant bracelets. For the fashion minded, the Apple Watch Edition is encased in a highly polished and hardened Gold case accompanied with appealing bracelets. If our guesstimates are correct, this new Wearable product-line may have significant implications for year-over-year revenue growth at the company.

 If the last eight quarterly financial reports are an indication, Apple may benefit handsomely with this mid-year revenue accelerator. The first fiscal-quarter (Apple’s fourth calendar quarter) is where Apple has really outperformed, growing revenue nearly 30% year-over-year.

 Led by the newest iterations of its iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, most notably Apple smashed all expectations and accordingly propelled the $AAPL stock to all-time highs, with no end in sight. Not to mention that many of the largest Investment Banking firms’ analysts increasing the Target Pricing to $150/share and seemingly other analysts concurring with increased share target pricing.

 Apple’s mid-year quarterly performance are generally less impressive then Apple’s first quarter results. And while it is important to note that 5% to 6% year-over-year growth is still amazing for a huge company pushing nearly $200 billion in revenues, with an Apple Watch earnings injection during the seasonally slower quarters should be an additional catalyst for Apple’s stock trading prices.

 As you may know, one of the Apple “low” growth quarters is the third fiscal quarter, that typically starts April 1st. With an iWatch April release date expected, the Apple Watch may be most felt during this quarter. Assuming forecasts are close to reality, Apple generally errs on the conservative side with their projections. The Apple Watch may add roughly 16.8% growth to the quarter year-over-year, considering all other product sales factors constant. However, being rather bullish on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, these “slower” seasonal quarters may be “not so slow” as usually expected by the “talking heads.”

The Big Question: Which Watch is for You? With the start of the New Year the specialty Watch Makers like Montblanc, Longines, Baume & Mercier, and others announce and display their new creations to the public.

Watches – Which is Best for You Comparing a robust “mans” chronograph with a modern gold iWatch with a red-band is eye catching, the primary purpose. However, when one acquires Mechanical-Chronographs with Complications in its Face, other than the watch-band, your use and visuals are Fixed. With iWatch other than your choice of the Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum alloy case, all else may be changed including the bands.

With the iWatch, Fixed only applies to your choice of how tall the watch body is, either 38mm or 42mm, and your choice of metal, Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum… all else you may change. The Watch Face may look anyway you desire, with Complications or not, thousands of possibilities, that you may change anytime. Directly under iWatch’s highly polished scratch-proof Sapphire Crystal, is a brilliant OLEM retina touch-display.

iWatch Face may display whatever information you desire, Day, Date, Graphics, Animations, iMessages, eMail, Weather, your next Calendar event, an incoming Call or Text, the position of Planet Earth in its solar system, your Heart rate, your Friend’s Heart Rate, anything or everything you desire, including the local Time. Want the Second-Hand on an analog face, turn it on or off. Want Digital or Analog time display, Want the Day/Date, turn these on or off, as you desire. Bands and Materials may be easily changed, choose from Leather bands, Stainless, Links, Sports elastomer Bands, however your use and venue dictates. Have a sports band for daily use, and have a elegant band for evening wear. You may easily change the iWatch Band, with no tools whatsoever.

iWatch Graphics. These two graphics shows the 42mm and 38mm iWatch faces and an overlay. The 38mm iWatch face graphic has an Overlay (the blue left and bottom edges) highlighting the 42mm iWatch face to show the size comparisons.

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. After completing the iPhone 6 announcement, Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook mentioned just “One more thing…” a famous Steve Jobs saying, and went on to Announce the Apple Watch. This Video Link takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announces the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces a new innovative reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple Watch certainly is not intended for everyone, neither is the Montblanc, a more limited audience for sure. Lets face it, “old fashioned electro-mechanical” wrist watches have an appeal to more mature affluent audiences, while possess “retro attraction” to the yuppie millennials. However, these classic mechanicals may be 42mm in diameter by 12mm, fragile, relatively expensive, and many amazingly keep terrible time. The iWatch has a 42mm face that rests 12mm on your wrist, and a second iWatch model of 38mm.

Apple Watch embodies many interesting aspects, as under its highly polished Sapphire Crystal is a brilliant OLED very high resolution “retina” touch-screen, that may Display hundreds of possible iWatch Faces. I’m imagining that the iWatch face is a rounded-rectangular shape so that the four-corners may house miniature Informative-Icons, or other Graphic Signals, or not.

Apple Watch’s Display is Strategic, meaning that with careful software graphics capabilities, one may design a “Perpetual Calendar Chronograph” digital iWatch face with unlimited complications, being mindful not to make it too confusing. On the other hand, one may choose an uncluttered iWatch face, or something in between, all user selectable.

🍎⌚️ Apple Engineers Completing iWatch Software. Apple has ceded the 4th beta of its iOS8.2 software today, largely dealing with the iWatch interface and its connectivity with iPhones. Apple is finishing up work on the Apple Watch’s complex iOS operating system software.

🍎⌚️ Sources familiar with iWatch development say the Apple Watch is currently ahead of schedule and on track to ship in the United States in March according to 9to5MAC, who has a very good track record and sources, in predicting product releases. Apple previously stated that the wearable product will ship in “early 2015” certainly not a very precise phrase.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch engineers have been “polishing up” the iWatch iOS operating system and putting the device’s Battery through very extensive testing. Apple engineers have also been “working overtime to improve the inductive charging system necessary for “contact-less” charging-up the device’s internal Lithium Polymer, LiON battery each night.” Tim Cook stated during an October 2014 press event that: “We think you’re going to end up charging the Apple Watch daily. Overnight, that’s what we think.”

iWatch Show-Floor DemoThis link shows an on-floor Apple-Show 5 minute raw employee-demo of the use and settings of the iWatch: http://youtu.be/rwv-3wZocK4.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey. Notice the Graph above drawn from the statistics from a recent extensive survey (conducted by finance company Credit Suisse) of current iPhone owners approximately
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Buy iWatch
⌚️ 10% of iPhone Owners will Probably Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will May Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will Probably Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 100% of iPhone Owners that are Considering the Purchase of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation Assumptions . Lets extrapolate these statistics further. For the 10% of those stating they will Probably Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy, lets estimate that if 1000 people in the Apple Store stated they Probably will buy, lets say 500 of the 1000, about 1/2 of this group, will actually buy the iWatch; Similarly, For the 27% of those stating they will May Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy; lets estimate that if 2700 people in the Apple Store stated they are Maybe Buyers, lets say 700 of the 2700, about 1/4th of this group will actually buy the iWatch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation. Using the logic and assumptions above, lets restate three of the above groups of Likely Buyers, Probable Buyers, and Maybe Buyers, into a Single grouping of what we’ll call “Very Likely” Buyers
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Definitely Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 5% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Probably Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 7% of iPhone Owners that stated they May Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 30% of iPhone Owners therefore are “Very Likely” Buyers of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ Your Wait for Apple Watch may be over… sooner than you may have thought. According to news reports, Apple Watch iOS version software has been finalized. Apple is preparing a massive training session for Apple Store employees. The Apple Watch wearable device is on track for a March 2015 release timeframe, although no specific date is available. These news reports trim the previous timeline quite a bit. Fairly soon you may see long lines forming outside at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. I witnessed the unruly lines at 2am outside Apple’s Boca Raton store for the iPhone 6 Friday morning release, September 19, 2014.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch wearable device is on track for March, 2015 release, although no more detail on a specific release date is currently known. These news reports trim the timeline, and provide more precision on the iWatch release, then you’ll see the long lines forming at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. Prior to this News, Apple stated an imprecise phrase “Early 2015” as the iWatch release schedule. Another Senior Corporate spokesperson was even more vague stating a “Spring 2015” iWatch release schedule. Take a moment to view these beautifully produced Apple Watch videos.

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production will begin this month, January, 2015, whereas the iWatch was once scheduled to be rolling off Apple contracted lines in February.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production Orders. Apple has reportedly ordered 24 million iWatches from their contracted supplier, Quanta. In response to this relatively strong initial production order, Quanta has increased its workforce five-fold, increasing it from 2,000 workers to 10,000 workers. It’s expected that Quanta will then double again its workforce to 20,000 as the Apple Watch develops its sales momentum as 2015 progresses.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million unit Initial Production Order. One may consider a 24 million initial order seemingly aggressive; However, if recent polling is correct, 24 million iWatches may actually on the mark or somewhat conservative. Current polling indicates that about 10% of iPhone users are actually “Very Likely” to buy the Apple Watch; Combine this 10% in the “Very Likely” Group, with an even larger group of iWatch iFolks, that say they are “Somewhat Likely” may increase the total “Likely Buyers Group” by another 5%. If predictive of actual demand, this trend will stress the supply-line for the 24 million iWatch initial production order.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Time will Tell, this high level of predictive demand may give the impression of production constraints, although, having the effect of keeping iWatch stocks flowing out of Apple retail stores, as fast as inventory arrives. Our guess, for the initial 12 months that iWatch is available, there may be some 30 million to 38 million iWatches sold.

🍎⌚️ Think about it. IMHO, Apple “pre Announced” the Apple Watch in September last year for multiple purposes
(🍎) Apple Defines this new product’s concepts early, rather than the rumor-mills and leaks
(🍎🍎) Provides sufficient time for the market-place, the iPhone folks to digest this entirely new product concepts
(🍎🍎🍎) Six months of assimilation, the iWatch pre-announcement to its formal release, gives everyone time to imagine having this unique Wearable, a marketing marvel by Apple.

🍎⌚️ History of 2007 iPhone. Recall Eight years ago, on Jan. 9, 2007, Steve Jobs on stage during Apple’s annual Macworld conference, announced Apple’s very first iPhone. Starting off with the words “We’re gonna make some history today” Apple’s cofounder Steve Jobs tricked the audience by claiming he was going to introduce three new products: an iPod with touch controls, a mobile phone and an Internet communications device, knowing that all three components were built into Apple’s newly Announced iPhone.

🍎⌚️ First iPhone Announcement. Similarly, when the Original iPhone was Announced January 9, 2007, 6 months later its was Release on June 29, 2007. This 6 months duration gave the World, the Market, the Apple Analysts, and Clients an “assimilation” period to digest The New iPhone Concept.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/qe68rx The iWatch presentation given September, 2014 is presently being “assimilated” just as the iPhone was exactly 8 years Ago, January 9, 2007 at its announcement. Presently, Apple has sold more than 530,000,000 iPhones, and is expected to sell some 220,000,000 iPhones this year.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/cd48rx The First iPhone, 8 years ago (21m:15s into the Macworld Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs the iPhone is Reinvented).

🎬 http://tiny.cc/zx48rx. The First iPad was Reinvented on April 3, 2010. In sum there are over 750,000,000 iPhones and iPads in circulation, by year-end 1,000,000,000 iDevices enhancing peoples lives.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million Production Schedule. The News Reports do not specifically outline the reasons for Apple moving iWatch production up; However, there were vague references that “production yield issues” have been resolved. This could be referring to either the LiON Battery, Sapphire Crystal, the Touch Display, or a mix of the three. If the iWatch is as popular as we think it will be, Apple will need as much of a production head-start as they can.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Display. The centerpiece of the Apple Watch is an bright AMOLED display (newly designed for Apple) that is estimated to be more costly than traditional LCD screens Apple uses in its iPhones and iPads, which are not AMOLED displays. According to Taiwan’s Apple Daily, the alleged terms of the Quanta deal limit Quanta from partnering with any competing device makers building wearable electronics. This News Report aligns with earlier rumors suggesting that Quanta had secured “exclusive manufacturing rights” for the Apple Watch, although some reporters are suggesting that Foxconn and Inventec may “muscle their way” into the iWatches’ supply chain.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Associate Training. iWatch training courses will commence February 9th through February 16th. The core training will take place at Apple’s Cupertino headquarters and a satellite office in Austin, Texas. Direct training will be given to one or two representatives from each of the 263 USA Apple Stores. At the completion of the iWatch Training, the Store Associates are then tasked to return to their Apple store, to train the Store sales staff. Apple has currently 444 retail stores operating in 16 countries, including 263 in the USA, plus an online store available in 39 countries.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Training is said to commence in early February; however, the Apple Watch release date is set for March. According to news reports, those who completed Direct Corporate Headquarters training will thereafter be training their Home-Based Apple store staff. This follow-up training will occur in the days just before the Apple Watch release Event. Apparently since Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, told the pre-release iWatch story at the announcement of the iPhone 6 in September, 2014, Apple is not concerned with pre-release leaks from its 30,000 retail store associates.

🍎⌚️ iWatch, Apple Watch is the most personal iDevice ever. Apple’s goal has always been to make powerful technology more accessible, more relevant and ultimately more personal.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch represents a new chapter in the relationship people have with technology. It’s the most personal product Apple has ever made, because it’s the first Apple product to be worn.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple took a very unusual step in pre-announcing an entirely new Product Category BEFORE it was ready for release. Granted, Apple announces its iPhones, iPads, MacBooks before actual product release; however, for these MAC and iDevices, there was a 7 to 11 day period one waited for delivery of the New product released. In contrast Apple “Announced” the AppleWatch in late September, 2014 concurrently with its iPhone 6 announcement; however, Apple indicated then, that the iWatch would be Available in “early 2015.”

🍎⌚️ Apple will release iWatch in Early 2015. I can imagine Five vocabulary words for defining “when” in 2015 other than mentioning a chosen Calendar Quarter or a particular Month. Apple could have used these Four phrases: Beginning, Early, Middle, Late 2015. Late 2015 could mean November-December 2015, Middle could indicate May-June-July 2015.

🍎⌚️ What does “Early 2015″ tell us? Since Apple chose not to use a particular Month like January 2015, January likely not what Apple had in mind. However, “Early, 2015″ could mean either February, March, or April. Lets Add one more factor. Apple’s reports its financial results on a fiscal basis, where its 1st fiscal Quarter is defined as December 1st through February 28. Since the iPhone 6 is selling strongly, perhaps Apple desires the AppleWatch to make its Sales-Splash beginning in March of 2015 the start of Apple’s 2nd fiscal quarter.

🍎⌚️ Apple – One thing I have learned about Apple… “Apple does everything on purpose, with all aspects thoroughly thought out.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Driven culturally to deliver. Apple is proud and patient with all product releases by “getting it right” technology-wise, market-wise, and timing-wise, getting most of the bugs out before the public see it, and before its critics see it. Apple may also desire to give its stable of independent developers, some time for iWatch Application (App) Development. Apple may desire the “kick off” the iWatch in its 2nd fiscal quarter of 2015.

🍎⌚️ Apple prefers to release new products on Friday for a Three-Day, Friday-Saturday-Sunday “weekend” sales splash. Looking at our Calendar, February 27, 28, March 1st, is the first weekend containing a March date; however, March 6, 7 and 8 is the first all March Weekend.

🍎⌚️ Apple Factoid to Consider. Apple is somewhat constrained in the fabrication of the Sapphire Crystals used on the WATCH and its WATCH EDITION product lines (the Sports models have hardened glass crystals not sapphire), Apple may be scheduling the Apple Watch in March giving sufficient time to build up a reasonable inventory of all the iWatch models. Its illogical for Apple to create huge anticipation, and not have a reasonable inventory of iWatch models to satisfy its Loyal Following.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Release Date: March 6, 7, 8, 2015, total conjecture though, as we have NO internal sources whatsoever.

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. The iPhone is mentioned in this article, as the adoption of the iWatch may follow the adoption-history of the iPhone. Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, 30 years after Motorola literally “invented” their very popular, however, expensive Star•TAC 8500XL. I bought this Motorola “Brick” 30 years ago for $4200 in 1985, weighing in at 28oz. I retained it as a souvenir of the times, then the most portable cellular phone.

🍎⌚️ 30 Million to 38 Million iWatch customers may be “voting” with their Wallets in its first 12 months of availability. Lets see how we get to these numbers. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, it showed an adoption rate of 11 million iPhones in its 1st fiscal year (21 million in the 2nd fiscal year, 39 million in year 3, 72 million in year 4, 125 million units sold in the 5th year of the iPhone). Our guess is the adoption rate of the AppleWatch may follow the growth rate history of the iPhone, as both devices (iPhone and iWatch) were totally new Apple products.

🍎⌚️ iPhones are currently selling at 72 million units per quarter, capturing 51.3% of all global smartphone activations, 3 Times that of Samsung’s. With about 469 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then say 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales… this are our guesstimates.

🍎⌚️ AppleWatch Likely Buyers. A recent survey by Quartz (QZ.com) shows that about 14% of iPhone Owners who indicated that they are either Very Likely, Likely and Somewhat Likely to buy the new iWatch this year; however, some 86% are not interested in adopting for the iWatch in 2015. The Quartz Survey chart is displayed for your review. Lets use this 14% extrapolation.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s recent Annual Report, iPhone Sales represents about $101.9 Billion in iPhone Sales, for 169.2 Million iPhone unit sales, amounts to an average iPhone sales price of $602.72/unit. If in fact for the first 12 months of iWatch sales, 14% of iPhone owners buy the AppleWatch, then about 23 million iWatches may be purchased.

🍎⌚️ 469,000 iPhones reportedly are in Circulation, remove the 169 million iPhones sold last year, lets consider the remaining 300 million iPhone owners that purchased iPhones in years before 2014. Lets assume just 5% of those remaining iPhone owners buy the iWatch, this would add 15 million of possible iWatch buyers. Combine these two assumptions 23 million + 15 million = 38 million iWatch sales may occur in the first 12 months of AppleWatch sales.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s creation of the iPhone seven years ago, Apple literally reinvented the mobile cellular phone, into a very crowded market; However Apple literally changed the Mobile Phone into a “SmartPhone” weighing in at 6oz and sized at 0.46″x2.4″x4.5″ that continues to be improved and enhanced, today with their iPhone 6 sized at 0.27″x2.6″x5.4″ and 6 Plus sized at 0.28″x3.1″x6.2″.

🍎 Today, January 9th is the 8th Anniversary for the First iPhone. This was a great Day for Apple and an incredible Proud Day for Steve Jobs!

🍎 See the First Look at the iPhone, 8 years ago: <u http://tiny.cc/jsl7rx (21m:50s into the Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs as the very First iPhone is Announced).

🍎 iWatch 🍎 Apple Watch – Apple’s Entry into Electronic Wearables

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. 22 years after the Motorola 8500XL known as “the Brick”, Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, which was so much more than a mobile phone, literally a “smartphone” weighing in at 6oz and about 1/4″ thin, 2.5″x0.26″x4.0″ that Apple continues to enhanced with the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s critics reported that Apple has no business getting into the mature field of experienced mobile phone makers.

🍎⌚️ In 7 years Apple has delivered 500,000,000 premium priced iPhones, and are now selling iPhone 6 and 6+ at a pace well over 200,000,000 yearly. Not a typo, Apple is currently selling premium iPhones at a pace of 72 million units reportedly per calendar quarter with a profit margin over 30%. Its been also been reported that, based on actual cellular activations, iPhone 6 models were 51.3% of all global smartphone sales in December, 2014, outselling Samsung 3-to-1. Marilyn and I each own the iPhone 6 Plus and love them.

🍎⌚️ Tablets. Similarly, tablets were available several years before Apple reinvented it with the iPad in 2010. Apple carefully examined how Apple could develop such a device that folks would really want and use. Apple’s critics again reported that Apple was waisting their energies on tablets into such a mature tablet-marketplace, where Apple would be lucky of it could sell 5 million units in a good year.

🍎⌚️ The market place “voted” with their Wallets as iPads are selling at a clip 60 million units yearly with over 250 million in use today. Marilyn has the iPad mini, fits perfectly in here handbag, and I have the iPad Air 2, fits perfectly into my nifty DECODED black leather case.

🍎⌚️ 30,000,000 iWatch sales may “vote” their Wallets in 2015. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, they show an adoption rate of 11 million units in its 1st fiscal year (21 million 2nd fiscal year, 39 million 3rd year, 72 million 4th year, 125 million 5th year) compared to current iPhone sales of 72 million units per quarter. With about 450 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales, your guess thereafter…

🍎⌚️ Watch. Some Watch history. The watch which was developed in the 16th century (circa 1530) was a mechanical device, powered by winding a mainspring which turned gears which moved the hands, and kept time with a rotating balance wheel. Most of the subsequent 500 year history of watches was devoted to refining the mechanical watch.

🍎⌚️ The Quartz Watch in the 1960s, which ran on electricity and kept time with a vibrating quartz crystal, proved a radical departure for the industry. During the 1980s quartz watches took over the market from mechanical watches, an event referred to as the “quartz crisis”. Although mechanical watches still sell at the high end of the market, the vast majority of watches now have quartz movements.

🍎⌚️ The origin of the word “Watch” is that it came from the Old English word woecce which meant “watchman”, because it was used by town watchmen to keep track of their shifts. Another says that the term came from 17th century sailors, who used the new mechanisms to time the length of their shipboard watches (duty shifts).

🍎⌚️ First watches were strictly mechanical, driven by spring-powered clockwork. As technology progressed, mechanical devices, used to control the speed of the watch, were largely superseded by vibrating quartz crystals, producing accurately timed electronic pulses. Some watches use radio-clock-technology to regularly correct the time. The first digital electronic watch was developed in 1970, the Pulsar LED.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple again, is reinventing the Watch, certainly entering a very mature field, dating back to the 16th century, 500 years ago and the “electronic” watch of 1970’s, some 50 years in the making. Apple’s entry into the “Watch” arena may be similar to its entry into Mobile Phones, when it made cell phones literally “Smart.” With the iWatch, Apple will be making the timekeeping wearable very “Smart” too.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple has created three venues for their Wearable: Apple Watch, Sports, and the Edition, each containing many designs, metals, and bands, generating thousands of possibilities to reach a huge audience, with no compromise with its core capability. Presently I am wearing a RADO for the past 10 years, loving it. However, with the release of the Apple Watch, I’m highly motivated towards the Apple Watch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone Connection. A significant capability of the iWatch is its connectivity with the iPhone. Think about it, all of the iPhone’s: rote Computing power, SIRI, sensors, GPS, Internet, WiFi, 3G, 4G, LTE, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth, its Processor, Memory, its Apps are available to and from the iWatch. Literally thousands of developers are having a “field-day” imagining all the capability and connectivity between your iPhone, your iWatch, and everyone else’s iWatch and iPhone.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A simple example. Imaging the ladies that have an iPhone in their purse, or the guy with his iPhone in a briefcase, its ringer is off, to not disturb their surroundings. The iPhone receives an important telephone call. With the iPhone’s connectivity to the iWatch, the iWatch’s underside, sends a tympanic (“tap” or two) onto your wrist, notifying you of an incoming voice call, text, or upcoming calendar event…

🍎⌚️ Rotate your wrist a bit to glance at who’s calling you… To ignore the Call or Text, (lets say you are sitting at a conference table taking notes and participating with 12 others), simply cover your wrist with your other hand, which signals iWatch to ignore the Connection… or, answer the Call on the iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch you may answer the telephone call speak and listen through the iWatch’s internal miniature speaker and microphone… you may then transfer the call to your iPhone, as the call may be lengthly, knowing its worth the effort to retrieve the iPhone from your purse or briefcase. Alternatively, if you didn’t want to receive this call, you could send a text message to that caller from your AppleWatch, texting that: “I will return the call once you’re out of the meeting, I’m on my Way, I’ll call you in and hour….”

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone An ApplePay example. You are at Walgreens and want to pay for your personal supplies and Meds, instead of finding your Wallet and extracting a traditional Plastic Credit Card, or instead of finding your iPhone 6 or 6 Plus, with its new ApplePay capability… just reach-out to position your iWatch close to the Walgreens cash-register’s NCF transceiver terminal, and your iWatch will communicate with your iPhone, and Walgreens Store… you can select the CC you desire and authorize payment, using the touch-display of your iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A Camera example. You have a terrific group shot to capture with your iPhone, you prop up the iPhone on the dining room table… to get in the shot you could let a stranger snap the shot for you, or you could, leave the iPhone on the dining room table, while you position yourself in the Shot, then LOOK at your APPLE WATCH, where you can actually see the image like looking into a “viewfinder” and then snap the shot or two, once everyone settles into a good pose. Once the image is captured you can see the result on the display of your AppleWatch. These examples do not even mention all the HEALTH capabilities.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. AppleWatch wearable is a Technology Marvel, making it possible to package microchips, sensors, graphics, WiFi, Bluetooth, Firmware, Software, Apps… into one highly styled shock and water resistant wearable, that will “Tell a lot more than Time.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Heavily Invested with reInventing the Watch, which electronic watch industry has been tinkering with since the 1970’s.

🍎⌚️ Viewing Apple’s web-pages devoted to introducing the 2015 AppleWatch, you’ll get the message that Apple is deeply committed to having the masses add to their existing wearables, and encouraging others that don’t don wearables, may now do so.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

First Portion of this Article briefly highlights traditional high-value electro-mechanical time pieces, priced from $3,500 to over $50,000 followed by reporting on Apple’s unique contribution to the Watch arena, priced from $350 to several $Thousand. [Apple has not published their pricing as of this writing.]

Montblanc is now one of the most exciting brands under Richemont’s wide umbrella, thanks in no small part to Jerome Lambert’s leadership, the man who played a key role in making Jaeger-LeCoultre the powerhouse that it is today.

With SIHH 2015 Conference on January 19th, http://tiny.cc/r8wdsx, The SALON INTERNATIONAL DE LA HAUTE HORLOGERIE, where watch makers released details of there latest watch offerings, the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum, among others.

Montblanc’s Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes with a 41mm diameter case, available in 18k red gold (priced at $17,000) and stainless steel for the “wealthy wannabes” including polished bezel, with a horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The band-lug, which curve quite steeply, have the same satin treatment.

Montblanc’s Heritage Case thickness is 12mm, which is not thin, but entirely acceptable, as the mechanical movement was not developed from scratch, apparently the “movement” was purchased from a true watch maker’s previous invention. [Editorial remark: one would think for a $17k end product, Montblanc would design a unique watch movement for this release.]

Montblanc’s joining this first-rate array of watches for 2015 is the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarrum, featuring an in-house developed worldtime complication (more on this later). Worldtimers are not all that uncommon, but are notoriously tricky to get right. There is a lot of information to display, and if the designers and engineers are not careful, the dial can easily become way too busy, to be easily legible.

Vacheron Constantin’s Patrimony Traditionnelle World Time, has done it right with one of the best examples of a well-designed worldtimer.

Watches worthy of mention are Baume & Mercier’s Capeland Worldtimer, Girard-Perregaux’s Traveller WW.TC And Moon Phase, which has chronograph functions to boot, (priced at $52,000) or (€44,000). [now that’s a bargain.] Like the Meisterstück Perpetual Calendar before it, this new Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum is also “very attractively priced” [not my words], in red gold, this watch will retail for $17,000 or (€14,400); and in stainless steel, the price is a very tempting $6,100 or (€5,175), [not really?]

☎️📞📡🍎 Marilyn and I will likely select iWatch styles, and take advantage of what seems to be an amazing step forward in personal wearable devices.

☎️📞📡🍎 Take a moment and watch several of Apple’s excellently produced videos at these locations.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/
🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

☎️📞📡🍎 Many Reasons for regular folks to take a hard look at the Apple Watch priced from $400 to thousands, depending on metal.

The Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes in a 41mm case – available in 18k red gold and stainless steel – with polished bezel and horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The lugs, which curve quite steeply, have the same treatment. Case thickness is around 12mm, which is a little on the thick side, but entirely acceptable, since the movement was not developed from scratch. At $17,000 what a bargain. NOT.

Pleased you’re reading, with over 77,000 readers world-wide, growing by 2000/month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,000,000 visits as of December, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

iWatch Update #5 – Apple Watch – 6 Million Unit Initial Order ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿

1424368069.jpg

 Apple has commenced its production of 6 Million Apple Watch Units representing its Initial Order. Recall that Apple projects internally sales of 24 million iWatches in its first year of sales commencing in April, 2015.

 Unless you’ve been hiding under a rock, you know the Apple Watch is scheduled to be released in about 8 weeks, sometime in April, 2015. A new report issued by The Wall Street Journal outlines initial sales expectations for the new Apple Watch, which I have modified somewhat. The graphic in this article shows what we believe are realistic sales and prices for each of the three Segments.

 Apple’s Sports Watch is configured with an satin Aluminum case with a variety of elastomer sports water resistant bands. The Apple Watch is housed in highly polished hardened Stainless Steel with two colors, with a number of elegant bracelets. For the fashion minded, the Apple Watch Edition is encased in a highly polished and hardened Gold case accompanied with appealing bracelets. If our guesstimates are correct, this new Wearable product-line may have significant implications for year-over-year revenue growth at the company.

 Specifically, people familiar with this topic claim Apple has commenced production of about 6 million Apple Watches, with just over half of the production earmarked for the Sport model, a third for the mid-segment Apple Watch, and the balance of the production run for the Apple Watch Edition models.

 Many of the Apple Watch details are still unconfirmed, typical for Apple product releases, most notably the three-tired segment pricing, Apple Watch may be the revenue growth driver Apple needs for this April-Quarter, typically a relatively modest earnings period.

 If the last eight quarterly financial reports are an indication, Apple may benefit handsomely with this mid-year revenue accelerator. The first fiscal-quarter (Apple’s fourth calendar quarter) is where Apple has really outperformed, growing revenue nearly 30% year-over-year.

 Led by the newest iterations of its iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, most notably Apple smashed all expectations and accordingly propelled the $AAPL stock to all-time highs, with no end in sight. Not to mention that many of the largest Investment Banking firms’ analysts increasing the Target Pricing to $150/share and seemingly other analysts concurring with increased share target pricing.

 Apple’s mid-year quarterly performance are generally less impressive then Apple’s first quarter results. And while it is important to note that 5% to 6% year-over-year growth is still amazing for a huge company pushing nearly $200 billion in revenues, with an Apple Watch earnings injection during the seasonally slower quarters should be an additional catalyst for Apple’s stock trading prices.

 As you may know, one of the Apple “low” growth quarters is the third fiscal quarter, that typically starts April 1st. With an iWatch April release date expected, the Apple Watch may be most felt during this quarter. Assuming forecasts are close to reality, Apple generally errs on the conservative side with their projections. The Apple Watch may add roughly 16.8% growth to the quarter year-over-year, considering all other product sales factors constant. However, being rather bullish on the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, these “slower” seasonal quarters may be “not so slow” as usually expected by the “talking heads.”

The Big Question: Which Watch is for You? With the start of the New Year the specialty Watch Makers like Montblanc, Longines, Baume & Mercier, and others announce and display their new creations to the public.

Watches – Which is Best for You Comparing a robust “mans” chronograph with a modern gold iWatch with a red-band is eye catching, the primary purpose. However, when one acquires Mechanical-Chronographs with Complications in its Face, other than the watch-band, your use and visuals are Fixed. With iWatch other than your choice of the Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum alloy case, all else may be changed including the bands.

With the iWatch, Fixed only applies to your choice of how tall the watch body is, either 38mm or 42mm, and your choice of metal, Gold, Stainless, or Aluminum… all else you may change. The Watch Face may look anyway you desire, with Complications or not, thousands of possibilities, that you may change anytime. Directly under iWatch’s highly polished scratch-proof Sapphire Crystal, is a brilliant OLEM retina touch-display.

iWatch Face may display whatever information you desire, Day, Date, Graphics, Animations, iMessages, eMail, Weather, your next Calendar event, an incoming Call or Text, the position of Planet Earth in its solar system, your Heart rate, your Friend’s Heart Rate, anything or everything you desire, including the local Time. Want the Second-Hand on an analog face, turn it on or off. Want Digital or Analog time display, Want the Day/Date, turn these on or off, as you desire. Bands and Materials may be easily changed, choose from Leather bands, Stainless, Links, Sports elastomer Bands, however your use and venue dictates. Have a sports band for daily use, and have a elegant band for evening wear. You may easily change the iWatch Band, with no tools whatsoever.

iWatch Graphics. These two graphics shows the 42mm and 38mm iWatch faces and an overlay. The 38mm iWatch face graphic has an Overlay (the blue left and bottom edges) highlighting the 42mm iWatch face to show the size comparisons.

iWatch’s Introduction and Demo. Apple announced September 9, 2014 the highly anticipated iPhone 6 at its Major press conference at the Flint Center, Cupertino, California. After completing the iPhone 6 announcement, Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook mentioned just “One more thing…” a famous Steve Jobs saying, and went on to Announce the Apple Watch. This Video Link takes you directly to the iWatch segment of the Program, which announces the iWatch and gives a demonstration of its use and settings. The video is inspirational, as it shows how Apple, the Nation’s Largest Company develops and announces a new innovative reinvention of the Watch, a device that has been with civilization since the year 1530 AD.

▶️ http://youtu.be/bdyVH5LqneU.

Apple Watch certainly is not intended for everyone, neither is the Montblanc, a more limited audience for sure. Lets face it, “old fashioned electro-mechanical” wrist watches have an appeal to more mature affluent audiences, while possess “retro attraction” to the yuppie millennials. However, these classic mechanicals may be 42mm in diameter by 12mm, fragile, relatively expensive, and many amazingly keep terrible time. The iWatch has a 42mm face that rests 12mm on your wrist, and a second iWatch model of 38mm.

Apple Watch embodies many interesting aspects, as under its highly polished Sapphire Crystal is a brilliant OLED very high resolution “retina” touch-screen, that may Display hundreds of possible iWatch Faces. I’m imagining that the iWatch face is a rounded-rectangular shape so that the four-corners may house miniature Informative-Icons, or other Graphic Signals, or not.

Apple Watch’s Display is Strategic, meaning that with careful software graphics capabilities, one may design a “Perpetual Calendar Chronograph” digital iWatch face with unlimited complications, being mindful not to make it too confusing. On the other hand, one may choose an uncluttered iWatch face, or something in between, all user selectable.

🍎⌚️ Apple Engineers Completing iWatch Software. Apple has ceded the 4th beta of its iOS8.2 software today, largely dealing with the iWatch interface and its connectivity with iPhones. Apple is finishing up work on the Apple Watch’s complex iOS operating system software.

🍎⌚️ Sources familiar with iWatch development say the Apple Watch is currently ahead of schedule and on track to ship in the United States in March according to 9to5MAC, who has a very good track record and sources, in predicting product releases. Apple previously stated that the wearable product will ship in “early 2015” certainly not a very precise phrase.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch engineers have been “polishing up” the iWatch iOS operating system and putting the device’s Battery through very extensive testing. Apple engineers have also been “working overtime to improve the inductive charging system necessary for “contact-less” charging-up the device’s internal Lithium Polymer, LiON battery each night.” Tim Cook stated during an October 2014 press event that: “We think you’re going to end up charging the Apple Watch daily. Overnight, that’s what we think.”

iWatch Show-Floor DemoThis link shows an on-floor Apple-Show 5 minute raw employee-demo of the use and settings of the iWatch: http://youtu.be/rwv-3wZocK4.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey. Notice the Graph above drawn from the statistics from a recent extensive survey (conducted by finance company Credit Suisse) of current iPhone owners approximately
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Buy iWatch
⌚️ 10% of iPhone Owners will Probably Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will May Buy iWatch
⌚️ 27% of iPhone Owners will Probably Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners will Definitely Not Buy iWatch
⌚️ 100% of iPhone Owners that are Considering the Purchase of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation Assumptions . Lets extrapolate these statistics further. For the 10% of those stating they will Probably Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy, lets estimate that if 1000 people in the Apple Store stated they Probably will buy, lets say 500 of the 1000, about 1/2 of this group, will actually buy the iWatch; Similarly, For the 27% of those stating they will May Buy, what portion of this group will actually buy; lets estimate that if 2700 people in the Apple Store stated they are Maybe Buyers, lets say 700 of the 2700, about 1/4th of this group will actually buy the iWatch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch Survey Extrapolation. Using the logic and assumptions above, lets restate three of the above groups of Likely Buyers, Probable Buyers, and Maybe Buyers, into a Single grouping of what we’ll call “Very Likely” Buyers
⌚️ 18% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Definitely Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 5% of iPhone Owners that stated they’d Probably Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 7% of iPhone Owners that stated they May Buy, will actually Buy iWatch
⌚️ 30% of iPhone Owners therefore are “Very Likely” Buyers of the iWatch

🍎⌚️ Your Wait for Apple Watch may be over… sooner than you may have thought. According to news reports, Apple Watch iOS version software has been finalized. Apple is preparing a massive training session for Apple Store employees. The Apple Watch wearable device is on track for a March 2015 release timeframe, although no specific date is available. These news reports trim the previous timeline quite a bit. Fairly soon you may see long lines forming outside at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. I witnessed the unruly lines at 2am outside Apple’s Boca Raton store for the iPhone 6 Friday morning release, September 19, 2014.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch wearable device is on track for March, 2015 release, although no more detail on a specific release date is currently known. These news reports trim the timeline, and provide more precision on the iWatch release, then you’ll see the long lines forming at an Apple Store in your neighborhood. Prior to this News, Apple stated an imprecise phrase “Early 2015” as the iWatch release schedule. Another Senior Corporate spokesperson was even more vague stating a “Spring 2015” iWatch release schedule. Take a moment to view these beautifully produced Apple Watch videos.

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/

▶️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production will begin this month, January, 2015, whereas the iWatch was once scheduled to be rolling off Apple contracted lines in February.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Production Orders. Apple has reportedly ordered 24 million iWatches from their contracted supplier, Quanta. In response to this relatively strong initial production order, Quanta has increased its workforce five-fold, increasing it from 2,000 workers to 10,000 workers. It’s expected that Quanta will then double again its workforce to 20,000 as the Apple Watch develops its sales momentum as 2015 progresses.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million unit Initial Production Order. One may consider a 24 million initial order seemingly aggressive; However, if recent polling is correct, 24 million iWatches may actually on the mark or somewhat conservative. Current polling indicates that about 10% of iPhone users are actually “Very Likely” to buy the Apple Watch; Combine this 10% in the “Very Likely” Group, with an even larger group of iWatch iFolks, that say they are “Somewhat Likely” may increase the total “Likely Buyers Group” by another 5%. If predictive of actual demand, this trend will stress the supply-line for the 24 million iWatch initial production order.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Time will Tell, this high level of predictive demand may give the impression of production constraints, although, having the effect of keeping iWatch stocks flowing out of Apple retail stores, as fast as inventory arrives. Our guess, for the initial 12 months that iWatch is available, there may be some 30 million to 38 million iWatches sold.

🍎⌚️ Think about it. IMHO, Apple “pre Announced” the Apple Watch in September last year for multiple purposes
(🍎) Apple Defines this new product’s concepts early, rather than the rumor-mills and leaks
(🍎🍎) Provides sufficient time for the market-place, the iPhone folks to digest this entirely new product concepts
(🍎🍎🍎) Six months of assimilation, the iWatch pre-announcement to its formal release, gives everyone time to imagine having this unique Wearable, a marketing marvel by Apple.

🍎⌚️ History of 2007 iPhone. Recall Eight years ago, on Jan. 9, 2007, Steve Jobs on stage during Apple’s annual Macworld conference, announced Apple’s very first iPhone. Starting off with the words “We’re gonna make some history today” Apple’s cofounder Steve Jobs tricked the audience by claiming he was going to introduce three new products: an iPod with touch controls, a mobile phone and an Internet communications device, knowing that all three components were built into Apple’s newly Announced iPhone.

🍎⌚️ First iPhone Announcement. Similarly, when the Original iPhone was Announced January 9, 2007, 6 months later its was Release on June 29, 2007. This 6 months duration gave the World, the Market, the Apple Analysts, and Clients an “assimilation” period to digest The New iPhone Concept.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/qe68rx The iWatch presentation given September, 2014 is presently being “assimilated” just as the iPhone was exactly 8 years Ago, January 9, 2007 at its announcement. Presently, Apple has sold more than 530,000,000 iPhones, and is expected to sell some 220,000,000 iPhones this year.

🎬 http://tiny.cc/cd48rx The First iPhone, 8 years ago (21m:15s into the Macworld Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs the iPhone is Reinvented).

🎬 http://tiny.cc/zx48rx. The First iPad was Reinvented on April 3, 2010. In sum there are over 750,000,000 iPhones and iPads in circulation, by year-end 1,000,000,000 iDevices enhancing peoples lives.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch 24 million Production Schedule. The News Reports do not specifically outline the reasons for Apple moving iWatch production up; However, there were vague references that “production yield issues” have been resolved. This could be referring to either the LiON Battery, Sapphire Crystal, the Touch Display, or a mix of the three. If the iWatch is as popular as we think it will be, Apple will need as much of a production head-start as they can.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Display. The centerpiece of the Apple Watch is an bright AMOLED display (newly designed for Apple) that is estimated to be more costly than traditional LCD screens Apple uses in its iPhones and iPads, which are not AMOLED displays. According to Taiwan’s Apple Daily, the alleged terms of the Quanta deal limit Quanta from partnering with any competing device makers building wearable electronics. This News Report aligns with earlier rumors suggesting that Quanta had secured “exclusive manufacturing rights” for the Apple Watch, although some reporters are suggesting that Foxconn and Inventec may “muscle their way” into the iWatches’ supply chain.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Associate Training. iWatch training courses will commence February 9th through February 16th. The core training will take place at Apple’s Cupertino headquarters and a satellite office in Austin, Texas. Direct training will be given to one or two representatives from each of the 263 USA Apple Stores. At the completion of the iWatch Training, the Store Associates are then tasked to return to their Apple store, to train the Store sales staff. Apple has currently 444 retail stores operating in 16 countries, including 263 in the USA, plus an online store available in 39 countries.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Training is said to commence in early February; however, the Apple Watch release date is set for March. According to news reports, those who completed Direct Corporate Headquarters training will thereafter be training their Home-Based Apple store staff. This follow-up training will occur in the days just before the Apple Watch release Event. Apparently since Apple’s CEO, Tim Cook, told the pre-release iWatch story at the announcement of the iPhone 6 in September, 2014, Apple is not concerned with pre-release leaks from its 30,000 retail store associates.

🍎⌚️ iWatch, Apple Watch is the most personal iDevice ever. Apple’s goal has always been to make powerful technology more accessible, more relevant and ultimately more personal.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch represents a new chapter in the relationship people have with technology. It’s the most personal product Apple has ever made, because it’s the first Apple product to be worn.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple took a very unusual step in pre-announcing an entirely new Product Category BEFORE it was ready for release. Granted, Apple announces its iPhones, iPads, MacBooks before actual product release; however, for these MAC and iDevices, there was a 7 to 11 day period one waited for delivery of the New product released. In contrast Apple “Announced” the AppleWatch in late September, 2014 concurrently with its iPhone 6 announcement; however, Apple indicated then, that the iWatch would be Available in “early 2015.”

🍎⌚️ Apple will release iWatch in Early 2015. I can imagine Five vocabulary words for defining “when” in 2015 other than mentioning a chosen Calendar Quarter or a particular Month. Apple could have used these Four phrases: Beginning, Early, Middle, Late 2015. Late 2015 could mean November-December 2015, Middle could indicate May-June-July 2015.

🍎⌚️ What does “Early 2015″ tell us? Since Apple chose not to use a particular Month like January 2015, January likely not what Apple had in mind. However, “Early, 2015″ could mean either February, March, or April. Lets Add one more factor. Apple’s reports its financial results on a fiscal basis, where its 1st fiscal Quarter is defined as December 1st through February 28. Since the iPhone 6 is selling strongly, perhaps Apple desires the AppleWatch to make its Sales-Splash beginning in March of 2015 the start of Apple’s 2nd fiscal quarter.

🍎⌚️ Apple – One thing I have learned about Apple… “Apple does everything on purpose, with all aspects thoroughly thought out.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Driven culturally to deliver. Apple is proud and patient with all product releases by “getting it right” technology-wise, market-wise, and timing-wise, getting most of the bugs out before the public see it, and before its critics see it. Apple may also desire to give its stable of independent developers, some time for iWatch Application (App) Development. Apple may desire the “kick off” the iWatch in its 2nd fiscal quarter of 2015.

🍎⌚️ Apple prefers to release new products on Friday for a Three-Day, Friday-Saturday-Sunday “weekend” sales splash. Looking at our Calendar, February 27, 28, March 1st, is the first weekend containing a March date; however, March 6, 7 and 8 is the first all March Weekend.

🍎⌚️ Apple Factoid to Consider. Apple is somewhat constrained in the fabrication of the Sapphire Crystals used on the WATCH and its WATCH EDITION product lines (the Sports models have hardened glass crystals not sapphire), Apple may be scheduling the Apple Watch in March giving sufficient time to build up a reasonable inventory of all the iWatch models. Its illogical for Apple to create huge anticipation, and not have a reasonable inventory of iWatch models to satisfy its Loyal Following.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch Release Date: March 6, 7, 8, 2015, total conjecture though, as we have NO internal sources whatsoever.

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. The iPhone is mentioned in this article, as the adoption of the iWatch may follow the adoption-history of the iPhone. Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, 30 years after Motorola literally “invented” their very popular, however, expensive Star•TAC 8500XL. I bought this Motorola “Brick” 30 years ago for $4200 in 1985, weighing in at 28oz. I retained it as a souvenir of the times, then the most portable cellular phone.

🍎⌚️ 30 Million to 38 Million iWatch customers may be “voting” with their Wallets in its first 12 months of availability. Lets see how we get to these numbers. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, it showed an adoption rate of 11 million iPhones in its 1st fiscal year (21 million in the 2nd fiscal year, 39 million in year 3, 72 million in year 4, 125 million units sold in the 5th year of the iPhone). Our guess is the adoption rate of the AppleWatch may follow the growth rate history of the iPhone, as both devices (iPhone and iWatch) were totally new Apple products.

🍎⌚️ iPhones are currently selling at 72 million units per quarter, capturing 51.3% of all global smartphone activations, 3 Times that of Samsung’s. With about 469 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then say 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales… this are our guesstimates.

🍎⌚️ AppleWatch Likely Buyers. A recent survey by Quartz (QZ.com) shows that about 14% of iPhone Owners who indicated that they are either Very Likely, Likely and Somewhat Likely to buy the new iWatch this year; however, some 86% are not interested in adopting for the iWatch in 2015. The Quartz Survey chart is displayed for your review. Lets use this 14% extrapolation.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s recent Annual Report, iPhone Sales represents about $101.9 Billion in iPhone Sales, for 169.2 Million iPhone unit sales, amounts to an average iPhone sales price of $602.72/unit. If in fact for the first 12 months of iWatch sales, 14% of iPhone owners buy the AppleWatch, then about 23 million iWatches may be purchased.

🍎⌚️ 469,000 iPhones reportedly are in Circulation, remove the 169 million iPhones sold last year, lets consider the remaining 300 million iPhone owners that purchased iPhones in years before 2014. Lets assume just 5% of those remaining iPhone owners buy the iWatch, this would add 15 million of possible iWatch buyers. Combine these two assumptions 23 million + 15 million = 38 million iWatch sales may occur in the first 12 months of AppleWatch sales.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s creation of the iPhone seven years ago, Apple literally reinvented the mobile cellular phone, into a very crowded market; However Apple literally changed the Mobile Phone into a “SmartPhone” weighing in at 6oz and sized at 0.46″x2.4″x4.5″ that continues to be improved and enhanced, today with their iPhone 6 sized at 0.27″x2.6″x5.4″ and 6 Plus sized at 0.28″x3.1″x6.2″.

🍎 Today, January 9th is the 8th Anniversary for the First iPhone. This was a great Day for Apple and an incredible Proud Day for Steve Jobs!

🍎 See the First Look at the iPhone, 8 years ago: <u http://tiny.cc/jsl7rx (21m:50s into the Keynote speech delivered by Steve Jobs as the very First iPhone is Announced).

🍎 iWatch 🍎 Apple Watch – Apple’s Entry into Electronic Wearables

🍎⌚️ Mobile Phones. 22 years after the Motorola 8500XL known as “the Brick”, Apple reinvented the mobile phone with their first iPhone in 2007, which was so much more than a mobile phone, literally a “smartphone” weighing in at 6oz and about 1/4″ thin, 2.5″x0.26″x4.0″ that Apple continues to enhanced with the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus.

🍎⌚️ Apple’s critics reported that Apple has no business getting into the mature field of experienced mobile phone makers.

🍎⌚️ In 7 years Apple has delivered 500,000,000 premium priced iPhones, and are now selling iPhone 6 and 6+ at a pace well over 200,000,000 yearly. Not a typo, Apple is currently selling premium iPhones at a pace of 72 million units reportedly per calendar quarter with a profit margin over 30%. Its been also been reported that, based on actual cellular activations, iPhone 6 models were 51.3% of all global smartphone sales in December, 2014, outselling Samsung 3-to-1. Marilyn and I each own the iPhone 6 Plus and love them.

🍎⌚️ Tablets. Similarly, tablets were available several years before Apple reinvented it with the iPad in 2010. Apple carefully examined how Apple could develop such a device that folks would really want and use. Apple’s critics again reported that Apple was waisting their energies on tablets into such a mature tablet-marketplace, where Apple would be lucky of it could sell 5 million units in a good year.

🍎⌚️ The market place “voted” with their Wallets as iPads are selling at a clip 60 million units yearly with over 250 million in use today. Marilyn has the iPad mini, fits perfectly in here handbag, and I have the iPad Air 2, fits perfectly into my nifty DECODED black leather case.

🍎⌚️ 30,000,000 iWatch sales may “vote” their Wallets in 2015. Looking at Apple’s iPhone sales history, they show an adoption rate of 11 million units in its 1st fiscal year (21 million 2nd fiscal year, 39 million 3rd year, 72 million 4th year, 125 million 5th year) compared to current iPhone sales of 72 million units per quarter. With about 450 million iPhones currently in circulation, if 6.5% iPhone users adopt the iWatch, this may yield about 30 million iWatch 1st year sales, then 60 million 2nd year sales, 120 million 3rd year sales, your guess thereafter…

🍎⌚️ Watch. Some Watch history. The watch which was developed in the 16th century (circa 1530) was a mechanical device, powered by winding a mainspring which turned gears which moved the hands, and kept time with a rotating balance wheel. Most of the subsequent 500 year history of watches was devoted to refining the mechanical watch.

🍎⌚️ The Quartz Watch in the 1960s, which ran on electricity and kept time with a vibrating quartz crystal, proved a radical departure for the industry. During the 1980s quartz watches took over the market from mechanical watches, an event referred to as the “quartz crisis”. Although mechanical watches still sell at the high end of the market, the vast majority of watches now have quartz movements.

🍎⌚️ The origin of the word “Watch” is that it came from the Old English word woecce which meant “watchman”, because it was used by town watchmen to keep track of their shifts. Another says that the term came from 17th century sailors, who used the new mechanisms to time the length of their shipboard watches (duty shifts).

🍎⌚️ First watches were strictly mechanical, driven by spring-powered clockwork. As technology progressed, mechanical devices, used to control the speed of the watch, were largely superseded by vibrating quartz crystals, producing accurately timed electronic pulses. Some watches use radio-clock-technology to regularly correct the time. The first digital electronic watch was developed in 1970, the Pulsar LED.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple again, is reinventing the Watch, certainly entering a very mature field, dating back to the 16th century, 500 years ago and the “electronic” watch of 1970’s, some 50 years in the making. Apple’s entry into the “Watch” arena may be similar to its entry into Mobile Phones, when it made cell phones literally “Smart.” With the iWatch, Apple will be making the timekeeping wearable very “Smart” too.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. Apple has created three venues for their Wearable: Apple Watch, Sports, and the Edition, each containing many designs, metals, and bands, generating thousands of possibilities to reach a huge audience, with no compromise with its core capability. Presently I am wearing a RADO for the past 10 years, loving it. However, with the release of the Apple Watch, I’m highly motivated towards the Apple Watch.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone Connection. A significant capability of the iWatch is its connectivity with the iPhone. Think about it, all of the iPhone’s: rote Computing power, SIRI, sensors, GPS, Internet, WiFi, 3G, 4G, LTE, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth, its Processor, Memory, its Apps are available to and from the iWatch. Literally thousands of developers are having a “field-day” imagining all the capability and connectivity between your iPhone, your iWatch, and everyone else’s iWatch and iPhone.

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A simple example. Imaging the ladies that have an iPhone in their purse, or the guy with his iPhone in a briefcase, its ringer is off, to not disturb their surroundings. The iPhone receives an important telephone call. With the iPhone’s connectivity to the iWatch, the iWatch’s underside, sends a tympanic (“tap” or two) onto your wrist, notifying you of an incoming voice call, text, or upcoming calendar event…

🍎⌚️ Rotate your wrist a bit to glance at who’s calling you… To ignore the Call or Text, (lets say you are sitting at a conference table taking notes and participating with 12 others), simply cover your wrist with your other hand, which signals iWatch to ignore the Connection… or, answer the Call on the iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch you may answer the telephone call speak and listen through the iWatch’s internal miniature speaker and microphone… you may then transfer the call to your iPhone, as the call may be lengthly, knowing its worth the effort to retrieve the iPhone from your purse or briefcase. Alternatively, if you didn’t want to receive this call, you could send a text message to that caller from your AppleWatch, texting that: “I will return the call once you’re out of the meeting, I’m on my Way, I’ll call you in and hour….”

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone An ApplePay example. You are at Walgreens and want to pay for your personal supplies and Meds, instead of finding your Wallet and extracting a traditional Plastic Credit Card, or instead of finding your iPhone 6 or 6 Plus, with its new ApplePay capability… just reach-out to position your iWatch close to the Walgreens cash-register’s NCF transceiver terminal, and your iWatch will communicate with your iPhone, and Walgreens Store… you can select the CC you desire and authorize payment, using the touch-display of your iWatch…

🍎⌚️ iWatch || iPhone A Camera example. You have a terrific group shot to capture with your iPhone, you prop up the iPhone on the dining room table… to get in the shot you could let a stranger snap the shot for you, or you could, leave the iPhone on the dining room table, while you position yourself in the Shot, then LOOK at your APPLE WATCH, where you can actually see the image like looking into a “viewfinder” and then snap the shot or two, once everyone settles into a good pose. Once the image is captured you can see the result on the display of your AppleWatch. These examples do not even mention all the HEALTH capabilities.

🍎⌚️ Apple Watch. AppleWatch wearable is a Technology Marvel, making it possible to package microchips, sensors, graphics, WiFi, Bluetooth, Firmware, Software, Apps… into one highly styled shock and water resistant wearable, that will “Tell a lot more than Time.”

🍎⌚️ Apple is Heavily Invested with reInventing the Watch, which electronic watch industry has been tinkering with since the 1970’s.

🍎⌚️ Viewing Apple’s web-pages devoted to introducing the 2015 AppleWatch, you’ll get the message that Apple is deeply committed to having the masses add to their existing wearables, and encouraging others that don’t don wearables, may now do so.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

First Portion of this Article briefly highlights traditional high-value electro-mechanical time pieces, priced from $3,500 to over $50,000 followed by reporting on Apple’s unique contribution to the Watch arena, priced from $350 to several $Thousand. [Apple has not published their pricing as of this writing.]

Montblanc is now one of the most exciting brands under Richemont’s wide umbrella, thanks in no small part to Jerome Lambert’s leadership, the man who played a key role in making Jaeger-LeCoultre the powerhouse that it is today.

With SIHH 2015 Conference on January 19th, http://tiny.cc/r8wdsx, The SALON INTERNATIONAL DE LA HAUTE HORLOGERIE, where watch makers released details of there latest watch offerings, the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum, among others.

Montblanc’s Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes with a 41mm diameter case, available in 18k red gold (priced at $17,000) and stainless steel for the “wealthy wannabes” including polished bezel, with a horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The band-lug, which curve quite steeply, have the same satin treatment.

Montblanc’s Heritage Case thickness is 12mm, which is not thin, but entirely acceptable, as the mechanical movement was not developed from scratch, apparently the “movement” was purchased from a true watch maker’s previous invention. [Editorial remark: one would think for a $17k end product, Montblanc would design a unique watch movement for this release.]

Montblanc’s joining this first-rate array of watches for 2015 is the Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarrum, featuring an in-house developed worldtime complication (more on this later). Worldtimers are not all that uncommon, but are notoriously tricky to get right. There is a lot of information to display, and if the designers and engineers are not careful, the dial can easily become way too busy, to be easily legible.

Vacheron Constantin’s Patrimony Traditionnelle World Time, has done it right with one of the best examples of a well-designed worldtimer.

Watches worthy of mention are Baume & Mercier’s Capeland Worldtimer, Girard-Perregaux’s Traveller WW.TC And Moon Phase, which has chronograph functions to boot, (priced at $52,000) or (€44,000). [now that’s a bargain.] Like the Meisterstück Perpetual Calendar before it, this new Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum is also “very attractively priced” [not my words], in red gold, this watch will retail for $17,000 or (€14,400); and in stainless steel, the price is a very tempting $6,100 or (€5,175), [not really?]

☎️📞📡🍎 Marilyn and I will likely select iWatch styles, and take advantage of what seems to be an amazing step forward in personal wearable devices.

☎️📞📡🍎 Take a moment and watch several of Apple’s excellently produced videos at these locations.

🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/films/
🍎⌚️ http://www.apple.com/watch/apple-watch-edition/

☎️📞📡🍎 Many Reasons for regular folks to take a hard look at the Apple Watch priced from $400 to thousands, depending on metal.

The Montblanc Heritage Spirit Orbis Terrarum comes in a 41mm case – available in 18k red gold and stainless steel – with polished bezel and horizontal satin finishing on the sides. The lugs, which curve quite steeply, have the same treatment. Case thickness is around 12mm, which is a little on the thick side, but entirely acceptable, since the movement was not developed from scratch. At $17,000 what a bargain. NOT.

Pleased you’re reading, with about 75,000 readers world-wide, growing by 2000/month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,000,000 visits as of December, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Apple Price Target Increased to $150 according to UBS Analyst – Where is $AAPL Heading ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1424192200.jpg

 Shares of technology giant Apple higher on Tuesday the 17th to close at $127.73, an all-time record high that values Apple at $740 billion, about $350 billion more than the 2nd most valuable company in the world, ExxonMobil. One of the catalysts for $AAPL’s move upward was a UBS revised Price Target of $150/share, representing a substantial increase from $130/sh.

 According to UBS’s industry analyst Ben Thompson, the reason behind this Target Price lift to $150 from $130 stems from the growth of Apple’s platform. As Thompson explained in a research note to investors, devices led Apple to a roughly $700 billion valuation, but Apple’s platforms and ability to strike partnerships that center around its platforms are what facilitates Apple to grow into a $Trillion Market Cap company.

 UBS analyst, Thompson mentions that the AppleWatch, Apple’s new wearable iWatch, serves as a "subservient appendage" to the iPhone for the time being, but could see the iWatch becoming a commonplace personal tool for payments and other services in the very near future.

 Before we get to Deep into AAPL’s Weeds. What is all this Apple fuss about, with headline news world-wide. Firstly, Apple released its Quarterly results were very strong, so strong that most of the analysts missed the projections by significant margins. Lets look at what the analysts are so excited about.

 Apple on January 27, 2015 announced its financial results for its fiscal 2015 first quarter ended December 27, 2014. Apple posted record quarterly revenue of $74.6 billion and a quarterly net profit of $18 billion, or $3.06 per share. Achieving $18 Billion in net profit is the largest quarterly profit for any Company in recorded history. These results compare to revenue of $57.6 billion and net profit of $13.1 billion, or $2.07 per share, in the year-ago 2013 quarter.

 Apple’s Gross margin for all its product sold was 39.9% compared to 37.9% in the year-ago 2013 quarter. Apple selling 90% more iPhones this quarter than last quarter, would leave many to assume that Apple reduced its selling prices. Not so. Apple achieved relatively huge Sales Increases AND Increased Profit margins, AND Average Selling Prices for its products.

 Apple selling 74,500,000 iPhones in this quarter which was 90% greater than the prior quarter results, likely triggered amazing results. These figures defy the “Law of Large Numbers” which states that only small companies are capable of experiencing significant sequential growth figures as reported by Apple. Yet Apple trades at a discount to the S&P 500 average, a blended Price Earnings Ratio of 17x. Apple is trading at a P/E Ratio around 14x which seems absurd on its face… likely a Key reason that Apple management decided to buy-back its own shares.

 UBS’s analyst Thompson based his price target hike on Apple’s fundamentals. According to Thompson, at $150 per share Apple’s P/E excluding its $178 Billion in cash would be 13.3x, which is about a 5% discount to the market. Thompson also compared Apple’s valuation now with its peak in September 2012 noting that shareholders get a dividend and shareholder buybacks now which equal about a 6% shareholder yield versus 0% back in September 2012.

 Apple’s Capital Return Program. Apple’s share repurchase program was initiated in April 2013, and has been an unqualified success that has dramatically benefited shareholders since its inception.

 Apple’s share repurchase program has dramatically reduced overall shares outstanding, take a look at how Apple’s shares outstanding has plunged in recent years, where “plunging” is a very good thing for investors.

 Apple Stock Price – Capital Effects of Share Repurchases by Apple. Apple has reduced its total shares outstanding by roughly 11.5% in the last two years, bringing its share-count to levels that the company hasn’t seen in a decade. Several Investment Banking firms have recently revised their Target Price for $AAPL to $150/share

 Asset Value Principle Number 1. An important Principle that holds true in valuing most Assets: “What a Buyer is willing to Pay for an Asset, whose offer is freely Accepted by a Seller, is the true Asset Value,” assuming there are no adverse influences regarding the motivation of the Seller.

 Asset Value Principle Number 2. An important Principle that holds true in valuing most Assets: If there are more Buyers than Sellers, then Prices generally Increase.

 Asset Value Principle Number 3. An important Principle that holds true in valuing most Assets: If there are more Sellers than Buyers, then Prices generally Decrease.

 Apple Stock Price – Where are Values Heading. Below are a variety of $AAPL Share Price scenarios, in effort to demonstrate how one may determine a “fair price” for $AAPL shares either held in one’s portfolio, or if there is interested in becoming an Apple shareholder.

🍎 $127 per Share based on current (Feb 13th) Market trading, however, if one deducts $22/sh for Apple’s Cash, $AAPL shares are trading at a P/E Ratio of 14.2x. [the math: ($127-$22)/7.385 = P/E Ratio = 14.2x]
🍎 $143 per Share based on Apple’s forward earnings of $8.49/share using the P/E Ratio of 14.2x as $AAPL is currently trading, then add $22/share for Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $145 per Share based on Apple’s actual earnings of $7.385/share using the average P/E Ratio of 17x of the S&P500, then add $22/share for Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $160 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share using the P/E Ratio of 20x [S&P500 average is 17x], Certainly Apple is better than Average], equals $148/sh, then add $22/share for Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $166 per Share based on Apple’s forward earnings of $8.49/share using the average P/E Ratio of 17x of the S&P500, then add $22/share for Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $185 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share, using the P/E Ratio on 25x [equals the P/E multiple of $GOOG], then add $22/sh for the Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $216 per Share based on Carl Icahn’s analysis described in detail in a previous article, below.

 The Law of Simple Division. When the Divisor decreases the Quotient increases. In other words for a Given Numerator, when the Denominator decreases the Value increases. With a particular Earnings level, when the total number of shares decreases, Earnings per Share increases. That’s a major contributory factor in Apple’s earnings-per-share growth has outpaced Apple’s net income growth in the recent 10 quarterly reports. For example, $AAPL last quarter earnings per share soared 48%, and easily outpacing net income growth of 39%.

 Apple as of this writing has repurchased $73 Billion in $AAPL shares. That’s an incredible sum that exceeds the market caps of most public companies.

 Buying back stock in Apple’s case, inevitably reduces shares outstanding. When the repurchase plan [a/k/a Apple’s Capital Return Program] was authorized by the Board, there were 6.580 Billion shares outstanding. Today there are 5.825 Billion Apple Shares outstanding, representing a global reduction of 755 Million Shares.

 Apple share prices are cheap relative to the S&P500 where all the companies on average trade at P/E Ratio of 17x. In the wake of last quarter earnings report, Apple continues to push higher into uncharted territory, hitting all-time high Capitalization levels, becoming the first company to ever top $700 Billion in market cap. In fact, if Apple hadn’t been repurchasing shares so aggressively, its market cap would be roughly $800 Billion presently.

 Apple’s timing on its repurchases have been very successful. The company “bet big on itself” during the Market pullback of $AAPL shares that occurred in 2013, which has paid off handsomely for Apple.

 Apple has long been cheap by many traditional valuation metrics (even now Apple trades at a significant discount (14x vs. 17x) to the overall S&P500). Therefore it was a logical and prudent call from Apple’s management perspective, to buy-back Apple shares, even 755 Million shares worth.

 Apparently many in the Investment Banking community and their Analysts are having difficulty grasping the dynamics of Apple’s huge earnings capabilities, as Apple has been increasing earnings, margins, average selling prices, and unit sales, sequentially, and on a year-over-year basis.

 Rumor has it, Apple will aggressively increase the Capital Restoration allocations from the present level of $130 Billion, to be announced when Apple Reports its next quarter results, mid-April, 2015.

 Apple is one of the few Exceptions to the Law of Large Numbers. Apple CEO Tim Cook’s discussion at the Goldman Sachs Technology and Internet Conference last week [2/10/15] was a virtual tutorial on how to beat the supposed “Law of Large Numbers.” How does Apple do it? Says Tim Cook, Apple moves into adjacent markets with superior products, and expands geographically into under-served regions. and this is exactly what Apple is doing.

 Apple CEO Tim Cook clearly believes that this strategy will continue in the years ahead, and frankly I wholeheartedly agree. Cook has been professing this strategy for years, while “Wall Street” beats on Apple for not even trying to build an “affordable” smart phone to increase the “numbers.” Tim Cook reiterates at every occasion that folk listen that “for Apple its about creating high quality products that changes peoples lives.”

 The Law of Large Numbers, in classic Investopedia, states that A small company is more likely to grow at higher percentage rates than a large company. Large companies cannot grow at high percentage rates indefinitely, since they would eventually outgrow their nimbleness.

 The Law of Large Numbers seems intuitively obvious… but the “LAW” does not exactly define at what point in the growth of a company does the law take effect? Also, the Law ignores the effect of overall market growth.

 Apple which serves the smartphone market, where Apple has been growing explosively in the past few years, should be able to at least match that growth without the risk of outgrowing the market. However, in fact Apple sold 90% more iPhones than the prior sequential quarterly period. IMHO, these issues are not well digested nor understood by many of the WSJ Analysts.

 Apple rarely makes big-ticket acquisitions. Its largest purchase was the $3 billion deal for Beats Electronics. But angel investor and entrepreneur Jason Calacanis predicts that the Cupertino company would pay a staggering $75 billion to buy Tesla in the next 18 months. Rumors have been doing its rounds for more than a year that Apple may be interested in buying Tesla.

 The Wall Street Journal, Reuters, and Financial Times reported within a span of three days that Apple was indeed working on its own electric car. The Cupertino Company, Apple has a team of hundreds of engineers dedicated to working on a top-secret car project dubbed ‘Titan.’ Apple has been aggressively hiring Tesla engineers by offering them big salaries and signing bonuses. The Elon Musk-led company has also poaching Apple employees.

 Calacanis confessed that he has no proof or inside information that Apple is actually looking to buy Tesla. Calacanis’ prediction is based on Apple’s apparent avid interest in building cars and Tim Cook’s obsession with clean-energy.

 The iPhone maker, Apple last week signed a $850 million deal with First Solar to build a solar plant, an interesting [test] joint-venture between the companies. Calacanis said that Apple and Tesla would be a perfect match. In my humble opinion, the match would be amazing, if the two Key Executives, Cook and Musk could actually work together.

 Tesla has a Retail Showroom showing the Model S, and a semi-built Model S Electric Car displayed. Looking at the beautifully appearing design and incredible attention to detail, I mentioned to my wife that “…the Tesla looks exactly like Craftsmanship one would see with an Apple peoduct.”

 Activist investor Carl Icahn last week, [February 11, 2015] again gives praise to Apple, saying that Apple is an Amazing Company that continues break all records for productivity, growth and innovation. Icahn also notes that Apple’s stock continues to be significantly undervalued by the Market and its Analysts.

 Apple management agrees whole hardily, which is why Apple Inc has committed 90 $Billion to buy its own stock. Where best to invest its vast $Billions in Apple’s coffers, than in its own company. Apple’s cash is now at approximately $178 Billion and growing at a rate of $6 Billion/month.

 Icahn says Apple’s common stock should be trading at a price of $216 per share today. Although today [February 12,2015] $AAPL was trading between a range of $127.44 to $126.05.

 Apple’s share-buy-back program is $90 Billion; if executed in full at current share prices, would in effect retire 708,660,400 shares reducing the shares outstanding by about 12%. In fact Apple’s buy-back program commenced in 2013, and Apple is expected to increase the $90B allocation significantly at the April, 2015 Quarterly Report filing and subsequent conference call.

 Icahn is extremely confident that his massive investment in $AAPL was at “bargain prices” even though Apple stock price has increased steadily over the past year.

 Icahn is one of Apple Inc’s ten largest shareholders with an Apple stock portfolio of 52,760,848 shares, as of year-end 2014, worth $6.7006 Billion Investment at today’s trading [$127 as of Feb 12, 2015]. For anyone’s portfolio, this is “confidence exemplified.”

 Carl Icahn says a realistic valuation of $AAPL should be 20 times Earnings per share. Taking into consideration Apple’s after-tax cash reserves of $178 Billion, that would compute to a share price of $216/share, yielding a Apple capitalization of $1.3 Trillion, that’s $1300 Billion.

 Apple experienced an incredible quarter, which saw demand for Apple products soar to an all-time high. Tim Cook, Apple’s CEO said “Our revenue grew 30% over last year to $74.6 billion, and the execution by our teams to achieve these results was simply phenomenal.” “Apple’s exceptional results produced EPS growth of 48% over last year, and $33.7 billion in operating cash flow during the quarter, an all-time record,” said Luca Maestri, Apple’s CFO. “We spent over $8 billion on our capital return program, bringing total returns to investors to almost $103 billion, over $57 billion of which occurred in the last 12 months.”

 Apple provided the following guidance for its fiscal 2015 second quarter
Revenue between $52 billion and $55 billion
Gross margin between 38.5% and 39.5%
Operating expenses between $5.4 billion and $5.5 billion
Other income/(expense) of $350 million
Tax rate of 26.3%

============= Previously Reported =============

 Icahn is assuming a 20% tax rate when he calculated the $9.70 EPS target for Apple. He did not use the 26.2% effective tax rate estimated by Apple in computing its real cash earnings held off-shore. Many Investment Bankers have estimated that Apple’s effective Tax rate ranges from 18% to 25%, depending on how Apple utilizes its off-shore retained earnings.

 Congress is currently considering Legislation that provides a special Tax Holiday to major US domiciled corporations that sell products globally. If this legislative initiative is enacted, Apple would be able to repatriate some $130 billion back into the USA, at a tax rate of 7% to 9%; this legislation would have the effect of significantly reducing Apple’s effective tax rate.

 Icahn said, “We consider this [$AAPL’s huge cash hoard equates to $22/share] an essential adjustment that many analysts and investors simply fail to understand,” said Icahn. He explained that Apple does not reveal its plans to permanently invest its international earnings unlike many companies like Google Inc.

 Apple states that according to “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles [GAAP] the rules require that Apple [or any similar company] accounting for its income statement and must accrue for the income tax on the un-remitted earnings.

 Carl Icahn maintains these taxes on Apple’s un-remitted earnings representing a provision for a non-cash tax, is overly conservative, as Apple will likely not repatriate the international cash earnings at today’s [35%] federal tax rate.

 If Congress were to Legislate a Tax-Holiday to encourage the repatriation of $Billions in off-shore retained earnings by many of the biggest Corporations, and if Apple took advantage of this Repatriation Legislation, it would restate it financial statement.

 Icahn emphasized that the correct way to treat Apple’s non-cash tax for the purpose of valuation is to “add back the effective non-cash tax provision” into Apple’s earnings” which assumption is reflected in Icahn’s FY2015 EPS [earnings per share] target for Apple.

 Market Analysts, Traders, and Investors, still values Apple at discounted multiple to earnings. Icahn also noted that the market still values Apple at a “significantly discounted multiple, a P/E Ratio of only 10x” compared with the 17x average multiple for the entire S&P 500. Question: is Apple considered an “Average Performer” in anyone’s estimation; I think not.

 Should $AAPL be trading at the S&P500 average, since Apple’s performance is anything but “average.” For example, currently $GOOG is trading at some 25x earnings, for a great company and certainly just as great as Apple, yet $AAPL trades at 17x multiple, and without any provision for its $22/share for extraordinary Cash held in its balance sheet.

 An interested Investor may take $AAPL current earnings per share [EPS] of $7.385/share, then extends the EPS using the 25x Earnings Multiple [the same earnings P/E multiple that $GOOG is currently trading], results in a share price of $185/share with no adjustment for Apple’s future earnings growth, tax treatment, nor Apple’s vast cash holdings equating to $22 per share outstanding. [the math: $7.385×25=$185/share rounded to nearest whole dollar]. These are the reasons why Carl Icahn is extremely “Bullish” on $AAPL, and has “put his money where his mouth is” in buying 52,760,848 shares of $AAPL.

 Lets look at the Numbers. Several days ago, $AAPL was trading at $122/share. If one takes into account Apple’s vast Cash from retained earnings, it equates to $22 per share outstanding. Its common to remove extraordinary Cash from the equation; therefore $AAPL is trading at an effective $100/share discounted for the Cash on Apple’s balance sheet. Investment bankers generally do not apply Earnings Multiples to extraordinary cash reserves.

 Compare Apple’s adjusted price per share, $100/share to Apple’s forecasted 2015 forward-earnings of say $9.70/share, this equates to a Price Earnings Ratio of 10.3x. Compare Apple’s P/E Ratio, with the P/E Ratio of the entire S&P 500, whose blended average of all these companies, the S&P500 is trading at 17x and $AAPL would be trading at 164.90 per share. These facts are giving support for Carl Icahn purchasing 52,760,848 shares of $AAPL last year.

 Carl Icahn says $AAPL is trading at only 60% of the average stock prices of the S&P 500. Admittedly, it is difficult to ignore these figures. In my personal experience, as a Banker, we bought over 30 Florida Banks for Royal Thrust Bank. When we determined xMultiple that we were willing to pay for the Shares of the target, the Balance Sheet was adjusted for extraordinary levels of Retained Earnings shown as Cash or Cash Equivalents, and Bank Buildings owned Free of Mortgages.

 Apple is being very aggressive with its Stock Buy-Back plan, as Apple’s management and Board of Directors also feel that $AAPL is “trading” at prices representing a significant discount. I’m not an investment advisor, and from time to time we’ve owned $AAPL shares; however, as business man it appears to me too that $AAPL is “trading” at prices that are significantly discounted.

 Investment Bankers [IB firms] that offer [published] Opinions about NYSE and NASDAQ listed Stocks that are widely held, may soon revalue their projections as to $AAPL’s target per-share price point, in light of Apple’s superlative quarterly financial performance disclosed at January’s quarterly conference call. Recently several of the highly respected IB firms have increased their Target Prices to $135-$145/share.

 These Target Prices of $135-$145/share although higher than previously published, remain significantly conservative, in light of $AAPL relatively low P/E Ratio. It seems to me that many of the IB firms cannot grasp that $AAPL grows at rates, while increasing profit margins, like no other huge company has ever performed.

 Accordingly, the discrepancy in the P/E multiple between Apple and the broad market index is according to Carl Icahn “totally irrational” and the market is “somehow missing some very basic principles of valuation.” “When a company’s future earnings are expected to grow at a much faster rate than that of the S&P 500, the market should value that company at a higher P/E multiple,” said Icahn.

 Icahn estimated that Apple’s EPS, earnings per share, will grow 20% annually for the fiscal 2016 and 2017. If Apple launched a TV next year or the year after, he expects a 31% annual EPS growth. Icahn believes further, that the market should value Apple at $216 per share (at P/E of at least 20x together when taking into account the net cash adjustment of $22 per share).

 Icahn says “$216 per share is not a future price target. $216 per share is what we think Apple is worth now.”

 One more thing… If we use Apple’s existing earnings/share report and have its Shares trading at just the average S&P500 earnings multiple, a P/E Ratio of 17x, then the value of Company would be $125.55 [math: $7.385×17=$125.55]. To complete the $AAPL Share value lets add back Apple’s cash of $22/share [math: 125.55+22=$145.55/share].

 $145.55/Share for $AAPL is the most conservative valuation for Apple’s share price using $AAPL actual earnings performance and applying the S&P500 average P/E Ratio of 17x for those companies that included in the S&P500.

 $AAPL share valuation. The best valuation for capital stock of a publicly traded company, is what the Market is willing to pay. This “rule” applies to real property sales Above I have attempted to explain Carl Icahn’s $216 per share valuation.

 With most markets where capital stock is trading, demand and desire dictate prices; For example, if there are more “Sellers” than “Buyers” then share prices tend downward regardless of valuations. For example, if there are more “Buyers” than “Sellers” then share prices tend upward regardless of valuations.

 Several alternative Valuations using other methodologies for $AAPL per share valuation that were discussed in this article are summarized as follows:

🍎 $127 per Share based on current Market trading
🍎 $145 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share using the average P/E Ratio of 17x of the S&P500, then add back $22 per share of cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $185 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share, using the average P/E Ratio on 25x [the P/E multiple of $GOOG], then add back $22 per share of cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $216 per Share based on Carl Icahn’s analysis described above.

 The Carl Icahn “equation” in determining $AAPL share value is based firstly on removing the Cash from Apple’s Balance sheet, and restating this Cash, about $178,000,000,000. Dividing this by the number of outstanding number of shares, yields $22/Share just for Apple’s Cash, its retaining earnings.

 Therefore, if $AAPL is trading at $122/share, and that includes $22/share for Apple’s Cash, then Investors are actually paying $100/share for the value of the company, plus $22 for Apple’s cash hoard.

 Apple trading at $100/share based on Apple’s current Earnings Per Share, EPS of $7.385 excluding Apple’s cash, therefore Apple’s adjusted P/E Ratio is effectively 13.5x [math: 100/7.385 = 13.5x] based on Apple’s recent earnings report. If one were to recalculate the EPS using Carl Icahn’s $9.70/share going-forward 2015 earnings forecast, Icahn’s P/E Multiple is about 10x Earnings [math: 100/9.7 = 10.3x].

 Carl Icahn is additionally comforted in these figures as $AAPL continues and is likely to accelerate its Stock Repurchase. If $AAPL buys back $75 Billion of its shares at a price of $125, this will have the effect of retiring 600,000,000 shares of its capital stock. This also has the effect of increasing earnings/share, as fewer shares are outstanding.

============= Previously Reported =============

★★ Apple has hired about 50 employees who previously worked at Tesla, according to LinkedIn postings. Many of these hires were engineers who interned at Tesla. Most of the engineers Apple has hired from Tesla specialize in Mechanics, Manufacturing, and Robotics.

★★ Think of these possibilities. Apple may indeed be building some kind of vehicle, an iCar perhaps, this is outside the company’s core products;

★★ Steve Jobs was Enamored with an iCar in Apple’s future, as is Tim Cook.

★★ Apple is also working on new iPhone-to-Car experiences that will compete with what Tesla presently offers in its vehicles. Apple has an initiative called CarPlay that lets you control certain cars’ entertainment and other systems with your smartphone. CarPlay was supposed to come out in 2014 but has been delayed; it has only just started to emerge in the 2015 Hyundai Sonata.

★★ The Apple employee, whose email was exposed, is talking about using your iPhone to unlock and drive a CarPlay-partner Car without needing a key. Tesla began offering this feature with its 6.0 system update last year. Or perhaps a much deeper set of integrated experiences with navigation, audio, and other systems.

★★ Whether or not Apple is working on the iCar, the company is competing with Tesla for top talent. Tesla has hired about 150 people from Apple so far, according to Bloomberg, and Apple has reportedly tried to appeal to potential Tesla hires with $250,000 signing bonuses and huge salary hikes.

★ The “Juicy Gossip” for 2015 is Elon Musk’s remarks that Apple, believe it…, APPLE is recruiting senior TESLA folks with $250,000 Signing Bonuses coupled with 60% Pay Increases… This is very interesting news, as it’s coming from Tesla’s CEO, and it sets up the next question…

★ Would Apple be interested in Key Tesla employees, other than just attracting great talent, Companies recruit talent all the time, offering senior level positions, pay increases, and yes attractive “signing bonuses” … Is Apple interested in developing a high-technology Green CAR, or simply wants particular talents.

★★ According to a report from Business Insider, an unsolicited email from an employee at Apple read, “Latest project is too exciting to pass up,” and, “I think it will change the landscape and give TESLA a huge run for its money.”

★★ Many TESLA employees are “jumping ship” and choosing to work at Apple with attractive pay-packages, to be a part of this unidentified [automobile] project, according to an internal Apple email, .

★★ You can bet that Apple will Not be discussing this [automotive] project in public until its ready for production; if and when the project is ready for announcement, at the very best 6 to 9 months before its ready to deliver to the marketplace.

★★ Last week there were pictures captured of a “Apple Van” that was rigged with that looks similar to the vehicles created by Google Inc (GOOG) for mapping and have multiple cameras on top of the roof.

★★ There were speculations that the vehicle was running as a part of an unspecified mapping project from Apple, which has been making efforts in recent months to upgrade Maps to stand parallel to Google’s Street View.

★★ Other rumors suggested the company is working on a self-driving car, which seems to be pretty distant given the company’s tendency to work on only a few products at a time, says a report from MacRumors.

★★ “We have zero issue coming up with things we want to do, said Tim Cook last January. “We must focus on the very few that deserve all our energy.”

★★ Bloomberg also has an interesting twist on the story, that focuses not so much on the competitive inter-hiring between the two companies, but on their similarities, which includes drawing parallels between their mercurial or iconoclastic founders. It all makes for fascinating reading, giving insight into the games played between top employers in one of the country’s most competitive job markets.

★★ While Elon Musk was complaining about “its employees being stolen by Apple,” Musk also says his company is hard at work on a new charger that will auto-emerge from the wall of your garage and hook-up to a Model S and commence charging. To make the technology a bit more impressive, Elon Musk claims the system works with all previous and current versions of the company’s electric car.

★ Folks complain about electric cars, the gripes generally focus on the car’s ugly, or range anxiety or the hassle of waiting for the battery to charge. Plugging the vehicle into the charger is seldom that big of a deal. However, for the contingent of customers who find hooking-up their model to be too torturous, Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk appears to have a bizarre and interesting solution on the way

★ Musk raised the idea of Auto-Charging a Model S, and all prior models, during the Tesla D unveiling by saying… “we will probably do something like that.” He didn’t explain much more at the time, though. There still aren’t many hard details on the scheme, but the idea of having a robotic snake living in the garage is both somewhat nightmarish and amazingly cool. We can’t wait to see this thing in action.




Pleased you’re reading, with about 76,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

♻️ Mosquitoes Driving You Totally Buggy? ♻️ Mosquitos are also Spreading Diseases ♻️ There IS an All Natural Solution ♻️ EverSāfe™ ♻️ It simply WORKS ♻️ Just Add Water ♻️ Its SAFE and its GREEN â™»ï¸â™»ï¸â™»ï¸â™»ï¸â™»ï¸â™»ï¸

1415368373.jpg

♻️ Are Mosquitoes Making you totally Buggy. Now there really IS an All Natural Solution with EverSāfe™. Bottom line, EverSāfe™ simply WORKS. To activate it just add tap Water, and in just ONE hour mosquitoes will not bite you or your pets. Most important EverSāfe™ is SAFE, Non-Toxic, GREEN, and the Pyramid container is reusable.

♻️ EverSāfe™ is an All-Natural Mosquito Solutions for People & Pets. With EverSāfe™ you create a “People and Pet friendly” 10,000 square-foot Bite-Free ZONE in your front yard, back yard, side yard, dock side, campsite, tennis court, soccer and football fields, barns, garages, virtually any outdoor area, without toxic foggers, harmful sprays, powders or residues.

♻️ EverSāfe is made entirely from plant extracts, and releases a safe, natural scent that’s irresistible to Female Mosquitoes and causes them Not to Bite.

♻️ Everything You Wanted to know about Mosquitoes, but were afraid to Ask. Interesting Factoids about these Blood-Sucking Pests that have been with us for over 200 Million Years. Below are some informal research results that contains many interesting facts about Mosquitoes, their origins, behavior, flying speed, distances traveled, eating habits, and more.

♻️ Simply add water, to the Pyramid or Eco-Bag unit and place nearby, and enjoy an environment virtually free of mosquitoes and their troublesome bites for one week. It creates a Bite Free ZONE covering about 10,000 to 15,000 square feet around your Pool, Patio, Barbecue, Water front yard, Back Yard, Barn, Stable, Golf Putting Greens and Practice T’s, almost any out-door setting.

♻️ Mosquitoes: Are Mosquitoes Driving You Absolutely Buggy? Recently reported Mosquitos are Spreading Diseases. If mosquitoes bite an Animal or another Human, and then that same Mosquito then bites you… You could infected with the bacteria or viruses from the others that the mosquito recently drew blood from.

♻️ A Mosquito biting you is very similar to sharing Contaminated Hypodermic Needles. The Mosquito’s Proboscis functions as the insect’s hypodermic needle, as injects you, seeking a blood capillary under your skin. The scary part of the story: this same mosquito may have bitten a seriously diseased person 30 miles away several hours ago, then bit You. There is an All Natural Solution – EverSāfe™ ~ It simply WORKS, Just Add Water ~ Its SAFE and GREEN 🏇 ⛳️ ⚽️ ⚾️ ♻️

♻️ One EverSāfe™ Eco-Bag unit protects 1/3 of an acre, a 75 foot circle, 100 foot by 100 foot area, about the size of an average backyard. In most conditions, EverSāfe™ causes your yard full of mosquitoes to stop biting, in about two hours and lasts up to one full week. The container, either an Eco-Bag or the Green Pyramid’s tough exterior stands up to harsh environments, yet it’s small enough to blend in discreetly with your landscaping, yard, Golf Course, Barn, Athletic Fields, Theme Parks, Hotel Grounds, Putting Greens, Golf Driving Ranges.

♻️ Heavy Mosquito infestations or areas blocked by buildings, plants or trees, simply hang multiple EverSāfe™ bags around the perimeter of the area you want to protect. Position the bags 50 to 100 feet apart and 20 to 70 feet away from where people and pets are most likely to be. Keep the bag stationary and in one location, and your protection will last up to one week. EverSāfe will not work if it is in motion.

♻️ Take a moment to view the recent Newsy Coverage about EverSāfe™ aired recently in the Tampa market. http://www.myfoxtampabay.com/clip/10471277/battling-mosquitoes-10pm

♻️ To order this amazing Mosquito Solution on-line go to: https://www.eversafeusa.com/category/all/

♻️ EverSafe™ All-Natural Mosquito Control – Eco-Bag EverSāfe™ safely and effectively controls mosquitoes in virtually any outdoor environment. Simply add water, place EverSāfe™ outside and enjoy the outdoors again, Bite-Free.

♻️ Controls mosquitoes for 1 week
♻️ Protects 1/3 of an acre- the size of an average backyard, for larger yards use two or three EverSāfe™ units
♻️ Use in backyards, gardens, patios and pools, playgrounds, RV sites and campsites, driving ranges, sports fields, barns and stables, and more
♻️ Safe for the earth, people, pets and wildlife
♻️ 100% natural; made with plant and botanical ingredients
♻️ Nontoxic and DEET-free
♻️ EverSāfe™ replaces toxic foggers, messy lotions, and harmful sprays
♻️ Easy to place the Pyramid or hang the Eco-Bag in your landscape
♻️ Easy to use: just add Water
♻️ Expandable: use multiple units to protect larger areas or for heavy infestations
♻️ Small and portable, convenient of you are going Camping
♻️ No power, no candles, and no batteries needed
♻️ Recyclable Bag

♻️ EverSafe™ All-Natural Mosquito Control – Pyramid. With the EverSafe pyramid unit, you have the ultimate in all-natural mosquito protection for up to a full week! Plus, the pyramid unit is refillable for continued enjoyment! Place the pyramid unit outdoors on the ground, or close to the ground, on a stable surface 20 to 70 feet away from where people and pets are most likely to be. No power or batteries are needed, just add water.

♻️ One EverSāfe Pyramid unit protects over 15,000 square feet about a 75-foot radius. In most conditions, EverSāfe clears an area of biting mosquitoes in about two hours and lasts up to a full week. The EverSāfe Pyramid rugged exterior can withstand the harshest environments, yet it blends in discreetly with your landscaping or yard
♻️ Controls mosquitoes for 1+ week
♻️ Protects 1/3 of an acre — the size of an average backyard
♻️ Use in backyards, gardens, patios and pools, playgrounds, RV sites and campsites, driving ranges, sports fields, barns and stables, and more
♻️ Safe for the earth, people, pets and wildlife
♻️ 100% natural; made with plant and botanical ingredients
♻️ Nontoxic and DEET-free
♻️ Replaces toxic foggers, messy lotions, and harmful sprays
♻️ Easy to use: just add water
♻️ Expandable: use multiple units to protect a large area
♻️ Reusable and refillable
♻️ Small and portable: 5″ x 5″ x 5″ inches
♻️ No power or batteries needed
♻️ Recyclable
♻️ 1 EverSafe unit and 1 one-week activating packet
♻️ Refills sold separately

♻️ EverSafe™ Two-Pack Refill. Want more mosquito-free time outdoors? Our refill packets can refresh your pyramid unit for more EverSāfe™ results! Thoroughly rinse out the unit, add 1 cup of water and one EverSafe refill, and experience another full week of bite-free protection
♻️ For use with EverSāfe All-Natural Mosquito Control units
♻️ Each refill keeps mosquitoes away for up to a week
♻️ Safe for the earth, people, pets and wildlife
♻️ 100% natural; made with plant and botanical ingredients
♻️ Nontoxic and DEET-free
♻️ Replaces toxic foggers, messy lotions, and harmful sprays
♻️ Easy to use: just add water
♻️ Refill package contains 2 one-week activating packets: 1.41 Oz (40g) for each packet

♻️ Take a moment to view the recent Newsy Coverage about EverSāfe™ aired recently in the Tampa market. http://www.myfoxtampabay.com/clip/10471277/battling-mosquitoes-10pm

♻️ To order this amazing Mosquito Solution on-line go to: https://www.eversafeusa.com/category/all/

♻️ Mosquitoes ♻️ Are Mosquitoes Driving You Buggy ♻️ Mosquitos are also Spreading Diseases ♻️ There IS an All Natural Solution ♻️ EverSāfe™ ♻️ It simply WORKS ♻️ Just Add Water ♻️ Its SAFE and its GREEN ♻️

♻️ Everything You Always Wanted to know about Mosquitoes, but were afraid to Ask: 75 Interesting Factoids about these Blood-Sucking Pests that have been with us on Earth for over 200 Million Years
🐜 Mosquito is a Spanish word for “little fly”
🐜 The word Mosquito reportedly originated in the early 16th century
🐜 In Africa, mosquitoes are called “Mozzies”
🐜 There are more than 3,500 species of mosquitoes globally
🐜 There are about 175 mosquito species found in the United States, with the Anopheles quadrimaculatus, Culex pipiens, and Aedes aegypti (Asian tiger mosquito) among the most common
🐜 The Anopheles quadrimaculatus is a malaria carrier
🐜 The Culex pipiens, and Aedesand aegypti are known to spread various forms of encephalitis
🐜 Only Female Mosquitoes Bite people and draw Blood
🐜 Both Male and Female mosquitoes feed mainly on fruit and plant nectar, but the Female also needs the protein in Human and Animal blood to help her eggs develop
🐜 Once the Female mosquito is filled with blood, she will rest for a few days before laying her eggs
🐜 Mosquitoes don’t have teeth causing a “bite” so the “bite” is really not a bite at all
🐜 The Female’s “bite” occurs when her long, pointed mouthpart called a proboscis punctures human or animal skin tissue
🐜 Female Mosquitoes use the serrated proboscis to pierce the skin and locate a suitable capillary, then draws blood through one of two tubes
🐜 A mosquito can “drink” up to three times its weight in blood, however, it would take about 1.2 million bites to drain all the blood from your body
🐜 Female mosquitoes can lay up to 300 eggs at a time
🐜 Usually, the eggs are deposited in clusters called rafts on the surface of stagnant water, or the the eggs are laid in areas that flood regularly
🐜 Mosquito Eggs can hatch in as little as an inch of standing water
🐜 Females will lay eggs up to three times in their lifetime
🐜 Mosquitoes spend their first 10 days of life in water
🐜 Water is necessary for the eggs to hatch into larvae, commonly called wigglers
🐜 Wigglers feed on organic matter in stagnant water and breathe oxygen from the surface
🐜 Wigglers then develop into Pupae and are partially encased in cocoons
🐜 Over several days, the Pupae change into adult mosquitoes
🐜 Mosquitoes hibernate during “winter” months
🐜 Mosquitoes are cold-blooded and prefer temperatures over 80°F
🐜 At temperatures less than 50°F mosquitoes shut-down (hibernate) for the winter
🐜 Adult female mosquitoes of some species find holes where they wait for warmer weather, while others lay their eggs in freezing water and the mother mosquito dies
🐜 Mosquito eggs will survive the Winder until the temperatures rise above 50°F, causing them to can hatch
🐜 Female mosquitoes have a lifespan of 60 days or less under good conditions
🐜 Males mosquitoes have the shortest lifespan, usually 10 days or less under ideal conditions
🐜 Female mosquitoes lay eggs about every three days during that their lifespan
🐜 Females of the mosquito species that hibernate, may live up to six months including the hibernation period
🐜 Mosquitoes have six legs, a head, thorax, and abdomen.
🐜 The Mosquito’s head has two large compound eyes, two ocelli (simple eyes), two antennae and a proboscis which is the body-part that penetrates human skin, housing its two-tubes
🐜 Two large, scaled wings sprout from the thorax
🐜 Midges and Crane Flies are often mistaken for large mosquitoes
🐜 Biting Midges are smaller than Crane Flies, have shorter wings and tend to feed in swarms
🐜 Mosquito “traps” more often attract and kill biting midges
🐜 Crane flies are much larger than mosquitoes, up to 1½” long in some cases, do not bite, however, feed on Mosquitoes
🐜 Male mosquitoes locate Females by the sound of their wings
🐜 Females can beat their wings up to 500 times per second, and the Males pick out the higher frequency of those beats when seeking a mate
🐜 Mosquitoes do not generally fly very far or very fast.
🐜 Mosquitoes can fly distances of from one to three miles, and often stay within several hundred feet of where they were hatched
🐜 Salt Marsh Mosquito species can travel up to 40 miles
🐜 The top speed for a mosquito is about 2.2 feet per second, or 132 feet per minute, or 1½ miles per hour
🐜 Mosquitoes generally fly at or below an altitude of 25 feet
🐜 Some mosquito species have been found at extraordinary heights, including 8,000 feet up in the Himalayas Mountains
🐜 Mosquitoes can smell human breath
🐜 Mosquitoes have receptors on their antennae that detect the carbon dioxide released when humans and animals exhale. Those plumes of CO2 rise into the air, acting as flight-trails the mosquitoes follow to find a source of blood
🐜 Perspiration (human sweat) helps mosquitoes choose their victims
🐜 Human skin produces more than 340 chemical odors; some of these odors smell like “dinner” to mosquitoes
🐜 Mosquitoes are fond of octenol, a chemical released in sweat, as well as cholesterol, folic acid, certain bacteria, skin lotions, and certain perfumes
🐜 Human and Animal Body-heat are markers, the target for mosquitoes
🐜 Mosquitoes use heat-sensors around their mouthparts to detect the warmth of the human body, actually, the blood inside it, then land on you and locate the best plump capillaries for tapping
🐜 Mosquitoes feed day and night. Some species, like the Aedes are daytime biters, while others, like Culex, start biting at dusk and continue a few hours into dark
🐜 Mosquitoes have been around the earth since the Jurassic period, making them about 210 million years in existence
🐜 Mosquitoes have been mentioned throughout history, including in the written works of Aristotle around 300 B.C. and in writings by Sidonius Apollinaris in 467 BC
🐜 The bumps on one’s skin from mosquito bites are caused by mosquito saliva injected into the bite location
🐜 One tube housed within the proboscis draws blood, the second tube pumps in saliva containing a mild painkiller and an anti-coagulant
🐜 Most people after a mosquito “bite” react with minor allergic reactions to the mosquito’s saliva, causing the area around the bite location to swell and itch
🐜 Malaria is caused by a parasite that lives in mosquitoes. The parasite gets into the mosquito saliva and is passed on when the insect bites someone
🐜 West Nile and other viruses are passed the same way
🐜 Mosquitoes can also carry and pass on canine heartworm
🐜 West Nile virus came to the U.S. in 1999
🐜 Scientists first identified it in a feverish woman in Uganda, the West Nile district, in 1937
🐜 There were large outbreaks of the virus reported in Israel, South Africa, and Romania up through the late ’90’s
🐜 The West Nile virus first appeared in the United States in 1999 with an epidemic in New York City

Pleased you’re reading, with over 70,000 readers world-wide, growing by 1000/week, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

25,290,651

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,290,651 visits as of July 30, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

Apple Stock Price – Where is it Heading – Capital Effects of Share Repurchases by Apple ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1424135119.jpg

 Apple’s Capital Return Program. Apple’s share repurchase program was initiated in April 2013, and has been an unqualified success that has dramatically benefited shareholders since its inception.

 Apple’s share repurchase program ultimately affects shares outstanding, take a look at how Apple’s shares outstanding has plunged in recent years, where “plunging” is a very good thing for investors.

 Apple Stock Price – Where are Values Heading – Capital Effects of Share Repurchases by Apple. Apple has reduced its total shares outstanding by roughly 11.5% in the last two years, bringing its share-count to levels that the company hasn’t seen in a decade.

🍎 $127 per Share based on current (Feb 13th) Market trading, however, if one deducts $22/sh for Apple’s Cash, $AAPL shares are trading at [math: ($127-$22)/7.385 = P/E Ratio of 14.2x]
🍎 $145 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share using the average P/E Ratio of 17x of the S&P500, then add $22/share for Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $160 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share using the P/E Ratio of 20x [S&P500 average is 17x], Certainly Apple is better than Average], equals $148/sh, then add $22/share for Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $185 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share, using the P/E Ratio on 25x [equals the P/E multiple of $GOOG], then add $22/sh for the Cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $216 per Share based on Carl Icahn’s analysis described in detail in a previous article, below.

 The Law of Simple Division. When the Divisor decreases the Quotient increases. In other words for a Given Numerator, when the Denominator decreases the Value increases. With a particular Earnings level, when the total number of shares decreases, Earnings per Share increases. That’s a major contributory factor in Apple’s earnings-per-share growth has outpaced Apple’s net income growth in the recent 10 quarterly reports. For example, $AAPL last quarter earnings per share soared 48%, and easily outpacing net income growth of 39%.

 Apple as of this writing has repurchased $73 Billion in $AAPL shares. That’s an incredible sum that exceeds the market caps of most public companies.

 Buying back stock in Apple’s case, inevitably reduces shares outstanding. When the repurchase plan [a/k/a Apple’s Capital Return Program] was authorized by the Board, there were 6.580 Billion shares outstanding. Today there are 5.825 Billion Apple Shares outstanding, representing a global reduction of 755 Million Shares.

 Apple share prices are cheap relative to the S&P500 where all the companies on average trade at P/E Ratio of 17x. In the wake of last quarter earnings report, Apple continues to push higher into uncharted territory, hitting all-time high Capitalization levels, becoming the first company to ever top $700 Billion in market cap. In fact, if Apple hadn’t been repurchasing shares so aggressively, its market cap would be roughly $800 Billion presently.

 Apple’s timing on its repurchases have been very successful. The company “bet big on itself” during the Market pullback of $AAPL shares that occurred in 2013, which has paid off handsomely for Apple.

 Apple has long been cheap by many traditional valuation metrics (even now Apple trades at a significant discount (14x vs. 17x) to the overall S&P500). Therefore it was a logical and prudent call from Apple’s management perspective, to buy-back Apple shares, even 755 Million shares worth.

 Apparently many in the Investment Banking community and their Analysts are having difficulty grasping the dynamics of Apple’s huge earnings capabilities, as Apple has been increasing earnings, margins, average selling prices, and unit sales, sequentially, and on a year-over-year basis.

 Rumor has it, Apple will aggressively increase the Capital Restoration allocations from the present level of $130 Billion, to be announced when Apple Reports its next quarter results, mid-April, 2015.

 Apple is an Exception to the Law of Large Numbers. Apple CEO Tim Cook’s discussion at the Goldman Sachs Technology and Internet Conference last week [2/10/15] was a virtual tutorial on how to beat the supposed “Law of Large Numbers.” How does Apple do it? Simple, Apple moves into adjacent markets with superior products, and expands geographically into under-served regions.

 Apple CEO Tim Cook clearly believes that this strategy will continue in the years ahead, and frankly I wholeheartedly agree. Cook has been professing this strategy for years, while “Wall Street” beats on Apple for not even trying to build an “affordable” smart phone to increase the “numbers.” Tim Cook reiterates at every occasion that folk listen that “for Apple its about creating high quality products that changes peoples lives.”

 The Law of Large Numbers, in classic Investopedia, states that A small company is more likely to grow at higher percentage rates than a large company. Large companies cannot grow at high percentage rates indefinitely, since they would eventually outgrow their nimbleness.

 The Law of Large Numbers seems intuitively obvious… but the “LAW” does not exactly define at what point in the growth of a company does the law take effect? Also, the Law ignores the effect of overall market growth.

 Apple which serves the smartphone market, where Apple has been growing explosively in the past few years, should be able to at least match that growth without the risk of outgrowing the market. However, in fact Apple sold 90% more iPhones than the prior sequential quarterly period. IMHO, these issues are not well digested nor understood by many of the WSJ Analysts.

 Activist investor Carl Icahn last week, [February 11, 2015] again gives praise to Apple, saying that Apple is an Amazing Company that continues break all records for productivity, growth and innovation. Icahn also notes that Apple’s stock continues to be significantly undervalued by the Market and its Analysts.

 Apple management agrees whole hardily, which is why Apple Inc has committed 90 $Billion to buy its own stock. Where best to invest its vast $Billions in Apple’s coffers, than in its own company. Apple’s cash is now at approximately $178 Billion and growing at a rate of $6 Billion/month.

 Icahn says Apple’s common stock should be trading at a price of $216 per share today. Although today [February 12,2015] $AAPL was trading between a range of $127.44 to $126.05.

 Apple’s share-buy-back program is $90 Billion; if executed in full at current share prices, would in effect retire 708,660,400 shares reducing the shares outstanding by about 12%. In fact Apple’s buy-back program commenced in 2013, and Apple is expected to increase the $90B allocation significantly at the April, 2015 Quarterly Report filing and subsequent conference call.

 Icahn is extremely confident that his massive investment in $AAPL was at “bargain prices” even though Apple stock price has increased steadily over the past year.

 Icahn is one of Apple Inc’s ten largest shareholders with an Apple stock portfolio of 52,760,848 shares, as of year-end 2014, worth $6.7006 Billion Investment at today’s trading [$127 as of Feb 12, 2015]. For anyone’s portfolio, this is “confidence exemplified.”

 Carl Icahn says a realistic valuation of $AAPL should be 20 times Earnings per share. Taking into consideration Apple’s after-tax cash reserves of $178 Billion, that would compute to a share price of $216/share, yielding a Apple capitalization of $1.3 Trillion, that’s $1300 Billion.

============= Previously Reported =============

 Icahn is assuming a 20% tax rate when he calculated the $9.70 EPS target for Apple. He did not use the 26.2% effective tax rate estimated by Apple in computing its real cash earnings held off-shore. Many Investment Bankers have estimated that Apple’s effective Tax rate ranges from 18% to 25%, depending on how Apple utilizes its off-shore retained earnings.

 Congress is currently considering Legislation that provides a special Tax Holiday to major US domiciled corporations that sell products globally. If this legislative initiative is enacted, Apple would be able to repatriate some $130 billion back into the USA, at a tax rate of 7% to 9%; this legislation would have the effect of significantly reducing Apple’s effective tax rate.

 Icahn said, “We consider this [$AAPL’s huge cash hoard equates to $22/share] an essential adjustment that many analysts and investors simply fail to understand,” said Icahn. He explained that Apple does not reveal its plans to permanently invest its international earnings unlike many companies like Google Inc.

 Apple states that according to “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles [GAAP] the rules require that Apple [or any similar company] accounting for its income statement and must accrue for the income tax on the un-remitted earnings.

 Carl Icahn maintains these taxes on Apple’s un-remitted earnings representing a provision for a non-cash tax, is overly conservative, as Apple will likely not repatriate the international cash earnings at today’s [35%] federal tax rate.

 If Congress were to Legislate a Tax-Holiday to encourage the repatriation of $Billions in off-shore retained earnings by many of the biggest Corporations, and if Apple took advantage of this Repatriation Legislation, it would restate it financial statement.

 Icahn emphasized that the correct way to treat Apple’s non-cash tax for the purpose of valuation is to “add back the effective non-cash tax provision” into Apple’s earnings” which assumption is reflected in Icahn’s FY2015 EPS [earnings per share] target for Apple.

 Market Analysts, Traders, and Investors, still values Apple at discounted multiple to earnings. Icahn also noted that the market still values Apple at a “significantly discounted multiple, a P/E Ratio of only 10x” compared with the 17x average multiple for the entire S&P 500. Question: is Apple considered an “Average Performer” in anyone’s estimation; I think not.

 Should $AAPL be trading at the S&P500 average, since Apple’s performance is anything but “average.” For example, currently $GOOG is trading at some 25x earnings, for a great company and certainly just as great as Apple, yet $AAPL trades at 17x multiple, and without any provision for its $22/share for extraordinary Cash held in its balance sheet.

 An interested Investor may take $AAPL current earnings per share [EPS] of $7.385/share, then extends the EPS using the 25x Earnings Multiple [the same earnings P/E multiple that $GOOG is currently trading], results in a share price of $185/share with no adjustment for Apple’s future earnings growth, tax treatment, nor Apple’s vast cash holdings equating to $22 per share outstanding. [the math: $7.385×25=$185/share rounded to nearest whole dollar]. These are the reasons why Carl Icahn is extremely “Bullish” on $AAPL, and has “put his money where his mouth is” in buying 52,760,848 shares of $AAPL.

 Lets look at the Numbers. Several days ago, $AAPL was trading at $122/share. If one takes into account Apple’s vast Cash from retained earnings, it equates to $22 per share outstanding. Its common to remove extraordinary Cash from the equation; therefore $AAPL is trading at an effective $100/share discounted for the Cash on Apple’s balance sheet. Investment bankers generally do not apply Earnings Multiples to extraordinary cash reserves.

 Compare Apple’s adjusted price per share, $100/share to Apple’s forecasted 2015 forward-earnings of say $9.70/share, this equates to a Price Earnings Ratio of 10.3x. Compare Apple’s P/E Ratio, with the P/E Ratio of the entire S&P 500, whose blended average of all these companies, the S&P500 is trading at 17x and $AAPL would be trading at 164.90 per share. These facts are giving support for Carl Icahn purchasing 52,760,848 shares of $AAPL last year.

 Carl Icahn says $AAPL is trading at only 60% of the average stock prices of the S&P 500. Admittedly, it is difficult to ignore these figures. In my personal experience, as a Banker, we bought over 30 Florida Banks for Royal Thrust Bank. When we determined xMultiple that we were willing to pay for the Shares of the target, the Balance Sheet was adjusted for extraordinary levels of Retained Earnings shown as Cash or Cash Equivalents, and Bank Buildings owned Free of Mortgages.

 Apple is being very aggressive with its Stock Buy-Back plan, as Apple’s management and Board of Directors also feel that $AAPL is “trading” at prices representing a significant discount. I’m not an investment advisor, and from time to time we’ve owned $AAPL shares; however, as business man it appears to me too that $AAPL is “trading” at prices that are significantly discounted.

 Investment Bankers [IB firms] that offer [published] Opinions about NYSE and NASDAQ listed Stocks that are widely held, may soon revalue their projections as to $AAPL’s target per-share price point, in light of Apple’s superlative quarterly financial performance disclosed at January’s quarterly conference call. Recently several of the highly respected IB firms have increased their Target Prices to $135-$145/share.

 These Target Prices of $135-$145/share although higher than previously published, remain significantly conservative, in light of $AAPL relatively low P/E Ratio. It seems to me that many of the IB firms cannot grasp that $AAPL grows at rates, while increasing profit margins, like no other huge company has ever performed.

 Accordingly, the discrepancy in the P/E multiple between Apple and the broad market index is according to Carl Icahn “totally irrational” and the market is “somehow missing some very basic principles of valuation.” “When a company’s future earnings are expected to grow at a much faster rate than that of the S&P 500, the market should value that company at a higher P/E multiple,” said Icahn.

 Icahn estimated that Apple’s EPS, earnings per share, will grow 20% annually for the fiscal 2016 and 2017. If Apple launched a TV next year or the year after, he expects a 31% annual EPS growth. Icahn believes further, that the market should value Apple at $216 per share (at P/E of at least 20x together when taking into account the net cash adjustment of $22 per share).

 Icahn says “$216 per share is not a future price target. $216 per share is what we think Apple is worth now.”

 One more thing… If we use Apple’s existing earnings/share report and have its Shares trading at just the average S&P500 earnings multiple, a P/E Ratio of 17x, then the value of Company would be $125.55 [math: $7.385×17=$125.55]. To complete the $AAPL Share value lets add back Apple’s cash of $22/share [math: 125.55+22=$145.55/share].

 $145.55/Share for $AAPL is the most conservative valuation for Apple’s share price using $AAPL actual earnings performance and applying the S&P500 average P/E Ratio of 17x for those companies that included in the S&P500.

 $AAPL share valuation. The best valuation for capital stock of a publicly traded company, is what the Market is willing to pay. This “rule” applies to real property sales Above I have attempted to explain Carl Icahn’s $216 per share valuation.

 With most markets where capital stock is trading, demand and desire dictate prices; For example, if there are more “Sellers” than “Buyers” then share prices tend downward regardless of valuations. For example, if there are more “Buyers” than “Sellers” then share prices tend upward regardless of valuations.

 Several alternative Valuations using other methodologies for $AAPL per share valuation that were discussed in this article are summarized as follows:

🍎 $127 per Share based on current Market trading
🍎 $145 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share using the average P/E Ratio of 17x of the S&P500, then add back $22 per share of cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $185 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share, using the average P/E Ratio on 25x [the P/E multiple of $GOOG], then add back $22 per share of cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $216 per Share based on Carl Icahn’s analysis described above.

 The Carl Icahn “equation” in determining $AAPL share value is based firstly on removing the Cash from Apple’s Balance sheet, and restating this Cash, about $178,000,000,000. Dividing this by the number of outstanding number of shares, yields $22/Share just for Apple’s Cash, its retaining earnings.

 Therefore, if $AAPL is trading at $122/share, and that includes $22/share for Apple’s Cash, then Investors are actually paying $100/share for the value of the company, plus $22 for Apple’s cash hoard.

 Apple trading at $100/share based on Apple’s current Earnings Per Share, EPS of $7.385 excluding Apple’s cash, therefore Apple’s adjusted P/E Ratio is effectively 13.5x [math: 100/7.385 = 13.5x] based on Apple’s recent earnings report. If one were to recalculate the EPS using Carl Icahn’s $9.70/share going-forward 2015 earnings forecast, Icahn’s P/E Multiple is about 10x Earnings [math: 100/9.7 = 10.3x].

 Carl Icahn is additionally comforted in these figures as $AAPL continues and is likely to accelerate its Stock Repurchase. If $AAPL buys back $75 Billion of its shares at a price of $125, this will have the effect of retiring 600,000,000 shares of its capital stock. This also has the effect of increasing earnings/share, as fewer shares are outstanding.

============= Previously Reported =============

★★ Apple has hired about 50 employees who previously worked at Tesla, according to LinkedIn postings. Many of these hires were engineers who interned at Tesla. Most of the engineers Apple has hired from Tesla specialize in Mechanics, Manufacturing, and Robotics.

★★ Think of these possibilities. Apple may indeed be building some kind of vehicle, an iCar perhaps, this is outside the company’s core products;

★★ Steve Jobs was Enamored with an iCar in Apple’s future, as is Tim Cook.

★★ Apple is also working on new iPhone-to-Car experiences that will compete with what Tesla presently offers in its vehicles. Apple has an initiative called CarPlay that lets you control certain cars’ entertainment and other systems with your smartphone. CarPlay was supposed to come out in 2014 but has been delayed; it has only just started to emerge in the 2015 Hyundai Sonata.

★★ The Apple employee, whose email was exposed, is talking about using your iPhone to unlock and drive a CarPlay-partner Car without needing a key. Tesla began offering this feature with its 6.0 system update last year. Or perhaps a much deeper set of integrated experiences with navigation, audio, and other systems.

★★ Whether or not Apple is working on the iCar, the company is competing with Tesla for top talent. Tesla has hired about 150 people from Apple so far, according to Bloomberg, and Apple has reportedly tried to appeal to potential Tesla hires with $250,000 signing bonuses and huge salary hikes.

★ The “Juicy Gossip” for 2015 is Elon Musk’s remarks that Apple, believe it…, APPLE is recruiting senior TESLA folks with $250,000 Signing Bonuses coupled with 60% Pay Increases… This is very interesting news, as it’s coming from Tesla’s CEO, and it sets up the next question…

★ Would Apple be interested in Key Tesla employees, other than just attracting great talent, Companies recruit talent all the time, offering senior level positions, pay increases, and yes attractive “signing bonuses” … Is Apple interested in developing a high-technology Green CAR, or simply wants particular talents.

★★ According to a report from Business Insider, an unsolicited email from an employee at Apple read, “Latest project is too exciting to pass up,” and, “I think it will change the landscape and give TESLA a huge run for its money.”

★★ Many TESLA employees are “jumping ship” and choosing to work at Apple with attractive pay-packages, to be a part of this unidentified [automobile] project, according to an internal Apple email, .

★★ You can bet that Apple will Not be discussing this [automotive] project in public until its ready for production; if and when the project is ready for announcement, at the very best 6 to 9 months before its ready to deliver to the marketplace.

★★ Last week there were pictures captured of a “Apple Van” that was rigged with that looks similar to the vehicles created by Google Inc (GOOG) for mapping and have multiple cameras on top of the roof.

★★ There were speculations that the vehicle was running as a part of an unspecified mapping project from Apple, which has been making efforts in recent months to upgrade Maps to stand parallel to Google’s Street View.

★★ Other rumors suggested the company is working on a self-driving car, which seems to be pretty distant given the company’s tendency to work on only a few products at a time, says a report from MacRumors.

★★ “We have zero issue coming up with things we want to do, said Tim Cook last January. “We must focus on the very few that deserve all our energy.”

★★ Bloomberg also has an interesting twist on the story, that focuses not so much on the competitive inter-hiring between the two companies, but on their similarities, which includes drawing parallels between their mercurial or iconoclastic founders. It all makes for fascinating reading, giving insight into the games played between top employers in one of the country’s most competitive job markets.

★★ While Elon Musk was complaining about “its employees being stolen by Apple,” Musk also says his company is hard at work on a new charger that will auto-emerge from the wall of your garage and hook-up to a Model S and commence charging. To make the technology a bit more impressive, Elon Musk claims the system works with all previous and current versions of the company’s electric car.

★ Folks complain about electric cars, the gripes generally focus on the car’s ugly, or range anxiety or the hassle of waiting for the battery to charge. Plugging the vehicle into the charger is seldom that big of a deal. However, for the contingent of customers who find hooking-up their model to be too torturous, Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk appears to have a bizarre and interesting solution on the way

★ Musk raised the idea of Auto-Charging a Model S, and all prior models, during the Tesla D unveiling by saying… “we will probably do something like that.” He didn’t explain much more at the time, though. There still aren’t many hard details on the scheme, but the idea of having a robotic snake living in the garage is both somewhat nightmarish and amazingly cool. We can’t wait to see this thing in action.




Pleased you’re reading, with about 76,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Apple Stock Worth $216/share Today – So says Carl Icahn, and Higher this Year ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿

1423853888.jpg

 Activist investor Carl Icahn this week, [February 11, 2015] again gives praise to Apple, saying that Apple is an Amazing Company that continues break all records for productivity, growth and innovation. Icahn also notes that Apple’s stock continues to be significantly undervalued by the Market and its Analysts.

 Apple management agrees whole hardily, which is why Apple Inc has committed 90 $Billion to buy its own stock. Where best to invest its vast $Billions in Apple’s coffers, than in its own company. Apple’s cash is now at approximately $178 Billion and growing at a rate of $6 Billion/month.

 Icahn says Apple’s common stock should be trading at a price of $216 per share today. Although today [February 12,2015] $AAPL was trading between a range of $127.44 to $126.05.

 Apple’s share-buy-back program is $90 Billion; if executed in full at current share prices, would in effect retire 708,660,400 shares reducing the shares outstanding by about 12%. In fact Apple’s buy-back program commenced in 2013, and Apple is expected to increase the $90B allocation significantly at the April, 2015 Quarterly Report filing and subsequent conference call.

 Icahn is extremely confident that his massive investment in $AAPL was at “bargain prices” even though Apple stock price has increased steadily over the past year.

 Icahn is one of Apple Inc’s ten largest shareholders with an Apple stock portfolio of 52,760,848 shares, as of year-end 2014, worth $6.7006 Billion Investment at today’s trading [$127 as of Feb 12, 2015]. For anyone’s portfolio, this is “confidence exemplified.”

 Carl Icahn says a realistic valuation of $AAPL should be 20 times Earnings per share. Taking into consideration Apple’s after-tax cash reserves of $178 Billion, that would compute to a share price of $216/share, yielding a Apple capitalization of $1.3 Trillion, that’s $1300 Billion.

 Icahn is assuming a 20% tax rate when he calculated the $9.70 EPS target for Apple. He did not use the 26.2% effective tax rate estimated by Apple in computing its real cash earnings held off-shore. Many Investment Bankers have estimated that Apple’s effective Tax rate ranges from 18% to 25%, depending on how Apple utilizes its off-shore retained earnings.

 Congress is currently considering Legislation that provides a special Tax Holiday to major US domiciled corporations that sell products globally. If this legislative initiative is enacted, Apple would be able to repatriate some $130 billion back into the USA, at a tax rate of 7% to 9%; this legislation would have the effect of significantly reducing Apple’s effective tax rate.

 Icahn said, “We consider this [$AAPL’s huge cash hoard equates to $22/share] an essential adjustment that many analysts and investors simply fail to understand,” said Icahn. He explained that Apple does not reveal its plans to permanently invest its international earnings unlike many companies like Google Inc.

 Apple states that according to “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles [GAAP] the rules require that Apple [or any similar company] accounting for its income statement and must accrue for the income tax on the un-remitted earnings.

 Carl Icahn maintains these taxes on Apple’s un-remitted earnings representing a provision for a non-cash tax, is overly conservative, as Apple will likely not repatriate the international cash earnings at today’s [35%] federal tax rate.

 If Congress were to Legislate a Tax-Holiday to encourage the repatriation of $Billions in off-shore retained earnings by many of the biggest Corporations, and if Apple took advantage of this Repatriation Legislation, it would restate it financial statement.

 Icahn emphasized that the correct way to treat Apple’s non-cash tax for the purpose of valuation is to “add back the effective non-cash tax provision” into Apple’s earnings” which assumption is reflected in Icahn’s FY2015 EPS [earnings per share] target for Apple.

 Market Analysts, Traders, and Investors, still values Apple at discounted multiple to earnings. Icahn also noted that the market still values Apple at a “significantly discounted multiple, a P/E Ratio of only 10x” compared with the 17x average multiple for the entire S&P 500. Question: is Apple considered an “Average Performer” in anyone’s estimation; I think not.

 Should $AAPL be trading at the S&P500 average, since Apple’s performance is anything but “average.” For example, currently $GOOG is trading at some 25x earnings, for a great company and certainly just as great as Apple, yet $AAPL trades at 17x multiple, and without any provision for its $22/share for extraordinary Cash held in its balance sheet.

 An interested Investor may take $AAPL current earnings per share [EPS] of $7.385/share, then extends the EPS using the 25x Earnings Multiple [the same earnings P/E multiple that $GOOG is currently trading], results in a share price of $185/share with no adjustment for Apple’s future earnings growth, tax treatment, nor Apple’s vast cash holdings equating to $22 per share outstanding. [the math: $7.385×25=$185/share rounded to nearest whole dollar]. These are the reasons why Carl Icahn is extremely “Bullish” on $AAPL, and has “put his money where his mouth is” in buying 52,760,848 shares of $AAPL.

 Lets look at the Numbers. Several days ago, $AAPL was trading at $122/share. If one takes into account Apple’s vast Cash from retained earnings, it equates to $22 per share outstanding. Its common to remove extraordinary Cash from the equation; therefore $AAPL is trading at an effective $100/share discounted for the Cash on Apple’s balance sheet. Investment bankers generally do not apply Earnings Multiples to extraordinary cash reserves.

 Compare Apple’s adjusted price per share, $100/share to Apple’s forecasted 2015 forward-earnings of say $9.70/share, this equates to a Price Earnings Ratio of 10.3x. Compare Apple’s P/E Ratio, with the P/E Ratio of the entire S&P 500, whose blended average of all these companies, the S&P500 is trading at 17x and $AAPL would be trading at 164.90 per share. These facts are giving support for Carl Icahn purchasing 52,760,848 shares of $AAPL last year.

 Carl Icahn says $AAPL is trading at only 60% of the average stock prices of the S&P 500. Admittedly, it is difficult to ignore these figures. In my personal experience, as a Banker, we bought over 30 Florida Banks for Royal Thrust Bank. When we determined xMultiple that we were willing to pay for the Shares of the target, the Balance Sheet was adjusted for extraordinary levels of Retained Earnings shown as Cash or Cash Equivalents, and Bank Buildings owned Free of Mortgages.

 Apple is being very aggressive with its Stock Buy-Back plan, as Apple’s management and Board of Directors also feel that $AAPL is “trading” at prices representing a significant discount. I’m not an investment advisor, and from time to time we’ve owned $AAPL shares; however, as business man it appears to me too that $AAPL is “trading” at prices that are significantly discounted.

 Investment Bankers [IB firms] that offer [published] Opinions about NYSE and NASDAQ listed Stocks that are widely held, may soon revalue their projections as to $AAPL’s target per-share price point, in light of Apple’s superlative quarterly financial performance disclosed at January’s quarterly conference call. Recently several of the highly respected IB firms have increased their Target Prices to $135-$145/share.

 These Target Prices of $135-$145/share although higher than previously published, remain significantly conservative, in light of $AAPL relatively low P/E Ratio. It seems to me that many of the IB firms cannot grasp that $AAPL grows at rates, while increasing profit margins, like no other huge company has ever performed.

 Accordingly, the discrepancy in the P/E multiple between Apple and the broad market index is according to Carl Icahn “totally irrational” and the market is “somehow missing some very basic principles of valuation.” “When a company’s future earnings are expected to grow at a much faster rate than that of the S&P 500, the market should value that company at a higher P/E multiple,” said Icahn.

 Icahn estimated that Apple’s EPS, earnings per share, will grow 20% annually for the fiscal 2016 and 2017. If Apple launched a TV next year or the year after, he expects a 31% annual EPS growth. Icahn believes further, that the market should value Apple at $216 per share (at P/E of at least 20x together when taking into account the net cash adjustment of $22 per share).

 Icahn says “$216 per share is not a future price target. $216 per share is what we think Apple is worth now.”

 One more thing… If we use Apple’s existing earnings/share report and have its Shares trading at just the average S&P500 earnings multiple, a P/E Ratio of 17x, then the value of Company would be $125.55 [math: $7.385×17=$125.55]. To complete the $AAPL Share value lets add back Apple’s cash of $22/share [math: 125.55+22=$145.55/share].

 $145.55/Share for $AAPL is the most conservative valuation for Apple’s share price using $AAPL actual earnings performance and applying the S&P500 average P/E Ratio of 17x for those companies that included in the S&P500.

 $AAPL share valuation. The best valuation for capital stock of a publicly traded company, is what the Market is willing to pay. This “rule” applies to real property sales Above I have attempted to explain Carl Icahn’s $216 per share valuation.

 With most markets where capital stock is trading, demand and desire dictate prices; For example, if there are more “Sellers” than “Buyers” then share prices tend downward regardless of valuations. For example, if there are more “Buyers” than “Sellers” then share prices tend upward regardless of valuations.

 Several alternative Valuations using other methodologies for $AAPL per share valuation that were discussed in this article are summarized as follows:

🍎 $127 per Share based on current Market trading
🍎 $145 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share using the average P/E Ratio of 17x of the S&P500, then add back $22 per share of cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $185 per Share based on Apple’s actual Earnings of $7.385/share, using the average P/E Ratio on 25x [the P/E multiple of $GOOG], then add back $22 per share of cash on Apple’s financial statement
🍎 $216 per Share based on Carl Icahn’s analysis described above.

 The Carl Icahn “equation” in determining $AAPL share value is based firstly on removing the Cash from Apple’s Balance sheet, and restating this Cash, about $178,000,000,000. Dividing this by the number of outstanding number of shares, yields $22/Share just for Apple’s Cash, its retaining earnings.

 Therefore, if $AAPL is trading at $122/share, and that includes $22/share for Apple’s Cash, then Investors are actually paying $100/share for the value of the company, plus $22 for Apple’s cash hoard.

 Apple trading at $100/share based on Apple’s current Earnings Per Share, EPS of $7.385 excluding Apple’s cash, therefore Apple’s adjusted P/E Ratio is effectively 13.5x [math: 100/7.385 = 13.5x] based on Apple’s recent earnings report. If one were to recalculate the EPS using Carl Icahn’s $9.70/share going-forward 2015 earnings forecast, Icahn’s P/E Multiple is about 10x Earnings [math: 100/9.7 = 10.3x].

 Carl Icahn is additionally comforted in these figures as $AAPL continues and is likely to accelerate its Stock Repurchase. If $AAPL buys back $75 Billion of its shares at a price of $125, this will have the effect of retiring 600,000,000 shares of its capital stock. This also has the effect of increasing earnings/share, as fewer shares are outstanding.

============= Previously Reported =============

★★ Apple has hired about 50 employees who previously worked at Tesla, according to LinkedIn postings. Many of these hires were engineers who interned at Tesla. Most of the engineers Apple has hired from Tesla specialize in Mechanics, Manufacturing, and Robotics.

★★ Think of these possibilities. Apple may indeed be building some kind of vehicle, an iCar perhaps, this is outside the company’s core products;

★★ Steve Jobs was Enamored with an iCar in Apple’s future, as is Tim Cook.

★★ Apple is also working on new iPhone-to-Car experiences that will compete with what Tesla presently offers in its vehicles. Apple has an initiative called CarPlay that lets you control certain cars’ entertainment and other systems with your smartphone. CarPlay was supposed to come out in 2014 but has been delayed; it has only just started to emerge in the 2015 Hyundai Sonata.

★★ The Apple employee, whose email was exposed, is talking about using your iPhone to unlock and drive a CarPlay-partner Car without needing a key. Tesla began offering this feature with its 6.0 system update last year. Or perhaps a much deeper set of integrated experiences with navigation, audio, and other systems.

★★ Whether or not Apple is working on the iCar, the company is competing with Tesla for top talent. Tesla has hired about 150 people from Apple so far, according to Bloomberg, and Apple has reportedly tried to appeal to potential Tesla hires with $250,000 signing bonuses and huge salary hikes.

★ The “Juicy Gossip” for 2015 is Elon Musk’s remarks that Apple, believe it…, APPLE is recruiting senior TESLA folks with $250,000 Signing Bonuses coupled with 60% Pay Increases… This is very interesting news, as it’s coming from Tesla’s CEO, and it sets up the next question…

★ Would Apple be interested in Key Tesla employees, other than just attracting great talent, Companies recruit talent all the time, offering senior level positions, pay increases, and yes attractive “signing bonuses” … Is Apple interested in developing a high-technology Green CAR, or simply wants particular talents.

★★ According to a report from Business Insider, an unsolicited email from an employee at Apple read, “Latest project is too exciting to pass up,” and, “I think it will change the landscape and give TESLA a huge run for its money.”

★★ Many TESLA employees are “jumping ship” and choosing to work at Apple with attractive pay-packages, to be a part of this unidentified [automobile] project, according to an internal Apple email, .

★★ You can bet that Apple will Not be discussing this [automotive] project in public until its ready for production; if and when the project is ready for announcement, at the very best 6 to 9 months before its ready to deliver to the marketplace.

★★ Last week there were pictures captured of a “Apple Van” that was rigged with that looks similar to the vehicles created by Google Inc (GOOG) for mapping and have multiple cameras on top of the roof.

★★ There were speculations that the vehicle was running as a part of an unspecified mapping project from Apple, which has been making efforts in recent months to upgrade Maps to stand parallel to Google’s Street View.

★★ Other rumors suggested the company is working on a self-driving car, which seems to be pretty distant given the company’s tendency to work on only a few products at a time, says a report from MacRumors.

★★ “We have zero issue coming up with things we want to do, said Tim Cook last January. “We must focus on the very few that deserve all our energy.”

★★ Bloomberg also has an interesting twist on the story, that focuses not so much on the competitive inter-hiring between the two companies, but on their similarities, which includes drawing parallels between their mercurial or iconoclastic founders. It all makes for fascinating reading, giving insight into the games played between top employers in one of the country’s most competitive job markets.

★★ While Elon Musk was complaining about “its employees being stolen by Apple,” Musk also says his company is hard at work on a new charger that will auto-emerge from the wall of your garage and hook-up to a Model S and commence charging. To make the technology a bit more impressive, Elon Musk claims the system works with all previous and current versions of the company’s electric car.

★ Folks complain about electric cars, the gripes generally focus on the car’s ugly, or range anxiety or the hassle of waiting for the battery to charge. Plugging the vehicle into the charger is seldom that big of a deal. However, for the contingent of customers who find hooking-up their model to be too torturous, Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk appears to have a bizarre and interesting solution on the way

★ Musk raised the idea of Auto-Charging a Model S, and all prior models, during the Tesla D unveiling by saying… “we will probably do something like that.” He didn’t explain much more at the time, though. There still aren’t many hard details on the scheme, but the idea of having a robotic snake living in the garage is both somewhat nightmarish and amazingly cool. We can’t wait to see this thing in action.




Pleased you’re reading, with about 76,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

iCar in our Future – APPLE ‘s Recruiting Senior TESLA Engineers with $250,000 First Day Bonuses + Big Pay Raises – There are REASONS â˜…★★★★

1423679078.jpg

★★ Apple has hired about 50 employees who previously worked at Tesla, according to LinkedIn postings. Many of these hires were engineers who interned at Tesla. Most of the engineers Apple has hired from Tesla specialize in Mechanics, Manufacturing, and Robotics.

★★ Think of these possibilities. Apple may indeed be building some kind of vehicle, an iCar perhaps, this is outside the company’s core products;

★★ Steve Jobs was Enamored with an iCar in Apple’s future, as is Tim Cook.

★★ Apple is also working on new iPhone-to-Car experiences that will compete with what Tesla presently offers in its vehicles. Apple has an initiative called CarPlay that lets you control certain cars’ entertainment and other systems with your smartphone. CarPlay was supposed to come out in 2014 but has been delayed; it has only just started to emerge in the 2015 Hyundai Sonata.

★★ The Apple employee, whose email was exposed, is talking about using your iPhone to unlock and drive a CarPlay-partner Car without needing a key. Tesla began offering this feature with its 6.0 system update last year. Or perhaps a much deeper set of integrated experiences with navigation, audio, and other systems.

★★ Whether or not Apple is working on the iCar, the company is competing with Tesla for top talent. Tesla has hired about 150 people from Apple so far, according to Bloomberg, and Apple has reportedly tried to appeal to potential Tesla hires with $250,000 signing bonuses and huge salary hikes.

★ The “Juicy Gossip” for 2015 is Elon Musk’s remarks that Apple, believe it…, APPLE is recruiting senior TESLA folks with $250,000 Signing Bonuses coupled with 60% Pay Increases… This is very interesting news, as it’s coming from Tesla’s CEO, and it sets up the next question…

★ Would Apple be interested in Key Tesla employees, other than just attracting great talent, Companies recruit talent all the time, offering senior level positions, pay increases, and yes attractive “signing bonuses” … Is Apple interested in developing a high-technology Green CAR, or simply wants particular talents.

★★ According to a report from Business Insider, an unsolicited email from an employee at Apple read, “Latest project is too exciting to pass up,” and, “I think it will change the landscape and give TESLA a huge run for its money.”

★★ Many TESLA employees are “jumping ship” and choosing to work at Apple with attractive pay-packages, to be a part of this unidentified [automobile] project, according to an internal Apple email, .

★★ You can bet that Apple will Not be discussing this [automotive] project in public until its ready for production; if and when the project is ready for announcement, at the very best 6 to 9 months before its ready to deliver to the marketplace.

★★ Last week there were pictures captured of a “Apple Van” that was rigged with that looks similar to the vehicles created by Google Inc (GOOG) for mapping and have multiple cameras on top of the roof.

★★ There were speculations that the vehicle was running as a part of an unspecified mapping project from Apple, which has been making efforts in recent months to upgrade Maps to stand parallel to Google’s Street View.

★★ Other rumors suggested the company is working on a self-driving car, which seems to be pretty distant given the company’s tendency to work on only a few products at a time, says a report from MacRumors.

★★ “We have zero issue coming up with things we want to do, said Tim Cook last January. “We must focus on the very few that deserve all our energy.”

★★ Bloomberg also has an interesting twist on the story, that focuses not so much on the competitive inter-hiring between the two companies, but on their similarities, which includes drawing parallels between their mercurial or iconoclastic founders. It all makes for fascinating reading, giving insight into the games played between top employers in one of the country’s most competitive job markets.

★★ While Elon Musk was complaining about “its employees being stolen by Apple,” Musk also says his company is hard at work on a new charger that will auto-emerge from the wall of your garage and hook-up to a Model S and commence charging. To make the technology a bit more impressive, Elon Musk claims the system works with all previous and current versions of the company’s electric car.

★ Folks complain about electric cars, the gripes generally focus on the car’s ugly, or range anxiety or the hassle of waiting for the battery to charge. Plugging the vehicle into the charger is seldom that big of a deal. However, for the contingent of customers who find hooking-up their model to be too torturous, Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk appears to have a bizarre and interesting solution on the way

★ Musk raised the idea of Auto-Charging a Model S, and all prior models, during the Tesla D unveiling by saying… “we will probably do something like that.” He didn’t explain much more at the time, though. There still aren’t many hard details on the scheme, but the idea of having a robotic snake living in the garage is both somewhat nightmarish and amazingly cool. We can’t wait to see this thing in action.




Pleased you’re reading, with about 76,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Believe it – APPLE is Recruiting Senior TESLA folks with $250k Signing Bonuses and 60% Pay Raises – There’s a REASON â˜…★★★★

1423602111.jpg

★ Folks complain about electric cars, the gripes generally focus on the car’s ugly, or range anxiety or the hassle of waiting for the battery to charge. Plugging the vehicle into the charger is seldom that big of a deal. However, for the contingent of customers who find hooking-up their model to be too torturous, Tesla’s CEO, Elon Musk appears to have a bizarre solution on the way…. although an interesting tease, This is Not The BIG Story…

★ The “Juicy Gossip” for 2015 is Elon Musk’s remarks that Apple, believe it…, APPLE is recruiting senior TESLA folks with $250k Signing Bonuses coupled with 60% Pay Increases… This is very interesting news, as it’s coming from Tesla’s CEO, and it sets up the next question…

★ Would Apple be interested in Key Tesla employees, other than just attracting great talent, Companies recruit talent all the time, offering senior level positions, pay increases, and yes attractive “signing bonuses” … Is Apple interested in developing a high-technology Green CAR, or simply wants particular talents.

★★ According to a report from Business Insider, an unsolicited email from an employee at Apple read, “Latest project is too exciting to pass up,” and, “I think it will change the landscape and give TESLA a huge run for its money.”

★★ Many TESLA employees are “jumping ship” and choosing to work at Apple with attractive pay-packages, to be a part of this unidentified [automobile] project, according to an internal Apple email, .

★★ You can bet that Apple will Not be discussing this [automotive] project in public until its ready for production; if and when the project is ready for announcement, at the very best 6 to 9 months before its ready to deliver to the marketplace.

★★ Last week there were pictures captured of a “Apple Van” that was rigged with that looks similar to the vehicles created by Google Inc (GOOG) for mapping and have multiple cameras on top of the roof.

★★ There were speculations that the vehicle was running as a part of an unspecified mapping project from Apple, which has been making efforts in recent months to upgrade Maps to stand parallel to Google’s Street View.

★★ Other rumors suggested the company is working on a self-driving car, which seems to be pretty distant given the company’s tendency to work on only a few products at a time, says a report from MacRumors.

★★ “We have zero issue coming up with things we want to do, said Tim Cook last January. “We must focus on the very few that deserve all our energy.”

★★ Bloomberg also has an interesting twist on the story, that focuses not so much on the competitive inter-hiring between the two companies, but on their similarities, which includes drawing parallels between their mercurial or iconoclastic founders. It all makes for fascinating reading, giving insight into the games played between top employers in one of the country’s most competitive job markets.

★★ While Elon Musk was complaining about “its employees being stolen by Apple,” Musk also says his company is hard at work on a new charger that will auto-emerge from the wall of your garage and hook-up to a Model S and commence charging. To make the technology a bit more impressive, Elon Musk claims the system works with all previous and current versions of the company’s electric car.

★ Musk raised the idea of Auto-Charging a Model S, and all prior models, during the Tesla D unveiling by saying… “we will probably do something like that.” He didn’t explain much more at the time, though. There still aren’t many hard details on the scheme, but the idea of having a robotic snake living in the garage is both somewhat nightmarish and amazingly cool. We can’t wait to see this thing in action.




Pleased you’re reading, with about 76,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

iPhone Cameras ~ iPad Cameras ~ Human Eyes ~ Sun Light Safety ~ Beach, Sand & Salt Water Issues (Update #2) 🍎🍎🍎🍎🍎 🍎 ðŸ‘€ðŸŒžðŸ‘€ðŸŒž

1374672503.jpg

🌞 iPhone Cameras, iPad Cameras, Sun Light Safety, Beach, Sand and Salt Water Issues… The Cameras housed within modern iPhones and iPads are very sensitive, complex imager and lens systems; however, the camera systems are miniaturized to an amazing degree. For purposes of this article full featured iPhones and iPads are very similar devices other than several basic differences
📱 (A) iPads are restricted with regard to cellular connectivity, as voice calling is disabled, but you may make video-voice FaceTime calls and VOIP calls, and
📱 (B) the iPads are significantly larger in size. Initially, Apple configured their iPads with camera systems that were used in prior model iPhones. Today, Apple is keenly focused in its support of the iPad Line, and is enhancing the iPad functionality and specifications.

🌞 iPhones and iPads share almost all of the similar internal components. Aside from these two differences above, the devices share almost all of the internal components, other than physical size, battery sizes, display sizes…

🌞 Other differences such as memory size, refers to the capacity of the memory, not physical size of the ship-sets, similarly with the pixel count of the imager, more pixels does not mean the imager’s physical dimension is larger. For the purpose of this article the iPhone will be discussed; however, most everything discussed mat be applicable to the traditional iPad and the iPad mini.

🌞 Number 1 iPhone Killer: Ocean and Gulf Beaches. This environment is one of the most dangerous environments for high technology devices including iPhones and digital cameras, primarily because of Salt.

🌞 Where there is Wind and Waves, there is “air-borne” salt water spray that is everywhere. This is likely the biggest iPhone killer of all. Living in south Florida we see thousands of people of all ages with their smartphones snapping pictures, talking on the phone, and listening to their favorite tunes as they sun-bathe.

🌞 Salt (chemically NaCl, Sodium Chloride) is one of the most corrosive chemicals, and exist in huge quantities on earth and particularly at the Beach. True, Salt is one of the major building blocks in support of human life; however, Salt is one of the most destructive chemicals for technology devices. Salt will corrode the minute electronic contacts, the volume controls and sleep and home buttons, preventing them from operating properly. Salt spray that extends everywhere for thousands of feet from the waves.

🌞 Beach Goers. So if you are a “beach-goer” and you notice that your UP Volume button is not working properly, initially requiring harder or repeated pushing, this condition is likely the result of “salt intrusion.”

🌞 Ocean and Gulf Beach simple solution. When going to the Beach, pack your iPhone in a kitchen plastic zip-lock baggie, that you’d pack veggies with when refrigerating. As we live near the beach, I purchased some “parts” bags, that are made of a 4 mil plastic, and are “heavy duty” and seal well in case a wave hits you. However a typical quart-sized zip-lock Freezer baggie will serve well to eliminate sand, salt, and salt water spray. Also, on Amazon.com one can find a heavy duty 4×8″ 6mil or 8mil clear “parts” zip-lock bag. Notice that the iPhone display will operate even through the zip-lock baggie. Also note there are many “after market” waterproof iPhone cases to solve this issue, which may be used every day, every where.

🌞 Number 2 iPhone Killer: The Sun and Concert Laser Lights: The complex optics contained in the iPhone or any digital camera is very sensitive to light. In recent years the imagers and lens systems are even more capable of taking pictures in very low light situations. Similarly, the iPhone captures terrific pictures out doors in bright light. However, bright lighted situations only includes reflected light, not light directly from the Sun, for example.

🌞 A major iPhone Camera Killer is the Sun and Laser Lights. Simple solution, Do not Point your iPhone Camera towards the Sun. Sounds simple, however, when out doors, and since the iPhone have both front and rear cameras, how can one place the iPhone on a traditional Picnic Table, since either face-up or face-down, one of the Cameras will be pointing Up towards the Sun. Either way, if the Sun comes into alignment and its powerful-light enters the camera lens, the imager may be permanently damaged. Solution keep your iPhone in your pocket, purse, picnic basket, or wrap the iPhone in a table napkin.

🌞 iPhone Cameras are similarly sensitive to Light as the Human Eye. Therefore treat both with similar care. To protect the Retina inside your Eyes, do Not look directly at the Sun or in the Sun’s direction. Give your iPhone the same respect, to protect the imager (the non-organic form of the human retina) do not point your iPhone’s cameras directly at the Sun or in the Sun’s direction.

🌞 Laser Lights may Kill your iPhone, iPad, Digital Camera. Below are some detail on the effects of having a Concert Laser Light kill a digital camera’s imager, not the entire imager, in this case a permanently destroyed an entire “line of pixels.”

Several videos have emerged of concert lasers damaging the sensors in DSLR cameras. One particular example shows lasers damaging the sensor of a Canon EOS 5D MKII. It appears that the laser burns the CMOS sensor’s pixels, while the user is creating a video, rendering it permanently damaged with just a micro-second of exposure.

Seven Second video clip taken at a Concert where several High Power Laser Projectors are in use. Suggestion replay this video over several times to focus your attention to the location and the moment of destruction:

http://vimeo.com/13450755

Suggestion for Laser Events: If you are using any iPhone or digital camera for photographing or for video capture, do not permit the Laser Beam to strike your cameras lens or your eyes, for the Safety of Both.

Laser Beams may Kill an Entire Row of Pixels. It is suggested that the concentrated pin-point Lasers Beams, cause the damage by Impressing Very High Energy and Brightness, Focused onto the pixels, the sensitive surface of the image-sensor.

The ILDA (International Laser Display Association) say that camera sensors are often more sensitive to laser Light than the human eye. Personally I believe this statement is written by the Lawyers of the ILDA to ward-off personal-injury law-suits. What’s more, the damage to several pixels may also cause an entire vertical or horizontal row of pixels to stop working properly, making the damage much more visible, than just killing a few pixels where the Laser was in Fine-Focus.

Laser Beams can cause dead pixels, which may be visible on photos with areas of uniform colour. Any camera with a CMOS sensor could be susceptible, so it’s recommended that if you attend a concert where there are laser beams to take extra care not to let the beams directly hit the sensor of your camera.

For more information on avoiding laser damage to your Digital Cameras, visit the ILDA site, (International Laser Display Association)

http://www.laserist.org/camera-sensor-damage.htm

Laser Lights emit highly-concentrated beams of focused light, which can “burn” sensitive surfaces (like the eye’s retina) and cause permanent damage. Camera sensors, mobile-phone cameras, vidwo cameras are all, in general, very susceptible to damage by Concentrated Laser Light than the human eye. However My advice is if the Laser may Kill your Digital Imager, it may Damage your Vision.


Here is a link to a 7 second video clip:

http://vimeo.com/13450755


For large scale concert shows, such as on a televised concert, Laser show producers work with their clients to avoid TV camera locations, where the Laser Video Projectors may aim directly into the $250,000 HDTV video cameras, (ILDA Members, see this page for details). However, it is not possible for laser show producers to be responsible for all cameras and camcorders which might be at a show, in the crowd for example.

Therefore, if you attend a show as an audience member, you should take reasonable precautions, to Prevent Laser beam from DIRECTLY entering your digital camera’s lens, or any iPhone or iPad camera’s lenses, or your EYEs.

You can photograph the beams in midair, or doing graphics on a screen. If you can’t see the laser source (projector output aperture or bounce mirror) in your viewfinder, this means you’re not getting the full beam power into your lens. Indirect side-viewing should not cause damage.

Avoid beams which are coming straight into your lens (or bounced off a mirror or other reflective surface and then into your lens). The damage potential is much greater when the entire beam power enters the camera lens.

Eye Safety is First. The primary safety concern for Laser Producers is that the show is eye-safe. A good working definition of "eye-safe" is that everyone leaves the show with the same vision they entered – there is no detrimental change to a person’s vision. International safety standards such as IEC 60825 and ANSI Z136 set "Maximum Permissible Exposure" levels for laser light. Shows done at or below the MPE should cause no problem for human eyes. Even shows which exceed the MPE have remarkably safe records (eight documented or claimed eye injuries out of 109,000,000 persons viewing continuous-wave laser shows over 30 years).

However, there are no MPEs for sensors such as CMOS or CCD chips. This means a show may be perfectly safe for eyes, but could possibly damage a camera sensor. One reason is that camera lenses may gather more laser light, and concentrate it to a finer point. Another reason is that a CMOS or CCD sensor may be more easily damaged than the eye.

Due to the many varying factors involved with lenses and sensors, laser show producers cannot be responsible for audience-member damage to cameras or camcorders.

http://vimeo.com/13450755



Pleased you’re reading, with about 76,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

 iPhone 7 Rumors & Whispers  UPDATE #4 ï£¿ï£¿ï£¿

1423528265.jpg

 Apple’s iPhone 7, as with all iPhones updates, require several years of development, engineering and testing time. The iPhone 7 has likely been on Apple’s Engineering Drawing Boards for several years. The Big News is there will not be an iPhone 6S, that has been anticipated.

 iPhones are sophisticated hand-held compact communications devices that require thousands of man-hours to develop, test, engineer, retest, reengineer, construct prototypes, field-test, fabrication production-run tests, then mass produce. Question: Will Apple release an iPhone 6S in 2015 or choose to call it an iPhone 7. There have been lots of chatter mentioning that the iPhone 6S iteration thought to be released in Sept, 2015, will not occur with the “S” model. However, Apple may release the iPhone 7 in September, 2015.

 My personal opinion, the external dimensions of the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus will remain the same for the iPhone 7 and 7 Plus. The marginal increases to the display size will be effected by bezel reductions. The other improvements will be display brightness, resolution, pixel density, Processor speed, a jump in RAM to 2GB, and elimination of the 16GB traunch in storage, rendering storage choices of 32GB for the standard configuration, and 64GB and 128GB as option increases.

 Why would Apple skip the iPhone 6S and iPhone 6S Plus (established nomenclature) for its 2015 model release in September… My belief is its a Marketing driven move. The iPhone 6 and 6 Plus have been near-nuclear-hot selling release, with 60,000,000 iPhone 6 and 6 Plus’s sold its first 90 days, thats 666,600 iPhones/Day. To motivate new buyers and upgraders to acquire the newest iPhone, Apple wants to eliminate the stigma of the “S” model year improvements as just “incremental release”

 Apple’s 2015 iPhone model name, skipping directly to the iPhone 7 and 7 Plus is justified because of the internal improvements and performances, and eliminates the critics use of “incremental” associated with the “S” model year releases that have occurred in Odd-Year model releases. Additionally, the fact that Apple desires to showcase the very best products, in their categories, has led to speculations amongst media and tech enthusiasts that the Apple iPhone 7, as opposed to the rumored iPhone 6S, will be launched in 2015.

 Key Factor, the market has reacted extremely positively to the iPhone 6 and 6 Plus. This has led to a change in priorities, with pressure from investors like Carl Icahn pushing Apple to change its two-year aesthetic redesigning to a yearly basis. China is also a key stakeholder here, a market that the company wishes to gain more share in. The country’s demand for iPhone 6 Plus is greater than most other countries’ demand for iPhone 6.

 The iPhone 6S is likely not to become a reality, due to a change in the iPhone’s form-factor. Therefore we may see 2015’s flagship iPhone being named iPhone 7, according to rumors.

 The standard iPhone 7 is expected to have a screen size of 5 inches, an increase from 4.75″ while the iPhone 7 Plus is expected to increase to a 5.7″ screen up from 5.5″. This would render the iPhone 7 to be the largest iPhone since its inception in 2007.

 The new iPhone 7 may likely see a significant camera upgrade, with its rear camera sensor being increased to 13 megapixels, building onto the iPhone’s already impressive imaging history.

 The iPhone 7 may have a quad-core A9 processor to power the two iPhone 7 models, as well as a near-QHD display resolution, given Apple’s history with using non-standard resolutions for its devices.

 The iPhone 7 is rumored to have more RAM, like 2GB, and integrated graphics on the next generation flagships’ SoC will be key upgrades that will allow them to power higher resolution displays and provide significant hardware efficiencies over the previous generations.


Previously Reported: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/category/news-apple-rumors-whispers/

 iSight iPhone 7 Dual Camera System: It has been widely reported over various iterations of the “S” Models, the “Odd Numbered Year” iPhone updates, that the iSight Camera receives considerable engineering attention. This year may not be an exception.

 The rumor-mill is intensifying, our articles will bring to you unannounced product whispers, that have several sources, in effort to keep the “junk” to a minimum. Incidentally, one of our articles that was written 90-days before the iPhone 6 was announced, was recently reviewed… we on-target with most of the iPhone 6 predictions and features. Take a look at our Rumors and Whispers tab looking at the June-July 2014 articles.https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/category/news-apple-rumors-whispers/

 iPhone 6S Dual Camera System.This Year the whispers are hovering around the iPhone potentially receiving a TWO iSight Camera configuration. One lens being set to “slightly Wide Angle” the second lens being set to “slightly Telephoto.” Each lens system would be supported by its own high-resolution [8Mp] low-noise Imager. [Editor: Perhaps 10MP this year]. The heavy lifting is with some very unique software algorithms “OverLaying” the two captured high-resolution images, and creating a single ultra-high-resolution image, similar to what one would expect from a quality digital SLR camera.

 iPhone 6S Dual Lens iSight Cameras. With this unique dual-iSight Camera arrangement, an added benefit would be the resultant image would be rendered with twice the number of pixels collecting light and image information, effectively Doubling the Image Resolution, in addition to Halving Image Noise. Sophisticated software techniques are deployed to improve image quality with auto-digital-zoming with image-matching during the “OverLay” processing. As c|Net has reported about this technology so the technology exists… the question… has Apple licensed the technology, or is Apple engineering their own unique method to be used in future versions of its iPhone.
http://youtu.be/bKyM-XKhZJY

 Apple department heads and engineering teams therefore have to “Predict what the Buying Public will likely Desire years into the Future” years before the Current iPhone Models is released. Accordingly, many iPhone suppliers, beta models, screen makers, sensor makers, lens grinders, chip foundries, processors, batteries… their staffs are aware of what may be coming for the latest iPhone models on the drawing board. There are likely 3 to 4 iPhone models in various stages of development presently, not to mention other new unannounced product creations under wraps.

 Apple’s iPhone 6S, iPhone 7 the iPhone 7S, and iPhone 8, are in various levels of Development, given that an iPhone requires years before a new iPhone is “Finalized for Mass Production.”

 Apple is currently completing the Finalization of the iPhone 6S, the last stage before it is released for mass production. Accordingly, rumors & whispers of what may come in the next iPhone, may confuse next years components with the year after’s components.

 The iPhone 6S will be due for a Major Update to its internal components occurring September, 2015, about 7 months to go. In recent years, historically speaking, iPhones that were released in even-numbered years, the iPhone model names were: iPhone 4 in 2010, iPhone 5 in 2012, iPhone 6 in 2014.

 Apple Software Engineers are busy finishing iOS8.2 Operating System where the beta version has been circulated to the development community for testing and operability. Oftentimes, these software updates give “hints” on the new iPhone 6S features. We cannot ignore the concurrent developments with the iWatch, when discussing the advent of the next iteration, the iPhone 6S.

 Interesting discovery in looking at the current beta iOS Code, is the function of a iWatchCompanion App. This App apparently will be a built-in App of the iOS8.2 operating system. When the AppleWatch Companion App is launched, the iPhone to communicate with the iWatch, making for a convenient “Settings Menu” using the iPhone, for convenient selections, watch faces, position of App Icons, etc for the iWatch, once complete, transmit button will send the settings to the iWatch. Settings may also be changed on the iWatch, however the iWatch Companion App is a convenient settings tool. Apple Watch will be compatible with iPhone 5, 5C, 5S, 6 and 6 Plus.

 Over recent years historically, the “odd-numbered years,” such as 2009, 2011, 2013, and 2015 presumably, when Apple updates a current iPhone model, Apple adds the “S” moniker to the model name its updating; for example iPhone 4S was an update of the iPhone 4, iPhone 5S updated the 5, and this year Apple will likely nam”{e this year’s update of the iPhone 6, the iPhone 6S.

 iPhone 6S Whispers & Rumors are Circulating. Apple’s very complex iPhones are literally self-Powered package of technologies including a high speed, highly compact, power efficient Computer coupled to several sophisticated multi-channel “Radio Transceivers” capable of communicating with over 600 channels of ultra-high frequency cellular networks, countless WiFi Systems, Routers, Bluetooth connectivity, plus a high-quality image-stabilized HDR digital camera, high frame rate HDR full resolution 1080p HDTV video camera, all secured with Biometric FingerPrint technology giving the equivalent of 9-digit password protection.

 Apple is concentrating its engineering FOCUS on the iPhone’s iSight Camera, its Processor, and other internal components, when enhancing the iPhone models released in odd-numbered years. This year, 2015, the new iPhone 6S will likely follow this upgrading formula.

 iPhone 6 performs smoothly even with 1GB of RAM ;[‘
,;memory
. The secret lies with the iOS8 platform, ]optimizations, the way the iPhone handles memory, internal tasks, the Apps, as well as Apple’s strict programming requirements for its App developers.

 Reports from Asia claim that this year’s Apple smartphone for 2015 will double its RAM and pack 2GB of LPDDR4 memory, which is a speed and efficiency upgrade from the current LPDDR3. Apple may have made this decision in order to keep iPhone operations (iOS systems, Apps & Games) more fluid, as content becomes more demanding and screen resolutions increase.

 iPhone for 2015 may be named the iPhone 6S, according to recent reports. For those who don’t remember, the iPhone 5S featured internal improvements (the most notable being Toupch ID Fingerprint, upgraded Processor, Camera, Imager, Lens system) over its iPhone 5 predecessor. The iPhone 6S (it’s not an Apple officially announced name for the 2015 iPhone) could very well be an upgrade to the current iPhone 6 model.

 Apple’s own announcement history proves that every two iterations there’s a major change internally and externally; however, for “odd numbered year” model enhancements the iPhone improvements have been viewed as “incremental” updates. Apple analysts say the iPhone experiences major updates every two years, with improvements in specs for the alternate year cycles. [Editor: we believe the “incremental” designation is a gross-oversimplification for thousands of hours of Apple management and engineering efforts.]

 iPhone 5S compared to the iPhone 5. Comparing the iPhone 5 to the 5S may give clues in predicting the enhancements to this year’s iPhone 6S. Although the two models (the 5 and 5S) are nearly identical as to its external appearance, its case, and dimensions, the iPhone 5S boasts a number of new significant features internally.

 New Bio-metric Finger Print Touch-ID Security” a highly accurate fingerprint scanner embedded within, under the iPhone’s newly sapphire-covered Home Button, reported to have the equivalency of a strong 8-digit password. This is a unique feature of the iPhone 5S (and new to any smartphone) which provides the user the ability to securely unlock the phone just by touching the Home Button. [Editor: think about it, an 8-digit password has over 99 million numerical combinations, which means with Touch-ID Fingerprint technology, only 3 other individuals in the North America continent could unlock your iPhone]

 New iSight Imager with larger Imager-Pixels of 1.5 microns each, up from 1.4 microns, iPhone 5S comes with a new iSight Camera whose improved image-sensor, 7.14% larger pixels, provides for higher resolution images with Lower-Image Noise, and better color rendition. [Editor: A 7.14% increase in pixel-size sounds minimal; however, in these compact hand-held iPhones, space is limited, and the imager is about the diameter of a very small green-pea]

 Increased the iSight Lens Aperture to f2.2 from f2.4 which has the effect of significantly increasing the “amount of light” exposure onto the image sensor, provides better pictures in Low-light situations. [Editor: This increase in aperture permits 70% more light onto the imager; another example, increasing an Aperture to f1.4 from f1.8 actually Doubles the amount of light passing through the lens to the imager.]

 New True-Tone Dual LED Flash System. This new flash system performs by accurately auto-calculating the color of the ambient lighting conditions in the image-area into which FLASH will be added; upon auto-calculation the COLOR of the Flash emulates the natural ambient lighting of the scene. [Editor: sounds simple, but not so; we know of no other Electronic Flash system, regardless of cost or size, that is capable of auto-color-correct its Flash output on-the-fly]

 New iSight Camera Records at 120 FPS Slow-Motion Video capability, resulting in high quality slow-motion video clips. Only multi-$thousand SLR cameras had this capability. Typical video recorders operate at 30 frames per second. Recording at 120fps gives the effect of slowing down motion to 1/4th speed. [Editor: Think about it, 120 frames of 2.2mp for each image-frame, each video-frame having a file-size of say 3MB, equates to 360,000,000 bytes of digital image data, processed and recorded every second. A billion BYTES of image information processed every 3 seconds is unheard of even for most desktop PC Computers; yet the Apple critics call the iPhone 5S an “incremental update NOT.]

 New 64-bit A7 Processor chip, increased from a 32-bit processor, the first smartphone to have this broad-band architecture, giving blazing fast processing speeds. [Editor: This means, if the processor’s band-width increased from 32-bits to 64-bits, using a “water-pipe” analogy, if the processor band-width increased a 32mm diameter pipe to 64mm diameter, it delivers 400% more throughput]

 New M7 Motion Processor chip to measure and processes Motion, GPS, Altitude and other location attributes have been enhanced from the previous M6 chip. [Editor: Apple removed the location attributes and calculations from the main A7 processor and created a separate M7 processor, so that both the A7 and M7 processors may coProcess simultaneously, enhancing resulting speed; also the M7 processor is specifically designed to efficiently process location-based geophysical data.]

 Reports from Asia claim that the new iPhone 6S will use “Force Touch” technology a technology that first appeared in the Apple Watch. “Force Touch” incorporates an electronic-grid around the flexible Retina display to distinguish between a person’s light-tap and a firm-depression, which may trigger a different software feed-back response, like instant access to a range of contextually specific controls, such as an Action-menu in Messages, or a Mode that allows one to Select different AppleWatch faces. [Editor: The display’s new “Force Touch” an Apple branding for pressure-sensitivity is the most significant addition to display-sensing-capability since Multi‑Touch on the original iPhone in January 9, 2007]

 iPhone 6S iSight camera is likely due for a significant Update. Over recent years the “Odd years” 2009, 2010, 2013, Apple had concentrated its engineering Focus on the iSight Camera, among other components. News reports have stated recently have indicted that the iPhone has captured more Digital Images than any other SmartPhone, dedicated pocket Camera, SLR, by any Brand, or type. Apple knowing this will surely enhance the iSight Camera to provide.

 Based on recent Rumors, Whispers, and Reports, the following 9 Enhancements may appear in the Apple’s to be released iPhone 6S and 6S Plus:

1⃣  iSight Camera Lens System Aperture of f2.0 from f2.2 providing for significantly more light exposure on the image sensor

2⃣  iSight Camera Lens System to have true Optical Zoom which gives crystal-clear wide angle and telephoto pictures

3⃣  iSight Camera Imager may have 10 million pixels or more

4⃣  iSight Camera Imager may have 1.6 micron pixel size for better low-light low-noise performance

5⃣  RAM on-board memory increased to 2GB for better multi-App performance

6⃣  RAM Memory to be LPDDR4 high-speed read-wright capability

7⃣  Sapphire Crystal for the main display

8⃣  Main Display to be OLED for improved Brightness in high ambient lighted areas like outdoors

9⃣  Main Display incorporating Force Touch tactile technology similar to AppleWatch’s display

📲 Presently in the USA, over 52% of all American smartphone owners have iPhones, the remaining smartphone users, the 48% smartphone users, are grouped together (the 12 brands and models of Androids, Blackberry, Google, Samsung, HTC, Nokia, Motorola). Apple’s market-share in North America is growing. Industry experts expect, with the release of the iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 Plus, Apple’s market share for their iPhones will grow at an accelerated rate, as Android users migrate to Apple, now that the Display size objections are resolved, with Apple’s 4.7″ and 5.5″ screens.

📲 Apple iPhone “supply-line” chatter is hot and heavy as the next weeks speed forward. Combine this chatter with several layers of (Chinese) Mandarin translation, it becomes difficult to differentiate between which models are being referred to, either the iPhone 6S, iPhone 7, iPhone 7S, or iPhone 8, all of which are in various stages of development and testing. Expressed above is the best we could surmise.

📲 Virtually all of the rumors and schematics pertaining to Apple’s next iPhone center on its ultra-thin design and two Display sizes: 4.7″ and 5.5″ or larger as bezel dimensions reduce.

📲 Recall none of the figures, dialogs, and proforma-images, come from Apple officially, but from “snitches” in its supply-line. Of course its no surprise that Apple totally ignores, and is aggravated by all the “news” reports and rumors.

📲 Other than leaked supply-line secrets, punishable by aggressive prosecution by Apple, everything displayed and discussed is conjecture. Since there are such a vast number of enterprises, engineers, and factory workers involved with the fabrication and assembly of the new iPhones, whispers arriving from several directions that have a common-thread, could lead an observer to deductions, which are assembled in this article.

Apple’s iPhone Compared to a Burroughs $250,000 Enterprise Computer. Jim Wilson in 1975 is reviewing a COBOL program printout generated by the Burroughs B2700 Computer system.

Burroughs B2700 Computer Specifications are as follows
➖ Burroughs B2700 Computer System $125,000
➖ System Memory configured for 128 MegaBytes upgrade $40,000
➖ System Removable Dual Drives, 2.2 MegaByte Disks $30,000
➖ System Card-Reader and Card-Punch $8,000
➖ System 132 Character high-speed Line-Printer $22,000
➖ System Weight/Size 1720 pounds, Fills a 10’x12′ Room
➖ System Power Requirements, 240v 50 Amp stabilized, $2,500
➖ System Climate Control Required, Force Air System 65ºF to 75ºF

iPhone 6 Plus Specifications are as follows
➖ iPhone 6 Plus base System, $550
➖ System Memory configured for 128 GigaBytes upgrade, $200
➖ 600 Channel ultra-high frequency Cellular Transceiver, Included
➖ High Definition 8 MegaPixel digital Camera, Included
➖ High Definition 1080p digital HDTV Video Camera, Included
➖ System Weight/Size 172 Grams, Fills Hand, 6.2″x3″x0.28″
➖ System Power Requirements, Builtin LiON Battery, Included
➖ System Climate Control Not Required, 45ºF to 95ºF

Pleased you’re reading, with about 75,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Toxicity is a Big Problem TODAY – Have You Cleansed Recently – Cleansing Removes Toxicity – Here’s the Hows & Whys â­â­â­â­ðŸŒ€ðŸŒ€ðŸŒ€

1422325261.jpg

😊 Toxicity Concerns – The need to cleanse is vital in today’s Dangerously Toxic environment. Our demanding Lifestyles, Environmental Toxins, Poor Nutrition and Daily Stress overloads our body’s own Detoxification Defenses and our Body’s ability to cleanse naturally. Toxicity Concerns, Water Concerns, Drink Quality Purified Water and Cleanse regularly to Remove Toxicity that accumulates in your Bodily tissues.

😊 Toxicity is a Big Problem TODAY. Have You Cleansed Recently? Cleansing Removes Toxicity from your soft-body tissues. Here’s the Hows & Whys. Cleanse for Life is Not a Colon Cleanse and definitely Not a Laxative. Isagenix’s all natural Cleanse is a synergistic blend of gentle cleansing herbs, botanicals, and a variety of all-natural ingredients to ensure the its energizing nutrients flow into your body, as the toxins are cleansed out. The Cleanse literally cleans all of your body’s cellular-soft-tissues and vital organs.

😊 A Cleanse Analogy, Isagenix cleansing is analogous to you removing the Lint from your Clothes Dryer’s Lint-Filter; Your bodily cellular membranes become “clogged with toxins” over time, and your body needs periodic cleaning, so that your bodily-fluids circulate freely, just as Air needs to circulate freely in your Clothes Dryer.

😊 Without proper Cleansing of Toxic Impurities, your body struggles to maintain good health, and mentally you loose Focus, have difficulty Concentrating, and loose Mental Agility. Isagenix® is the World Leader in Whole-Body Nutritional Cleansing, Cellular Replenishing & Youthful aging, with millions of people experiencing the benefits of the detoxifying impact of Cleansing.

😊 Cleanse for Life’s formula in Efficient and Efficacious as it incorporates an improved extraction techniques that pull active phytochemical properties from each rare ingredient. With the addition of turmeric to support liver health and a new enhanced taste Isagenix Cleanse is whole-body cleanse is better than ever.

😊 Isagenix’s Cleanse contains gentle cleansing herbs and other natural botanicals have been scientifically formulated to help support the body’s natural ability to remove toxins and impurities.

😊 According to Isagenix’s Founder and Master Formulator John Anderson, using Cleanse for Life daily can help your body prevent toxins from becoming embedded in your body’s soft tissues and cells.

Noticeable benefits with regular Cleansing to reduce Toxicity, will show the following improvements physically and mentally:

1⃣ Mental Focus
2⃣ Mental Acuity
3⃣ Concentration
4⃣ Energy Level
5⃣ Physical Performance
6⃣ Weight-Loss

😊 Toxicity Concerns – Water Quality Concerns, Drink Quality Purified Water, take Isagenix Cleanse Every Day to Remove Toxicity. Water Quality Concerns can be further mitigated with a Portable Ice-Maker for Every-Day Use, making Ice with purified water, serving as an additional toxicity solution – Eliminates toxins contained in Tap-Water Ice Cubes.

😊 Cleanse Use Tips. Isagenix Cleanse for Life may be taken daily every morning and/or evening as a routine de-Toxicity regimen. We drink a 2oz Cleanse every morning with our daily Vitamins, Ageless Essentials with Product-B supplements.

😊 All-Day-Cleanse is done each week, a/k/a the Deep-Cleanse, or every other week, on Monday’s, for a more rigorous regimen to remove Toxins. This regimen consists of taking Two 2oz Cleanse bottles (4-ounces) at say 7am, then another Two 2oz Cleanse bottles at 11am, then another Two 2oz Cleanse bottles at 3pm, and another Two 2oz Cleanse bottles at 7pm. (In sum, 4oz of Cleanse every 4 hours approximately, adjust the start-time to suit your schedule)

😊 To get an Extra Cleanse Measure take another Two 2oz Cleanse regimen at 11pm. Drink lots of quality Water, say FIVE to SEVEN 16 ounce bottles of bottled water every day, (depending on your body-weight) as Toxins are removed through your Liver, Circulatory system, and Kidneys; Drinking lots of water very important and provides a path for Toxins to Exit your body.

😊 Drink Quality Water – How much Water is Best for Your Body? A good rule-of-thumb Formula is to Measure your Weight in Pounds; Divide this Number by 2. The resultant figure represents the Number of Ounces you should Drink every Day. For example, if you weigh 160 pounds, then 160/2 equals 80.

😊 A 160 pound Person should drink at least 80oz of Quality Water every day, which equates to FIVE 16oz bottles of purified water/Day. Do not over do it; However, up to SEVEN 16oz bottles of water should be the limit for a 160 pound individual. Check with your Medical Professional for their advice on water hydration suitable for your unique physical conditions.

😊 The Deep-Cleanse – One More Cleansing Tip. As mentioned above, Drink Two 2-ounce Bottles of Cleanse every 4-hours; Alternative, you may take ONE 2-ounce Bottle of Cleanse every 2 hours.

😊 Deep-Cleanse – Cleanse on EVEN-Hours. Its very easy to remember… if you begin Cleansing at 8am for example, take one 2oz bottle every Even-Hour throughout the Day, 8am, 10am, 12pm, 2pm, 4pm, 6pm, 8pm, 10pm. If you are on a Weight Loss regimen, and you’ve “Plateaued” which can happen, this Deep-Cleanse regimen will break-through almost all weight-loss-plateaus.

😊 Deep-Cleanse – Cleanse on ODD-Hours. Its very easy to remember… if you begin Cleansing at 7am for example, take one 2oz bottle every ODD-Hour throughout the Day: 7am, 9am, 11am, 1pm, 3pm, 5pm, 7pm, 9pm. Again, if you are on a Weight Loss regimen, and you’ve “Plateaued” which can happen, this Deep-Cleanse regimen will break-through almost all weight-loss-plateaus.

😊 How About Hunger while Cleansing? Many ask “May I eat any meals while cleansing…” Quick Answer: NO. But not to worry… because of the unique balance of natural ingredients, you will not have feelings of hunger, none whatsoever. Recall eating is a Habit, and breaking the habit of “Noshing between meals” should not be done at anytime, and particularly when cleansing, or when engaged in a weight-loss regimen.

❄ It is not News that municipal water is constantly being tested periodically because of EPA requirements. Many Cities boast compliance; However, when reading the reports, all the details, there are Toxins in our Water Supply, albeit meeting EPA standards. Being trained bio-chemist years ago, these reports were read carefully.

❄ Meeting EPA standards Limits the levels of Toxins (code word for Poisons), but does not mean that all the Toxins have been removed, a Concern we have. Multiply even these minor amounts of Toxins by thousands of gallons of water one Drinks each year, adds up to Toxicity Build-up. Lets do the Math, Drink eight 16oz glasses of City Tap Water = 1 Gallon/Day; for the Year this equates to over 360 Gallons of unPure City Water.

😊 Interested in taking a look at the Isagenix Cleanse for Life products as discussed in this article go to:
http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/en-US/products/categories/individual-items/cleanse-for-life

😊 To look at the entire line of effective Isagenix Products this is a convenient link: http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/?sc_lang=en-US

❄ If the City Water reflected in the report displayed below, was “bottled” and sold as “Beautiful Boca Water” the enterprise may be subject to Fines and Penalties. Yes, Boca Water meets the “EPA Minimum Standards” for municipal residents of the City for unlimited Drinking, Bathing and Cooking; However, if this same Boca Water were to be Bottled for Sale, the “Beautiful Boca Water” and tested for Commercial Sale, the EPA would cite it as Toxic, due to the excessive levels of toxicity of several dangerous compounds.

❄ Here is a Simple Test to determine if your water contains impurities. If your Ice cubes are cloudy the water is impure, the greater the cloudiness, the greater the amount of impurities . This is an example of a pure-water Ice Cube.

❄ Boca City Water contains: Microbiological Contaminants, Inorganic Contaminants, Lead and Copper, Disinfectants and Disinfection By-Products, Contaminants such as Trihalomethantes (TTHM), Chloramines, Haloacetic Acid (HAA5).

❄ Suggestions that Marilyn and I follow in our household: we do not “bottle tap water” for any purpose, take to the gym, or to athletic events; we do not use Tap Water for Cooking, although we wash with tap water. We do not Drink Tap Water.

❄ As most Health regimens call for drinking lots of water, like eight 8oz glasses of water every day, make sure the Water taken is high quality purified water, not tap-water.

❄ Not being Hysterical Health’aholics, but are definitely Health Concerned. There are sound reasons for concern regarding “Governmental Safety” standards, that may not be so safe. The US Gov standards are surely better than third-world regions, thus we are discussing fine-tuning, our personal standards. Being trained in Bio-Chemistry, it is clear, crystal, that impurities, byproducts of public water treatment, metals, and toxins, even in minute levels of concentration, taken over days, weeks, months, years have the capacity to build-up (accumulate) within the tissues of our bodies.

❄ Isagenix has a marvelous Cleanse, that we take every day, which operates on all our tissues at the cellular-level. Cleanse for Life is a synergistic blend of gentle whole-body cleansing herbs and other natural compounds scientifically formulated to help support the body’s natural ability to remove toxins and impurities. Available in powder or liquid in Natural Rich Berry flavor. Cleansing is not a colon-laxative, however, the Cleanse operates on all our tissues at the cellular-level.
• Protects cells and vital organs from the aging effects of free radicals
• Encourages safe weight loss by gently removing impurities that accumulate in fat and tissue
• Boosts mental and physical performance

❄ Buy the best Bottled Water stored in high quality bottles. The Top Brands are familiar with the PET issue, and use non-PET containers. This is why: Bottled Water in general may have issues too. Most bottled water comes in plastic bottles, made from PolyEthylene TerephThalates (PET). Furthermore, scientists suggest that PET contains dangerous chemicals. A 2006 Canadian study found that after bottles containing PET had been stored for six months, a significant level of the metal element Antimony (which is a toxic chemical) had leached from the plastic into the water.

❄ This Portable Ice Maker produces 27 lbs ice in 24 hours. There is an internal "basket" that stores nearly 4 lbs ice comfortably in its removable storage basket. The relatively large capacity makes it ideal for parties and gatherings where guest asks for ice, in this case supplemental. The compact design of this countertop ice maker enables easy portability and also saves countertop space to a great extent.

❄ We have been using this counter-top Ice Maker for a number of years. It was initially purchased as an emergency Ice-Maker in the event of frequent Power Outages we experience due to Hurricane conditions.

❄ Use Tip. Be sure to have the line-power protected by using a quality Surge Protector, for this ice-maker, as power surges, and lightning-strikes may kill the electronics of devices like this. We use Belkin Model: BSV602 which includes 2 USB 10watt cell-phone charger ports.

❄ Health and Wellness. Using purified water for drinking water and for ice cubes is also terrific when making Isagenix Shakes and Cleanse, and the Ionix Supreme drinks. We use this every day. Take a look at http://Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com for some amazing information about Toxins, Isagenix and natural Cleansing.

❄ This ice-maker runs on 115vAC and uses 1.9A for making Ice and 2.9A maximum when cycling. This low power requirement of 220 watts to 335 watts is perfect for running on portable Generator Power.

❄ The electronic controls of this portable ice maker are meant for ease of use while its incorporated drain helps in keeping the device clean. The elegant Stainless Steel with a brushed finish, fits well with all types of kitchens. Makes unique ice cubes in 3 different sizes. The transparent top-window lets you see inside the ice-maker’s catch-basket, without having to open the lid. The ice and water-level indicator of the Ice Maker shows the need to add water.

- Compact and portable, 14.75" high, 14.5" deep, 11.75" wide.
– Elegant design and white in color
– Makes ice cubes in 3 different sizes quickly
– Makes up to 27 lbs of ice and can store up to 4 lbs
– Has a side drain and transparent top window
– User friendly electronic controls
– Ice and water level indicator
– Side drain for routine cleaning and draining of stored water.


❄ For the Health Nuts, this ice-maker does not connect to any water-supply as would an ice-maker that is housed in one’s refrigerator. The water source is by manually pouring several quarts of water into the body of the ice maker. We prefer to use Distilled Water for making ice cubes for two reasons.

❄ Firstly, we do not drink municipal City Water (remarks below). Distilled Water Ice Cubes are crystal-clear because distilled water contains no minerals, no salts, no impurities, and no toxins.

❄ Secondly, when adding distilled-water ice-cubes into a carbonated-beverage, there is no bubbling-up of the beverage, and loss of the carbonation. And since distilled water is near 100% pure, when these ice cubes melt in a beverage or fine wine, the flavor of the beverage is not altered whatsoever, other than dilution. Sometimes I like to add one or two of these distilled-water ice-cubes into a glass of a fine Chardonnay.

❄ City Water. Personally, I am not a fan of drinking "City Water" because of the typical municipal processing of sewage and permitting this "processed" water to enter the Subterranean Water Table, the Aquifer.

❄ Boca City Water meets or exceeds EPA standards; however, if for example ZephyrHills bottled water contained some of the contaminants listed above, it would be considered Toxic by the EPA and FDA. Here is a 15 page PDF report discussing this topic at length. http://www.safewater.org/PDFS/resourcesknowthefacts/Bottled_Water.pdf .
This link is a summary of findings from the Natural Resource Defense Council: http://www.nrdc.org/water/drinking/bw/chap1.asp

❄ Ground Water, is one of our most valuable resource, even though you probably never see it or even realize it is there. As you may have read, most of the void spaces in the rocks below the water table are filled with water. But rocks and sand have different porosity and permeability characteristics, which means that water does not move around the same way with all sand and rocks below ground.

❄ Aquifer. When a water-bearing rock and sand readily transmits water to wells and springs, it is called an aquifer. Wells can be drilled into the aquifers and water can be pumped out. Precipitation, rain-water and snow, eventually adds water (recharge) into the porous rock and sand of the aquifer. The rate of recharge is not the same for all aquifers, though, and that must be considered when pumping water from a well. Pumping too much water too fast draws down the water in the aquifer and eventually causes a well to yield less and less water and may eventually run dry. In fact, pumping your well too fast can even cause your neighbor’s well to run dry if you both are pumping from the same aquifer.

❄ Purity Issues. The problem with most municipality "City" water, has to do with the way in which the City deals with waste water and sewage. Many municipalities create Chemical Treatment Plants to "process" millions of gallons of sewage and waste-water. Thereafter the "processed" water that is loaded with "Exhausted Toxins" are "pumped into the aquifer" by Gravity or force-pump assisted.

❄ In Theory. If the Treatment Plants were Hundreds of Miles from the City population, there may be sufficient natural organic intervention of the processed water, to purify it to standards that one would experience with spring fed wells, far from populated areas. This is not economically practical, (too far to run huge pipes and pump millions of gallons of sewage each day) so the Treatment Plants are only a few miles from the Artesian Wells the municipalities use to produce public "Tap Water."

❄ The Problem. Public Water Wells are too close to Sewer Treatment Plants. This is a prescription for unhealthy drinking water, not to mention the chemicals, chlorine, and other toxins that are being introduced into the ground-water system.

❄ Are You Toxic, look at this:
http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/us/en/areyoutoxic-promo.dhtml

❄ Partial Solution. Drink quality purified water, spring water, or distilled water. And for amazing cold beverages, make distilled-water Ice Cubes. For $120 you are in for a nice surprise flavor-wise, and health-wise.

❄ This is a Water Report recently released to all Boca Raton residents. Yes, the water quality standards meet the allowable limits set by EPA standards. The question are the EPA standards rigorous enough to protect the citizens from Toxicity that may cause health issues over extended periods of time. The toxic levels displayed are too high. Also displayed is the City of Boca Raton’s link leading you directly to the PDF file that is segmented below:
http://myboca.us/util/pdf/WQR2012.pdf



❄ As to availability this image is from Walmart’s website for your information.





Pleased you’re reading, with about 75,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

Toxicity Concerns – Water Quality Concerns – Drink Quality Purified Water – Drink Isagenix Cleanse to Remove Toxicity â­â­â­â­ðŸŒ€ðŸŒ€ðŸŒ€

1422298413.jpg

😊 Toxicity Concerns – The need to cleanse is vital in today’s dangerously toxic world. Our demanding lifestyles, environmental toxins, poor nutrition and daily stresses overload our body’s own detoxification defenses, its ability to cleanse naturally. Toxicity Concerns, Water Concerns, Drink Quality Purified Water, with Isagenix Cleanse to Remove Toxicity.

😊 Cleanse for Life is Not a Colon Cleanse and definitely Not a Laxative. Isagenix’s Cleanse uses a synergistic blend of gentle cleansing herbs and other all natural ingredients, to ensure the energizing nutrients flood into the body as the toxins are cleansed out. The Cleanse literally cleans all of your body’s cellular soft-tissues and vital organs.

😊 A Cleanse Analogy, Isagenix cleansing is like cleaning the Lint-Filter in your Clothes Dryer; Your cellular membranes become “clogged with toxins” over time your body needs periodic cleaning, so that your bodily-fluids circulate freely, just as air needs to circulate freely in your Clothes Dryer.

😊 Without proper cleansing of toxic impurities, your body struggles to maintain good health, and mentally you loose Focus and Mental Agility. Isagenix® is the World Leader in Whole-Body Nutritional Cleansing, Cellular Replenishing & Youthful aging, with millions of people experiencing the benefits of the detoxifying impact of Cleanse for Life.

😊 Cleanse for Life’s formula in Efficient and Efficacious as it incorporates an improved extraction techniques that pull active phytochemical properties from each rare ingredient. With the addition of turmeric to support liver health and a new enhanced taste Isagenix Cleanse is whole-body cleanse is better than ever.

😊 Isagenix’s Cleanse contains gentle cleansing herbs and other natural botanicals have been scientifically formulated to help support the body’s natural ability to remove toxins and impurities.

😊 According to Isagenix’s Founder and Master Formulator John Anderson, using Cleanse for Life daily can help your body prevent toxins from becoming embedded in your body’s soft tissues and cells. Some noticeable benefits with reduced Toxicity are Improved
1⃣ Mental Focus
2⃣ Mental Agility
3⃣ Energy Level
4⃣ Physical Performance
5⃣ Safe Weight-Loss when combined with Isagenix IsaLean Shakes and Supplements.

😊 Toxicity Concerns – Water Quality Concerns, Drink Quality Purified Water, take Isagenix Cleanse Every Day to Remove Toxicity. Water Quality Concerns can be further mitigated with a Portable Ice-Maker for Every-Day Use, making Ice with purified water, serving as an additional toxicity solution – Eliminates toxins contained in Tap-Water Ice Cubes.

😊 Cleanse Use Tips. Isagenix Cleanse for Life may be taken daily every morning and/or evening as a routine de-toxicity regimen. We drink 2oz every morning with our daily Vitamins, Ageless Essentials with Product-B supplements.

😊 All-Day-Cleanse is done each week, a/k/a the Deep-Cleanse, or every other week, on Monday’s, for a more rigorous regimen to remove Toxins. This regimen consists of taking Two 2oz Cleanse bottles (4-ounces) at say 7am, then another Two 2oz Cleanse bottles at 11am, then another Two 2oz Cleanse bottles at 3pm, and another Two 2oz Cleanse bottles at 7pm.

😊 To get an Extra Cleanse Measure take another Two 2oz Cleanse regimen at 11pm. Drink lots of quality Water, say FIVE to SEVEN 16 ounce bottles of bottled water every day, (depending on your body-weight) as Toxins are removed through your Liver, Circulatory system, and Kidneys; Drinking lots of water very important and provides a path for Toxins to Exit your body.

😊 Drink Quality Water – How much Water is Best for Your Body? A good rule-of-thumb Formula is to Measure your Weight in Pounds; Divide this Number by 2. The resultant figure represents the Number of Ounces you should Drink every Day. For example, if you weigh 160 pounds, then 160/2 equals 80.

😊 A 160 pound Person should drink at least 80oz of Quality Water every day, which equates to FIVE 16oz bottles of purified water/Day. Do not over do it; However, up to SEVEN 16oz bottles of water should be the limit for a 160 pound individual. Check with your Medical Professional for their advice on water hydration suitable for your unique physical conditions.

😊 The Deep-Cleanse: One More Cleansing Tip. Above it is mentioned to Drink Two 2-ounce Bottles every 4 hours; Alternative, you may take ONE 2-ounce Bottle every 2 hours.

😊 Deep-Cleanse – Every 2 Hours: 7am, 9am, 11am, 1pm, 3pm, 5pm, 7pm, 9pm and 11pm for that Extra Deep-Cleanse Measure. If you are on a Weight Loss regimen, and you’ve “Plateaued” which can happen, this Isagenix Deep-Cleanse regimen will break-through almost All weight-loss-plateaus.

😊 How About Hunger while Cleansing? Many ask “May I eat any meals while cleansing…” Quick Answer: NO. But not to worry… because of the unique balance of natural ingredients, you will not have feelings of hunger, none whatsoever. Recall eating is a Habit, and breaking the habit of “Noshing between meals” should not be done at anytime, and particularly when cleansing, or when doing a weight loss regimen.

❄ It is not News that municipal water is constantly being tested periodically because of EPA requirements. Many Cities boast compliance; However, when reading the reports, all the details, there are Toxins in our Water Supply, albeit meeting EPA standards. Being trained bio-chemist years ago, these reports were read carefully.

❄ Meeting EPA standards Limits the levels of Toxins (code word for Poisons), but does not mean that all the Toxins have been removed, a Concern we have. Multiply even these minor amounts of Toxins by thousands of gallons of water one Drinks each year, adds up to Toxicity Build-up. Lets do the Math, Drink eight 16oz glasses of City Tap Water = 1 Gallon/Day; for the Year this equates to over 360 Gallons of unPure City Water.

😊 Interested in taking a look at the Isagenix Cleanse for Life products as discussed in this article go to:
http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/en-US/products/categories/individual-items/cleanse-for-life

😊 To look at the entire line of effective Isagenix Products this is a convenient link: http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/?sc_lang=en-US

❄ If the City Water reflected in the report displayed below, was “bottled” and sold as “Beautiful Boca Water” the enterprise may be subject to Fines and Penalties. Yes, Boca Water meets the “EPA Minimum Standards” for municipal residents of the City for unlimited Drinking, Bathing and Cooking; However, if this same Boca Water were to be Bottled for Sale, the “Beautiful Boca Water” and tested for Commercial Sale, the EPA would cite it as Toxic, due to the excessive levels of toxicity of several dangerous compounds.

❄ Here is a Simple Test to determine if your water contains impurities. If your Ice cubes are cloudy the water is impure, the greater the cloudiness, the greater the amount of impurities . This is an example of a pure-water Ice Cube.

❄ Boca City Water contains: Microbiological Contaminants, Inorganic Contaminants, Lead and Copper, Disinfectants and Disinfection By-Products, Contaminants such as Trihalomethantes (TTHM), Chloramines, Haloacetic Acid (HAA5).

❄ Suggestions that Marilyn and I follow in our household: we do not “bottle tap water” for any purpose, take to the gym, or to athletic events; we do not use Tap Water for Cooking, although we wash with tap water. We do not Drink Tap Water.

❄ As most Health regimens call for drinking lots of water, like eight 8oz glasses of water every day, make sure the Water taken is high quality purified water, not tap-water.

❄ Not being Hysterical Health’aholics, but are definitely Health Concerned. There are sound reasons for concern regarding “Governmental Safety” standards, that may not be so safe. The US Gov standards are surely better than third-world regions, thus we are discussing fine-tuning, our personal standards. Being trained in Bio-Chemistry, it is clear, crystal, that impurities, byproducts of public water treatment, metals, and toxins, even in minute levels of concentration, taken over days, weeks, months, years have the capacity to build-up (accumulate) within the tissues of our bodies.

❄ Isagenix has a marvelous Cleanse, that we take every day, which operates on all our tissues at the cellular-level. Cleanse for Life is a synergistic blend of gentle whole-body cleansing herbs and other natural compounds scientifically formulated to help support the body’s natural ability to remove toxins and impurities. Available in powder or liquid in Natural Rich Berry flavor. Cleansing is not a colon-laxative, however, the Cleanse operates on all our tissues at the cellular-level.
• Protects cells and vital organs from the aging effects of free radicals
• Encourages safe weight loss by gently removing impurities that accumulate in fat and tissue
• Boosts mental and physical performance

❄ Buy the best Bottled Water stored in high quality bottles. The Top Brands are familiar with the PET issue, and use non-PET containers. This is why: Bottled Water in general may have issues too. Most bottled water comes in plastic bottles, made from PolyEthylene TerephThalates (PET). Furthermore, scientists suggest that PET contains dangerous chemicals. A 2006 Canadian study found that after bottles containing PET had been stored for six months, a significant level of the metal element Antimony (which is a toxic chemical) had leached from the plastic into the water.

❄ This Portable Ice Maker produces 27 lbs ice in 24 hours. There is an internal "basket" that stores nearly 4 lbs ice comfortably in its removable storage basket. The relatively large capacity makes it ideal for parties and gatherings where guest asks for ice, in this case supplemental. The compact design of this countertop ice maker enables easy portability and also saves countertop space to a great extent.

❄ We have been using this counter-top Ice Maker for a number of years. It was initially purchased as an emergency Ice-Maker in the event of frequent Power Outages we experience due to Hurricane conditions.

❄ Use Tip. Be sure to have the line-power protected by using a quality Surge Protector, for this ice-maker, as power surges, and lightning-strikes may kill the electronics of devices like this. We use Belkin Model: BSV602 which includes 2 USB 10watt cell-phone charger ports.

❄ Health and Wellness. Using purified water for drinking water and for ice cubes is also terrific when making Isagenix Shakes and Cleanse, and the Ionix Supreme drinks. We use this every day. Take a look at http://Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com for some amazing information about Toxins, Isagenix and natural Cleansing.

❄ This ice-maker runs on 115vAC and uses 1.9A for making Ice and 2.9A maximum when cycling. This low power requirement of 220 watts to 335 watts is perfect for running on portable Generator Power.

❄ The electronic controls of this portable ice maker are meant for ease of use while its incorporated drain helps in keeping the device clean. The elegant Stainless Steel with a brushed finish, fits well with all types of kitchens. Makes unique ice cubes in 3 different sizes. The transparent top-window lets you see inside the ice-maker’s catch-basket, without having to open the lid. The ice and water-level indicator of the Ice Maker shows the need to add water.

- Compact and portable, 14.75" high, 14.5" deep, 11.75" wide.
– Elegant design and white in color
– Makes ice cubes in 3 different sizes quickly
– Makes up to 27 lbs of ice and can store up to 4 lbs
– Has a side drain and transparent top window
– User friendly electronic controls
– Ice and water level indicator
– Side drain for routine cleaning and draining of stored water.


❄ For the Health Nuts, this ice-maker does not connect to any water-supply as would an ice-maker that is housed in one’s refrigerator. The water source is by manually pouring several quarts of water into the body of the ice maker. We prefer to use Distilled Water for making ice cubes for two reasons.

❄ Firstly, we do not drink municipal City Water (remarks below). Distilled Water Ice Cubes are crystal-clear because distilled water contains no minerals, no salts, no impurities, and no toxins.

❄ Secondly, when adding distilled-water ice-cubes into a carbonated-beverage, there is no bubbling-up of the beverage, and loss of the carbonation. And since distilled water is near 100% pure, when these ice cubes melt in a beverage or fine wine, the flavor of the beverage is not altered whatsoever, other than dilution. Sometimes I like to add one or two of these distilled-water ice-cubes into a glass of a fine Chardonnay.

❄ City Water. Personally, I am not a fan of drinking "City Water" because of the typical municipal processing of sewage and permitting this "processed" water to enter the Subterranean Water Table, the Aquifer.

❄ Boca City Water meets or exceeds EPA standards; however, if for example ZephyrHills bottled water contained some of the contaminants listed above, it would be considered Toxic by the EPA and FDA. Here is a 15 page PDF report discussing this topic at length. http://www.safewater.org/PDFS/resourcesknowthefacts/Bottled_Water.pdf .
This link is a summary of findings from the Natural Resource Defense Council: http://www.nrdc.org/water/drinking/bw/chap1.asp

❄ Ground Water, is one of our most valuable resource, even though you probably never see it or even realize it is there. As you may have read, most of the void spaces in the rocks below the water table are filled with water. But rocks and sand have different porosity and permeability characteristics, which means that water does not move around the same way with all sand and rocks below ground.

❄ Aquifer. When a water-bearing rock and sand readily transmits water to wells and springs, it is called an aquifer. Wells can be drilled into the aquifers and water can be pumped out. Precipitation, rain-water and snow, eventually adds water (recharge) into the porous rock and sand of the aquifer. The rate of recharge is not the same for all aquifers, though, and that must be considered when pumping water from a well. Pumping too much water too fast draws down the water in the aquifer and eventually causes a well to yield less and less water and may eventually run dry. In fact, pumping your well too fast can even cause your neighbor’s well to run dry if you both are pumping from the same aquifer.

❄ Purity Issues. The problem with most municipality "City" water, has to do with the way in which the City deals with waste water and sewage. Many municipalities create Chemical Treatment Plants to "process" millions of gallons of sewage and waste-water. Thereafter the "processed" water that is loaded with "Exhausted Toxins" are "pumped into the aquifer" by Gravity or force-pump assisted.

❄ In Theory. If the Treatment Plants were Hundreds of Miles from the City population, there may be sufficient natural organic intervention of the processed water, to purify it to standards that one would experience with spring fed wells, far from populated areas. This is not economically practical, (too far to run huge pipes and pump millions of gallons of sewage each day) so the Treatment Plants are only a few miles from the Artesian Wells the municipalities use to produce public "Tap Water."

❄ The Problem. Public Water Wells are too close to Sewer Treatment Plants. This is a prescription for unhealthy drinking water, not to mention the chemicals, chlorine, and other toxins that are being introduced into the ground-water system.

❄ Are You Toxic, look at this:
http://jim.wilson.isagenix.com/us/en/areyoutoxic-promo.dhtml

❄ Partial Solution. Drink quality purified water, spring water, or distilled water. And for amazing cold beverages, make distilled-water Ice Cubes. For $120 you are in for a nice surprise flavor-wise, and health-wise.

❄ This is a Water Report recently released to all Boca Raton residents. Yes, the water quality standards meet the allowable limits set by EPA standards. The question are the EPA standards rigorous enough to protect the citizens from Toxicity that may cause health issues over extended periods of time. The toxic levels displayed are too high. Also displayed is the City of Boca Raton’s link leading you directly to the PDF file that is segmented below:
http://myboca.us/util/pdf/WQR2012.pdf



❄ As to availability this image is from Walmart’s website for your information.





Pleased you’re reading, with about 75,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

How to Protect Your iPhones and Androids from Malicious Malware, Spyware, Trojans, Worms, Virus Attacks, and Theft of Your Identity ðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜Ž

1422215856.jpg

😎 An important question for YOU… Is Your  iPhone Susceptible to Cyber-Hacking… Answer: Your iPhones and Smartphones are Vulnerable to Malicious Virus Attacks according to Declassified FBI, NSA and Homeland Security Reports.

😎 Question: How susceptible is Your Smartphone to Cyber-Hacking? Truth: All smartphones are Vulnerable to Cyber Attack; however, there are a few simple steps you can take to Minimize these Threats. Older Smartphones are even more susceptible; newer smartphones are less susceptible, but are vulnerable to attack.

😎 This is Your How to Guide to Protect Your iPhones and Androids from Malicious Malware, Spyware, Trojans, Worms, Virus Attacks, and Theft of Your Identity

😎 Your iPhone and Smartphone are susceptible to Cyber-Hacking, rendering all of your very Personal Information, Photos, and Selfies exposed to devious folks. News Reports have exposed “Celebrity Photographs” that outraged those “exposed.”

😎 My iPhone has lots of Personal & Confidential Information more than is housed in my Office File Cabinets. My friends have similar levels of comprehensive information about their personal and financial matters too. Some use passwords, but most do not.

😎 Not using Passwords or using Simple Passwords is very similar to
♦ Not locking your Car
♦ Not locking the Glove-box
♦ Not locking the Front Door
♦ Not locking Deposit Box
♦ Exposing Family’s Security
♦ Exposing your Guns
♦ Exposing Art, Jewels, Cash

😎 Confidential Information. Talk about Identity Theft. My iPhone is packed with all my private stuff, everything. I remember loosing my Wallet 20 years ago; It put me into a panic because someone I do not know has my personal stuff, my Cash, Drivers License, Brokers License, and several Credit Cards. In reaction to this, the CC Companies were called to cancel all the CC, then had my Licenses reissued. No harm, but a major annoyance.

😎 Everything has changed with the iPhone. In recent years, my iPhone for example is storing all my very important and confidential information pertaining to
♦ Bank Accounts
♦ Credit Cards access
♦ Contacts List
♦ Documents & Letters
♦ Photographs
♦ Tax Returns
♦ Driver License
♦ Broker License
♦ Insurance Cards
♦ Insurance Policies
♦ Social Security Card
♦ Personal Calendar
♦ Business Calendar
♦ Private eMails
♦ SMS Messages

😎 iPhone 5S, iPhone 6, and iPhone 6 Plus all have Finger-Print Biometric Authentication in its hardware make-up, that permits me to use a very Complex Password to back-up the FingerPrint ID. The only time I need to re-Input my complex password is when the iPhone is Turned-ON, following a Hard-turn-OFF, when one depresses the sleep-button for 5 seconds then Slides the OFF-Graphic to the Right, which I perform at least weekly, as a “memory cleaning” chore.

😎 Hacked Image Proliferation (Celebrities experienced this recently) is due to owner’s failure to properly password protect their Smartphone
♦ properly password protect their iCloud Account
♦ properly password protect their iTunes Account
♦ promptly Update the Operating System when the manufacturer like Apple releases a new iOS software update.

😎 There are thousands of individuals globally, its been reported, spending their time creating malicious malware in attempt to Aggravating everyone. Some create malicious malware to gain intrusions to our privacy, and to be Annoying, by deleting or corrupting files.

😎 Many Cyber Criminals imbed Malicious Malware, Spyware, Trojans, Worms and Viruses for more devious and devastating purposes namely: identity theft, monetary & property theft, break-ins & burglary, fraud, to mention a few.

😎 Hackers often have little problem breaking through user passwords to gain access to personal or private information, News reports revealed. This is not necessarily due to lax security measures at most web sites

😎 1 out of 5 iPhone, eMail, and Internet users, are using Passwords in the Top 500 most used. In many cases, a hacker generally knows your email address or username, and then starts trying passwords from the list displayed below. If you are using one of these top 500 passwords, hackers won’t have any problem getting into your accounts. The partial-list of the Top-200 is shown at the bottom of this Article, with a link for the Top-500 most used passwords.

😎 Roughly 85% of all iPhone Users are Cyber-Naked figuratively speaking, because these users do Not use any passwords whatsoever, or use very simple passwords, that even a beginner Cyber-Criminal can “crack” with ease.

😎 There’s no reasonable justification for not locking your iPhone, perhaps these folks think they’ll never loose their iPhone. Oh Really, tens of thousands are lost yearly; Lets not forget the iPhones that are Stolen or Pick-Pocketed, thousands of these occur yearly too. Not Locking your iPhone is like leaving your “Front Door to your home, Open and Unlocked.” You would likely not use a Clothes-Pin to Lock your Front Door either, the equivalent of using a simple password.

😎 PRIMARY MEASURE – Anti-Malware practice – Use Complex PassWords. Analysts and the Cyber-Criminals are shocked by the number of folks (reportedly about 60%) that do NOT use a Password to Lock their iPhones, or smartphones. Also analysts and Cyber-Criminals are amazed that the 40% of the folks that use Passwords about two-thirds of them (about 25%) use very simple passwords.

😎 Password Security Summary. Recent extensive surveys show that 40% of the iPhone owners use Passwords, however, about two-thirds of the 40% (about 25%) use very simple passwords. Therefore, only 15% of iPhone owners use Complex alpha-numeric passwords. Conversely, a massive 85% of iPhone owners, use either Simple passwords or No passwords whatsoever. In Sum, about 6 of 7 iPhone Users are UNSAFE because they don’t use passwords or use very simple passwords, which is like not using a password from the Cyber-Criminal perspective.

😎 To Protect your valuable and confidential, Perform all the series of Steps on your “Settings” screens.

😎 Password Security Setting. There is one more thing… that iPhone owners must do to protect their iPhone’s contents

➡️ FIRSTLY: In the Settings Menu tap the line named Passcode or Touch ID & Passcode enter this submenu, enter your current password

➡️ SECONDLY, in the next submenu, scroll down to the Bottom of all the settings, Turn OFF the TODAY setting (which if selected permits use of the iPhone for the entire day without having to re-enter your password, a very bad idea

➡️ THIRDLY Next, at the bottom of this menu is Erase Data, this switch should be turned ON, displaying GREEN. With this switch activated, if a Bad Guy, or anyone finding your lost iPhone, when they start experimenting with PASSWORDS, trying to guess yours, AFTER their 10th ATTEMPT, all your DATA on your iPhone is ERASED, therefore safe.

Erase All Data after 10 Attempt, explained. If this switch was not turned on, the Cyber Intruder would be free to continually enter passwords attempting to guess yours. With the Erase Data after the 10th Attempt, the Cyber-Criminal only has 10 tries to open your iPhone, then the iPhone’s Memory auto-erases, and your Private Information is safe.

➡️ FOURTHLY Make sure you are Backing-Up your iPhone every night to the iCLOUD. There is an arrow symbol showing you where the iCloud Settings menu is located; you may turn ON to Backup to iCloud, this will AUTO-Backup your entire iPhone’s Settings, Ring Tones, Photos, emails, text messages, and all other Data on your iPhone every night as you charge your iPhone.

😎 SECOND MEASURE – Anti-Malware practice – Update your Operating System Promptly, once Apple’s iOS or Android’s Operating System Upgrades become available for DOWNLOAD. One of the primary components in Operating System Updates is the installation of the most current Anti-Malware algorithms, which is part of the iOS update. Promptly updating the iPhone’s iOS is a very effective step in minimizing Malware Attacks.

😎 THIRD MEASURE – Anti-Malware practice – ONLY Open or DownLoad Images, Videos, Attachments, Objects, eMails from known trusted Sources. Oftentimes Malware is imbedded or connected internally to eMail Attachments, or reside in Spurious Web-Sites where Worms and Trojans will wiggle into your hand-held device without you doing anything other than arrive at the Website page.

😎 Android Targeted by an astonishing 79% of all SmartPhone Malware, because it is more vulnerable to Viruses, according to U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI surveys. According to this survey the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI, uncovered by Public Intelligence, the majority of malware targeting mobile operating systems in 2012 was successful directly against Android devices, because its Operating System is highly fragmented rendering it more vulnerable to attack and has less Security Capability.

😎 Fragmentation of Android’s Operating System, is a major contributor to successful Malware attacks. Fragmentation generally is a phenomena where smartphone users either refuse to update, or intentionally elect not to update their smartphones’ operating system, OS, when new released are published.

😎 Fragmentation is Rampant with Android Users, because there are over 11,000 different android handsets models and brands in circulation, where older models do not have sufficient hardware capabilities, processors, memory, etc, to effectively install the Newer OS updates; Accordingly of Three Android users, only One-In-Three Android users update to the New Android Operating System. Conversely, TWO out of THREE Android Users do not Update periodically, therefore do NOT have the most current Anti-Malware software protection.

😎 Most Smartphone users simply do not understand that smartphone OS updates contain Anti-Malware algorithms as well as improvements to the hand-sets’ general operation. Other smartphone users elect Not to upgrade their OS, as the Upgrade may cause their smartphone to Freeze, or many of its Apps may become inoperable.

😎 When Spyware & Malware Attack a Smartphone, a frightening scenario. Without getting into the weeds too far here’s what happens. An unsuspecting smartphone user opens a seemingly safe eMail from a familiar Retail chain. Unfortunately, the Cyber-Criminal created an email using the Retail Store’s graphics and other appearances to trick the unsuspecting browser.

😎 Using your smartphone, you click onto an interesting retail offerBLAM! you’ve triggered an invisible Spyware-Algorithm that begins to RECORD all your KEY-STROKES silently in the background, you’d not know this is happening; the Spyware, periodically sends the Key-Strokes containing your logins, passwords, and other keystrokes you routinely used, to the “Russian Mafia” for example. Days later, your Bank Accounts are emptied. Thousands of folks experience these losses every week. We have a family member that experienced this same Spyware attack recently, and had $thousands taken from his Bank Account.

😎 Apple’s iPhones have some vulnerabilities too, but they were with the NSA according to a recently Declassified documents. The infamous former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden, responsible for leaking thousands of pages of classified intelligence documents from the NSA, the USA’s secretive spy Agency, reportedly believed that the iPhone contains “special software” that can be remotely activated by the NSA for intelligence gathering purposes.

😎 Apple was one of the first companies accused of participation in the NSA’s secret PRISM data mining initiative, following Snowden’s release of thousands of classified NSA documents. The PRISM project is said to have involved the extraction of “audio, video, photographs, e-mails, text messages, documents, and connection logs that enable analysts to track a person’s movements and contacts over time.”

😎 Apple immediately denied the accusation, saying that they “have never heard of PRISM” and that “Apple does not provide any government agency with direct access to our servers.”

😎 The “Snowden leaks” revealed that NSA had created spyware targeted at SmartPhones and iPhone, which would have given intelligence services access to SMS messages, on-board data, live microphone feeds, and GPS and WiFi location-positioning information. It remains unclear how successful the program was.

😎 Apple vehemently denied any involvement, and recently announced that its iOS software has been, and continues to be periodically updated make absolutely certain that iPhones and iPads are protected with the latest Anti-Malware software, and to assure that there are “No Back Doors for entry into one’s iPhone.”

😎 Apple Confirmed it has never worked with the NSA to create a “backdoor in any of our products, including iPhone,” the company said following news of the project. “Additionally, we have been unaware of this alleged NSA program targeting our products. We care deeply about our customers’ privacy and security.”

😎 Android’s lack of security is due to Android Operating System Fragmentation. More than 50% of Android users are using Older OS Versions, because users fear that their smartphones or the Apps may become inoperable, even though these users are significantly more Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malware.

😎 Android Security. Newer versions of Android’s operating system have become more secure, but a significant percentage of its user-base is not updating to new OS versions. There are roughly 11,800 different Android devices in operation today.

😎 Android simply cannot keep up with their Operating System vulnerabilities, nor can the Android designers convince their users to upgrade, which would protect many. Too many Android brands with too many Android models, about 11,800 different versions of hardware are in circulation. Wonderful to have all these Choices, but all these hardware configurations and chop-sets is a Major Headache for OS Software Engineers. Conversely, Apple currently has SIX models of iPhones 4S, 5, 5S, 5C, 6, 6 Plus, and FIVE models of iPads, all of which represent 97% of all of the iOS users.

😎 Security Vulnerable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malware is Very Serious Business. These days we have more Confidential Identity information, Bank Accounts, Passwords, Emails, Test Messages, than in any other single device. Keeping our personal information safe and secure is extremely important, perhaps even more important than on our PC computers. Reports such as this among other safety concers are likely the reasons that Apple is spending millions of dollars and thousands of hardware-software engineering hours to protect its iPhone customers.

😎 According to a survey conducted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI and uncovered by Public Intelligence, the majority of malware targeting mobile operating systems in 2012 was intended for Android. Indeed, Android was targeted by an astonishing 79 percent of all smartphone malware. The following is an excerpt from the Unclassified report from a survey conducted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI.

😎 (U//FOUO) Android mobile operating system (OS) continues to be a primary target for malware attacks due to its market share and open source architecture.

😎 Industry reporting indicates 44% of Android users are still using versions 2.3.3 through 2.3.7-known as Gingerbread, which were released in 2011, and have a number of security vulnerabilities that were fixed in later versions. The growing use of mobile devices by federal, state, and local authorities makes it more important than ever to keep mobile OS patched and up-to-date. The following are some known security threats to mobile OS and mitigation steps.

😎 Android was targeted by an astonishing 79% of all smartphone malware that year far more than any other OS. The agencies found that Apple’s iOS was targeted by 0.7% of malware attacks, Windows Phone and BlackBerry by 0.3% and Symbian OS by 19%.

😎 DHS and FBI note in their memo, citing the research circulated nationwide to law enforcement, security and emergency personnel, that a significant number of Android users continue to run older versions of the OS that leave them open to a number of security vulnerabilities — something companies with rival operating systems love to point out.

😎 Recall that over 94% of Apple iOS users, about 400 million of them, have updated to the iOS7 and iOS8 which contains the latest Protection against Security Vulnerable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malware. This is largely why Apple’s iOS has experienced less than 1% of such vulnerabilities.

😎 Most Common PassWords – the 3 graphics below display the Top-500 of the Most Used PassWords – These Passwords you should NOT use – Protect your Web-site, eMail Accounts, Bank Accounts, SMS Messages, Calendars, Contacts from being Hacked; The “Bad-Guys” try these PassWords first to unlock your Smartphone.

Link takes you to the Top 500 Most Used PassWords:
http://www.bmyers.com/public/1958.cfm



Pleased you’re reading, with about 75,000 readers world-wide, growing by thousands each month, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 25,900,000 visits as of January, 2015: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Air 2, (I sold iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and a DECODED natural leather thin slip-over protective case.

iPhones Significantly Safer to Virus Attacks according to FBI Reports ~ iOS Prevents Vulnerabilities to Spyware, Malware, Rootkits, Trojans, Worms, and Virus Attacks as Documented by FBI and Homeland Security Reports ðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜Ž

1406037828.jpg

🌐 iPhones Safer to Viruses with only 0.7% (70 of 1,000,000 units) being Infected. The few being infected are because the Owners did not Upgrade their iOS to the Current iOS version.

🌐 Smart Phones are Sophisticated Miniature powerful Computers. Computers need Anti-Virus add-on Software to prevent infections. Not so with Apple, as Virus Protection Algorithms are built directly into their Operating System, iOS7.

🌐 Androids are Very Vulnerable to Attack as 79% (7,900,000 Infections per 10 million units) subject to Spyware, Viruses, Trojans, Worms, Malicious Malware Attacks. Androids are over 100 times more Vulnerable to Malicious Virus Attacks

🌐 Findings according to U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI Reports. An abstract of this Report was declassified and displayed below.

🌐 Android smartphones (7,900,000 Infections per 10 million units) significantly more likely (than the iPhone) to be Infected by Spyware, Trojans, Worms, Malware, and Virus Attacks, as Androids have an Astonishing 79% of all SmartPhone Malware attacks.

🌐 Android Phones are More Vulnerable to Virus Attacks, According to U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI surveys. According to the DHS and FBI Reports, uncovered by Public Intelligence, the majority of malware targeting mobile operating systems in 2012 was intended directly at Android. Why? Because Android’s OS is more Vulnerable and has significantly less Security Capability.

🌐 iPhones are Significantly Safer (over 100 times more safe than an other Smart Phone) to Spyware, Malware, Trojans, Worms, and Virus Attacks According to FBI and Homeland Security Reports ~ Androids are over 110 times more Vulnerable to Attacks ~ FBI Reports say 79% of Androids are being Infected with Spyware, Viruses, Trojans, Worms, Malware Attacks ~ iPhones less than 1% infection rate ~ Where would You rather be ~ Safe with an iPhone or Vulnerable with an Android.

🌐 Android’s lack of security is due to "Android Operating System Fragmentation" as more than 50% of Android users are using significantly Older OS Versions. Why…

🌐 Android users are fearful of having their smartphones or their Apps become inoperable, even though these users are Significantly more Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malicious Malware. Newer versions of Android have become more secure, but the user-base is not updating to the new version.

🌐 There are over 11,800 different Android hardware devices in operation with unique versions of the Android operating system, today. Android simply cannot keep up with their Operating System vulnerabilities, nor can the Android designers convince their users to upgrade, which would protect many of them. This circumstance major issues with App Developers too, as they cannot use the most current OS version, for fear that Older OS versions will not function properly. The Android users are aware of these facts too, and know they are likely trapped with their older version of their Apps.

🌐 Security Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malware is Very Serious Business. These days we have more Confidential Identity information, Bank Accounts, Passwords, Emails, Test Messages, than in any other single device. Keeping our personal information safe and secure is extremely important, perhaps even more important than on our PC computers. Reports such as this among other safety concers are likely the reasons that Apple is spending millions of dollars and thousands of hardware-software engineering hours to protect its iPhone customers.

🌐 According to a survey conducted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI and uncovered by Public Intelligence, the majority of malware targeting mobile operating systems in 2012 was intended for Android. Indeed, Android was targeted by an astonishing 79% of all smartphone malware. The following is an excerpt from the Unclassified report from a survey conducted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI.

🌐 Android mobile operating system (OS) continues to be a primary target for malware attacks due to its market share and open source architecture.

🌐 Industry reporting indicates 44% of Android users are still using versions 2.3.3 through 2.3.7-known as Gingerbread, which were released in 2011, and have a significant number of security vulnerabilities that are not Fixed without later version updating. The growing use of mobile devices by federal, state, and local authorities makes it more important than ever to keep mobile Operating Systems patched and up-to-date. The following are some known security threats to mobile OS and mitigation steps.

🌐 Android was targeted by an astonishing 79% of all smartphone malware that year far more than any other OS. The agencies found that Apple’s iOS was targeted by only 70 per 1,000,000 units of malware attacks, Windows Phone, BlackBerry and Symbian OS by range between 0.3% to 19% vulnerable.

🌐 In a memo citing the research circulated nationwide to law enforcement, security and emergency personnel, the DHS and FBI note that a significant number of Android users continue to run older versions of the OS that leave them open to a number of security vulnerabilities — something companies with rival operating systems love to point out.

🌐 Recall that over 95% of Apple iOS users, about 550 million of them, have updated to the iOS6, and over 80% of iPhone users have already updated to iOS7 in the last 120 days, where iOS7 contains all the latest Anti-Virus Algorithms, protecting Security Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malicious Malware. This is largely why Apple’s iOS has experienced less than 1% of such vulnerabilities.

🌐 Behind the Scenes, users are getting the joke that Android smartphones are simply not safe, perhaps the reason that Apple’s iPhone products are receiving Android Defections at the Rate of 26% overall.

🌐 50% of Android users recently upgrading to the iPhone 5C in the last 90 days. Therefore when one decides who should get your Net Smart Phone purchase, Apple apparently is the place to be.


Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its "HOT SPOT" capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

Over 41% of thousands of iPhone Owners Desired an iPhone of 5.0″ or More. Extrapolating further, Over 65% of iPhone Owners desire a 4.5″ iPhone or Larger ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1390683896.jpg

BIG News, iPhone 6 with a 5.5″ Display released September, 2014, as reported from many reputable sources including as the NY Times.

🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple releasing a 5.5″ iPhone is a HUGE success, and is CLOSING the GAP to Samsung’s unchallenged Galaxy larger smartphones. Bottom Line, many folks including myself really like a larger iPhone display.

🍎 Apple has been reported by their supply-line to be evaluating a 4.7″ Display and a 5.7″.

🍎 This should be another really BIG year for Apple.


🍎 The Graphic above shows that over 41% of the thousands of iPhone owners interviewed in the survey, desired an iPhone of 5.0″ or greater. Extrapolating the survey data further, over 65% of iPhone owners desire a display of 4.5″ or greater; Only 33% of iPhone owners are pleased with their 4.0″ display.

🍎 BIG News, iPhone 6 with a 5″ Display released September, 2014. Apple releasing a 5.5″ iPhone is HUGE + OPENs Door to Samsung’s unchallenged Galaxy AUDIENCE. This was a survey of many thousands of current iPhone users, one of the largest independent surveys taken on the topic of iPhone Display Preference. Surely Apple (corporate) is fully aware of their customer’s wants and needs.

🍎 As an early adopter (literally 1st day of its release, April, 2010) of the version 1 of the Apple iPad and subsequently lining-up for the iPhone 4, Admittedly we considered a look at the Samsung Smartphone offering just before the iPhone 5S release. However, I came to my senses, and remained with iPhone due to the my investment in the inventory of Apple Apps and its good anti-Malware record.

🍎 Recall the critics said Apple was crazy to get into this mature field of smartphones with absolutely no experience in cell phone technology, nor any experience in what customers really want in smartphone design.

🍎 Well the World has Votes with their Wallets as over 400,000,000 people changed, from all the rest, to iPhone in these 7 years including Marilyn and I in 2010 when we both bought the iPhone 4 when it was released.

🍎 Yes, I stood in a 6-hour line of folks wanting the iPhone 4 in February 2010. We turned off our Sprint BlackBerry smartphones for the iPhone4. One may say I was nuts for standing in a 6-hour line, Perhaps. However, as I teach at FAU many on this line were my FAU students who were surprised that someone of my age would be so excited about a “phone.”

🍎 Tim Cook speaks out in his interview, as he wants significantly more “Transparency” with regard to NSA and GOV activities in the GOV activities in collecting of Apple customer information. This is a YouTube Link to watch the 5 minute ABC News interview.

http://youtu.be/janYipFwV34

🍎 Admittedly, I have never experienced such excitement over a consumer product, much less a smartphone. And Genuine Excitement is definitely Contagious. As I recall, that 2010 opening weekend, Apple announced they sold over 3,000,000 iPhones. Recall in 2013 with the Release of the iPhone 5S and 5C Apple sold over 9,000,000 iPhones in their Friday September 17, 2013 opening weekend.

🍎 Industry sources project that Apple will sell over 190,000,000 iPhones in just this year. Adding these dales to existing iOS users will being the total population of iPhone and iPad users, breaking the 1,000,000,000 Mark.

🍎 Several reasons for Apple success in their re-inventing of the smartphone was, the other smartphones were not very easy to use, they were not really smart, and the plastic-keys took up half of the front of the phone even if you were not typing, etc.

🍎 Display iPhone versions. And according to Apple Patent filings, the New iPhone (be it version 6 or later) may be fitted with an Optical Image Stabilization module, which would be a First for a smart-phone.

🍎 Image stabilization would give the iPhone camera user several degrees, like 2° of camera movement, left, right, up, down, and any combination, where the image-stabilizer-unit locks the image in place, by “shifting” the lens-elements laterally in proportion to the user’s “shifting” of the camera.

🍎 Presently image stabilization is performed “electronically” within the imager’s pixels, which has the effect of marginally reducing the total image resolution to accommodate for stability factor. Canon was one of the first Camera companies to offer Image Stabilized lenses (IS Lenses) for the Single Lens Reflex 35mm cameras. Image Stabilization really works particularly for hand-held candid photography, certainly a huge advantage for iPhone photography, which is almost always hand-held.

🍎 The footprint for the iPhone 6 may look like one of these renderings

🍎 Personally, I would likely option for the iPhone with the largest display, offered by Apple; hopefully the new iPhone display measures between 5.0″ and 5.7″ diagonally.

🍎 iphone 6, iPad 6 and the next iPad-mini v3 are ALL Slated to have Cryptographic BioMetric Finger Print capability (similar to that incorporated into the iPhone 5S).

🍎 Since we are speaking of the rumor mill, lets not forget the notion of EYE-Identity, as a step-up from Finger Print identification, where a ultra-low powered Laser-beam would image the user’s retina, which would be compared to someone desiring entry into the iPhone’s contents. NOW we are talking HIGH TECH.

🍎 The next iPad to be 10% Thinner and Lighter than new iPad v5. The next iPad mini v3, will also contain the famous Retina Display resolution as seen first in mini v2, PLUS Cryptographic BioMetric Finger Print capability, as first delivered by Apple in their hugely popular iPhone 5S, PLUS other significant enhancements with the main processor, memory configurations, the Motion chip, and important energy efficiencies.

2⃣ The 6th generation iPad rumor mill has gathered significantly over the past few weeks; and reported a few days ago suggested that the iPad 6 release date could be as soon as May, 2014. The increased rumors and attention may be warranted.

3⃣ iPad 6 to also have BioMetric Finger Print capability creating secure Cryptographic Libraries to secure Personal Information, making way for best “Tablet” security consistent with Apple’s new iPhone 5S to have similar cryptographic security.

4⃣ Apple’s purchase of AuthenTec has played a major part for new iPad and iPhone innovations. It was a shrewd move that CEO Tim Cook made that has been largely unnoticed. This technology provides Apple with a very Unique New feature designed to virtually eliminate passwords. BTW, AuthenTec was a major supplier to Samsung.

5⃣ Nothing has been confirmed at this point, but leaked photos of redesigned internal components suggest that Apple is indeed again planning an overhaul of the internal geography to improve various iPad features and to likely make room for new components as well, namely the Finger-Print Scanner and its related digitizing processors.

6⃣ Apple’s next-generation iPad 6 is expected to feature the similar external design as the recently iPad Air, version5. Aside from the iPad external shape and edges, the iPad v6 will feature a significant internal redesign, to make room for the FingerPrint sensing apparatus, when the iPad v6 launches mid-year 2014.

7⃣ AuthenTec is a leading provider of mobile and network security, whose diverse product and technology offering helps protect individuals and organizations through secure networking, content and data protection, access control and strong fingerprint security. AuthenTec encryption technology, fingerprint sensors and identity management software are deployed by the leading mobile device, networking and computing companies, content and service providers, and Governments worldwide. AuthenTec’s products and technologies provide security on hundreds of millions of devices.

8⃣ BioMetrics and Finger Print identification are cool terms indeed. However, there is a lot of science that has to be packed into a small package for “Positive-Identification” to be consistent and assured in the creating of Secure Cryptographic Libraries. These graphics were abstracted from reports discussing the mathematics and logistics necessary to accurately refine and focus on one’s unique Finger Print. This process sounds really cool, but there are tens of thousands of man-hours behind the processes, the logistics, the imaging, necessary to assure very high-quality imaging consistency, necessary to delivery very high-level security, on the order of tens-of-millions of combinations, if this imaging security were compared to a traditional “cash-vault combination lock.”

9⃣ Having personally supervised the installation very sophisticated “Hand, Palm, Finger Print” identification systems costing on average $250,000, to secure commercial office buildings, the user set-up was quite simple. A user that has been permitted access, initially provides multiple digital impressions for each of their 10 fingers, plus 10 Palm-Print impressions on the “8”x12″ glass plated sensor, plus 10 impressions of the entire Hand-print; This assures the system to 1⃣ Record accurate, reliable, digitized images, 2⃣ Creates a secure Cryptographic Library for this user. 3⃣ User thereafter enters an 8 digit password twice; 4⃣ This PassWord (8-digits delivering up to 99 million combinations, may be used in the event this user has damaged, cut, or bruised their fingers causing the system to reject finger-print cryptographic access. What goes on internally “behind the scenes” is amazing and occurs in a few milli-seconds; The notion that this technology can be squeezed into iPhones and iPads, using a cryptographic enabled HOME button, covered with a “scratch-proof” Sapphire-Crystal-Lens for best finger-image transmission through to a 6mm CCD high-resolution imager for digitizing, boggles the mind.

🔠 Admittedly, with the last generation of iPad-mini-retina, I personally sold my iPad v4 to Gazelle.com and moved “smaller” to the iPad mini retina, and love the crisp display, new compact, carry anywhere, even in my pocket form-factor, even with ACME MADE of San Francisco thin slip-cover, and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover. This combination renders an iPad mini retina into an amazing touch-screen ultra-compact “laptop.”

🔠 KGI Securities analyst Ming-Chi Kuo, who tends to speak out with reliable information, has chimed into the debate once again, and although his June-September 2014 release bracket refutes earlier presumptions, Kuo does believe the next Apple iPads will be again dramatically thinner and lighter than iPad v5 Air and iPad mini v3 generations.

🔠 Kuo also estimates the iPad 6 will be 10% thinner and 15% lighter than the current flagship, a notion which is in line with suggestions of the popuar iPad Air. In fact, Kuo goes on to mention that the next full-size iPad will feature thinner bezels along the longer edges as per the iPad mini, which will in turn allow the device to be slightly narrower.

🔠 Kuo foresees the next iPad measuring in at around 7.5-8.0mm in depth, which is a full 10% thinner than iPad Air v5. At 500 grams, it takes more weight, off the current flagship, and although that may not sound like a big number, in tech terms, it is a very profitable drop in bulk.

🔠 Kuo mentions the next iPad will pack in an A8X processor, although predicts the cameras will have significant improvements with image quality. The 5-megapixel iSight of the iPad 5 was no great shakes, but then again, with very few people use their iPads for taking snaps, it makes sense for Apple to concentrate on some of the more important issues with its market-leading slab. It is speculated that these ext iterations of the iPad and her sister Mini will contain the superb 8MP imager contained presently in Apple’s iPhone 5S.

🔠 The next generation of iPad looks to be the biggest leap since the third-gen brought that Retina display, and with the iPad mini also set to see that very feature later on in the year, Apple’s continued dominance in tablet space will be difficult for rivaling vendors to falter.

The “gag-image” of the rotary-dial superimposed on a smartphone case was presented by Steve Jobs exactly 7 years ago this month during his Keynote Address introducing to the World the first iPhone, Apple’s ReInvention of the Smart Phone.


Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its "HOT SPOT" capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

iPhones Significantly Safer to Virus Attacks according to FBI Reports ~ iOS Prevents Vulnerabilities to Spyware, Malware, Trojans, Worms, and Virus Attacks as Documented by FBI and Homeland Security Reports ðŸŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜Ž

1391182586.jpg

🌐 iPhones Safer to Viruses with only 0.7% (70 of 1,000,000 units) being Infected. The few being infected are because the Owners did not Upgrade their iOS to the Current iOS version.

🌐 Smart Phones are Sophisticated Miniature powerful Computers. Computers need Anti-Virus add-on Software to prevent infections. Not so with Apple, as Virus Protection Algorithms are built directly into their Operating System, iOS7.

🌐 Androids are Very Vulnerable to Attack as 79% (7,900,000 Infections per 10 million units) subject to Spyware, Viruses, Trojans, Worms, Malicious Malware Attacks. Androids are over 100 times more Vulnerable to Malicious Virus Attacks

🌐 Findings according to U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI Reports. An abstract of this Report was declassified and displayed below.

🌐 Android smartphones (7,900,000 Infections per 10 million units) significantly more likely (than the iPhone) to be Infected by Spyware, Trojans, Worms, Malware, and Virus Attacks, as Androids have an Astonishing 79% of all SmartPhone Malware attacks.

🌐 Android Phones are More Vulnerable to Virus Attacks, According to U.S. Department of Homeland Security and FBI surveys. According to the DHS and FBI Reports, uncovered by Public Intelligence, the majority of malware targeting mobile operating systems in 2012 was intended directly at Android. Why? Because Android’s OS is more Vulnerable and has significantly less Security Capability.

🌐 iPhones are Significantly Safer (over 100 times more safe than an other Smart Phone) to Spyware, Malware, Trojans, Worms, and Virus Attacks According to FBI and Homeland Security Reports ~ Androids are over 110 times more Vulnerable to Attacks ~ FBI Reports say 79% of Androids are being Infected with Spyware, Viruses, Trojans, Worms, Malware Attacks ~ iPhones less than 1% infection rate ~ Where would You rather be ~ Safe with an iPhone or Vulnerable with an Android.

🌐 Android’s lack of security is due to "Android Operating System Fragmentation" as more than 50% of Android users are using significantly Older OS Versions. Why…

🌐 Android users are fearful of having their smartphones or their Apps become inoperable, even though these users are Significantly more Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malicious Malware. Newer versions of Android have become more secure, but the user-base is not updating to the new version.

🌐 There are over 11,800 different Android hardware devices in operation with unique versions of the Android operating system, today. Android simply cannot keep up with their Operating System vulnerabilities, nor can the Android designers convince their users to upgrade, which would protect many of them. This circumstance major issues with App Developers too, as they cannot use the most current OS version, for fear that Older OS versions will not function properly. The Android users are aware of these facts too, and know they are likely trapped with their older version of their Apps.

🌐 Security Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malware is Very Serious Business. These days we have more Confidential Identity information, Bank Accounts, Passwords, Emails, Test Messages, than in any other single device. Keeping our personal information safe and secure is extremely important, perhaps even more important than on our PC computers. Reports such as this among other safety concers are likely the reasons that Apple is spending millions of dollars and thousands of hardware-software engineering hours to protect its iPhone customers.

🌐 According to a survey conducted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI and uncovered by Public Intelligence, the majority of malware targeting mobile operating systems in 2012 was intended for Android. Indeed, Android was targeted by an astonishing 79% of all smartphone malware. The following is an excerpt from the Unclassified report from a survey conducted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the FBI.

🌐 Android mobile operating system (OS) continues to be a primary target for malware attacks due to its market share and open source architecture.

🌐 Industry reporting indicates 44% of Android users are still using versions 2.3.3 through 2.3.7-known as Gingerbread, which were released in 2011, and have a significant number of security vulnerabilities that are not Fixed without later version updating. The growing use of mobile devices by federal, state, and local authorities makes it more important than ever to keep mobile Operating Systems patched and up-to-date. The following are some known security threats to mobile OS and mitigation steps.

🌐 Android was targeted by an astonishing 79% of all smartphone malware that year far more than any other OS. The agencies found that Apple’s iOS was targeted by only 70 per 1,000,000 units of malware attacks, Windows Phone, BlackBerry and Symbian OS by range between 0.3% to 19% vulnerable.

🌐 In a memo citing the research circulated nationwide to law enforcement, security and emergency personnel, the DHS and FBI note that a significant number of Android users continue to run older versions of the OS that leave them open to a number of security vulnerabilities — something companies with rival operating systems love to point out.

🌐 Recall that over 95% of Apple iOS users, about 550 million of them, have updated to the iOS6, and over 80% of iPhone users have already updated to iOS7 in the last 120 days, where iOS7 contains all the latest Anti-Virus Algorithms, protecting Security Vulernable to Viruses, Worms, Trojans, Spyware, and Malicious Malware. This is largely why Apple’s iOS has experienced less than 1% of such vulnerabilities.

🌐 Behind the Scenes, users are getting the joke that Android smartphones are simply not safe, perhaps the reason that Apple’s iPhone products are receiving Android Defections at the Rate of 26% overall.

🌐 50% of Android users recently upgrading to the iPhone 5C in the last 90 days. Therefore when one decides who should get your Net Smart Phone purchase, Apple apparently is the place to be.


Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its "HOT SPOT" capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

Apple’s iPad is Becoming Very Popular in the Legal Industry. Apple has “dramatically altered” the legal landscape, suggests a recent report released by legal practice management software firm Clio ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1393472252.jpg

🍎 Apple’s iPad is Becoming Very Popular in the Legal Industry. Apple has "dramatically altered" the legal landscape, suggests a recent report released by legal practice management software firm Clio.

🍎 CLIO, a Canadian company revealed the latest results of a survey it calls "Apple In Law Offices," which details Apple device usage in law firms across North America.

🍎 The 2013 survey saw a marked increase in Apple iPad, iPhone, and MAC adoption, with a 10% leap in both office Mac OS usage (from 56 to 66%), and iPad usage (from 57% to 67%), with iPhone usage spiking 12% to 74%. However, Android and Blackberry both saw decreases in law firm usage compared to global adoption rates according to CLIO’s report.

🍎 Coupled with a number of exciting product releases and OS updates, 52% of respondents stated they chose Apple options because the technology was more reliable and secure, with usability coming in next at 28%. Familiarity due to home use of Apple/Mac products was 10%, and aesthetics and design climbed back up to the 3% mark set two years ago.

🍎 Since the iPad debuted on the market in 2010, legal services penetration has risen from the initial 10% at product launch to 67% within three years. A demand for a mobile workforce and an industry that never sleeps have both been driving factors in iPad adoption, as well as a proliferation of offerings and apps targeted at improving law firm productivity and efficiency, according to Clio’s report.

🍎 For the 4th year in a row, the 2013 Apple in Law Firm survey results show the iPhone and iPad as two devices that have reshaped the legal technology landscape, with 2 in 3 law offices using either an iPhone or iPad,” said Clio’s CEO and co-founder Jack Newton. Few technologies have achieved this level of ubiquity in law firms globally.

🍎 Although Apple wasn’t an exhibitor at this year’s Mobile World Congress, currently underway in Barcelona, Spain, its iPad Air has managed to snag the award for the show’s Best Mobile Tablet. The annual Global Mobile Awards and Mobile World Congress are both organized by the same party, the GSM Association.

🍎 A panel of judges has determined in their ruling that Apple’s latest full-size iPad packs “class-leading performance in an attractive and svelte frame”, a nice recognition of Jony Ive’s design and the iPad Air’s speedy A7 chip.

Pleased you’re reading, as are over 40,000 readers world-wide, gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time I publish a story the WordPress system will send a reminder to you with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

PharmacoGenetic Screening: Having been trained as a BioChemist, I have an avid interest in PharmacoGenetics DNA Screening.

Last year 2.2 million patients taking prescribed FDA Approved Drugs have experienced an Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR); of those 770,000 experienced an ADR requiring Hospitalization, and 180,000 of those patients the ADR was fatal. Genomic DNA Testing done only once in your Lifetime, will give Physicians valuable information guiding against a patient being prescribed FDA Approved medications that do not suit your Genomic variants.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

An early adopter of digital photography and with 3 decades of imaging experience, and very interested in the application of digital imaging technologies for the law enforcement community, including crime scene and evidence documentation, enhancement to support criminal investigation, and court room testimony.

My new writing project is titled, "Principles of Forensic Digital Photography and Post Image Processing, Encryption and Authentication," a comprehensive digital imaging reference for law enforcement, agency officials, crime lab directors, crime scene processors, officers of the court, and students of criminal justice. Development of this book requires careful examination of the technologies, optics, hardware, software, coupled with discipline-specific and environmental nuances in order to serve the target-markets.

Are you Interested ? Here is the Link:
http://www.indiegogo.com/projects/principles-of-forensic-digital-photography

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

SodaStream – Re-Fill the SodaStream CO2 Cylinders Yourself – This Kit Does the Trick – Reduces Carbonating Cost to $3/refill from $30/refill – the entire Fill-Station Kit Pays for itself in about 7 months ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦

1403643624.jpg

🌐 SodaStream Revolution is the first push-button, automatic SodaStream, home soda maker, that offers breakthroughs in both function, design, and simplicity. SodaStream Revolution model features a one-touch activation providing a Four-Button panel for choosing several carbonation levels (low, medium, high, turbo), a lighted LED display, indicating carbonation progress and a CO2 Cylinder status-gauge showing how much CO2 is remaining in the cylinder.

🌐 Given, the SodaStream Revolution is an outstanding household and office appliance. However, the cost of refilling the SodaStream CO2 is $15/refill for the 14oz/60L Cylinder or $30/refill for the 33oz/130L Cylinder. Typically the consumer returns to the authorized retailer such as Bed Bath and Beyond (BB&B), to exchange ones empty SodaStream CO2 cylinder for a Full Cylinder. In Boca Raton BB&B has an inventory of both sizes of pre Re-Filled Cylinders used to exchange with customers needing refills.

🌐 SodaStream. You can re-Fill the CO2 Cylinders Yourself. This Kit Does the Trick and reduces the Carbonating Cost to 2¢/Liter from 23¢/Liter. This system pays for itself in about 7 months

🌐 SodaStream Fill Station uses a standard 20 pound commercial cylinder with syphon tube, as the supply donor tank ($105) fitted with FillStation-II valve assembly ($100) connected through a flexible 3000psi coiled hose, which is attached to the Filling connector $35. Total kit $240. Sounds like a lot of money to refill SodaStream CO2 cylinders. However, since SodaStream dealers charge $30 to refill SodaStream 33oz cylinders this too is expensive. In sum I can refill 9 SodaStream 33oz cylinders ($2.75/refill) for the cost of $25 which is the refill cost for my 20 pound commercial soda-fountain cylinder.

🌐 SodaStream Fill Station costs $240 and the cost savings of the SodaStream cylinder is $30 less $2.75 equals $27.25/refill. Dividing the Fill Station cost of $240 by $27.25 equals 8.8, say 9 refills to fully reimburse the Fill Station Kit cost. Then in Month 10, the refilling cost of the SodaStream cylinder is $2.75/refill rather than $30/refill, with the convenience of refilling in our home rather than having to drive to a SodaStream dealer (for us 5 miles away) for refills. Since we consume the 33oz CO2 cylinder each month, every 9 months I have to treck to our local CO2 distributor (HydroStat) to refill our 20 pound Donor Cylinder, refills for 20 pounds of liquid CO2 cost $25/20 pound refill. Recall SodaStream charges $30/2 pound refill.

http://www.hydrostat.com/co2.html

🌐 SodaStream Fill Station can be assembled for a lower cost: SodaStream Fill Station may also use standard 10 pound commercial cylinder with syphon tube, as the supply donor tank ($65) fitted with FillStation-II valve assembly ($100) connected through a flexible 3000psi coiled hose, which is attached to the supplied Filling connector. Total kit $165. Sounds like a lot of money to refill SodaStream CO2 cylinders; however, after 6 months this kit pays for itself, then refilling costs/cylinder is $2.75 instead of $30 for the large 33oz cylinder or $1.40/refill instead of $15/refill at the local SodaStream cylinder.

View this demonstration of the Fill Station kit reFilling a standard SodaStream 33oz Cylinder:

http://youtu.be/7wltqp1FkE4

🌐 SodaStream Revolution is a wonderful, often used kitchen Appliance that we use many time each day creating a variety of “sparkling beverages.” Since the SodaStream Revolution houses the larger 33oz/130L Cylinder, the re-fill cost is $30. I found myself traveling several miles every 25 days to BB&B for CO2 refills of for the recyclable 33oz Cylinder exchange program.

🌐 BTW the meaning of this 33oz/130L Cylinder designation is: the Cylinder holds when full 33 ounces of liquid CO2 by weight, and the Cylinder will typically carbonate 130L (Liters by volume) of water on average. Recall One Liter (1.0L) of water equates to 33.81 fluid ounces of water.

🌐 So What’s the SodaStream Carbonation Facts. Given that SodaStream is a wonderful, often used kitchen Appliance, including the CO2 re-fill cost, IMHO. The carbonizing cost, the cost to refill at BB&B to make your water become sparkling with CO2, is calculated as follows:

🎯 Each 33oz/130L Cylinder will carbonate 130 liters or 4,395oz water, or 366 standard 12oz Soda Cans
🎯 Each 33oz/130L Cylinder will carbonate the equivalent of 366 cans of soda containing 12oz
🎯 Carbonation refill for the 130L CO2 cylinder costs $30 at BB&B
🎯 SodaStream’s cost to carbonate each 12oz serving of home-made, unflavored Soda Water equals 8.2¢ per 12oz serving
🎯 Cost to purchase 12oz Cans of Soda Water average 60¢/can

🌐 So What’s the True Comparative Costs associated with SodaStream Carbonation Let’s take a moment to investigate the Soda Water Carbonation Industry and compare it to the cost of CO2 available in the Soda-Fountain industry to the SodaStream re-Fill cost. In south Florida most of the restaurants use 10 pound or 20 pound CO2 Cylinders that are re-Filled utilizing a local CO2 delivery service.

🌐 Weekly or so the CO2 Delivery Service will check the CO2 levels of the restaurant’s Cylinders, replacing all empty Cylinders with pre-Filled Cylinders. The restaurant’s Service Bar will have one or more soda-service-guns that dispense carbonated Coke, Diet Coke, Tonic, Soda Water, where the Carbonated Water is mixed with these Syrups as they pass through the Soda-Guns. The Restaurants and Bars pay the CO2 Gasses delivery service $25 to refill each 20 pound Cylinder of liquid CO2.

Compare the CO2 cost buying refills at BB&B and the CO2 refills bought through the Restaurant CO2 Gasses supplier. Apologies for all the math in setting up the viability for a solution.

🎯 $30 cost through SodaStream authorized resellers for their 33oz Cylinders or
🎯 $15 for SodaStream 14.5oz Cylinders
🎯 Convert the SodaStream CO2 cost to Cost/Pound of CO2
🎯 33oz Cylinder equates to 2.063 pounds of CO2
🎯 Cost per Pound for CO2 at BB&B equates to roughly $14.50/pound CO2
🎯 CO2 Gasses delivery service charges $25 to refill each 20 pound Cylinder of CO2
🎯 Cost per Pound of CO2 for a 20 pound Cylinder is $25/20# equates to
🎯 $1.25/pound CO2
🎯 SodaStream re-Fill at $14.50/pound
🎯 SodaStream is charging $12.75/pound more than market CO2 price
🎯 SodaStream is 11.6 times More Expensive than the CO2 market
🎯 SodaStream CO2 cost to Carbonate each 12oz serving is $30/366 servings = 8.2¢/12oz serving
🎯 Market CO2 cost to Carbonate each 12oz serving is $25/3548 servings = 0.7¢/12oz serving
🎯 SodaStream usage is 13 SodaStream 33oz/130L Cylinders
🎯 $390 SodaStream cost for CO2 annually equals 13x$30 = $390/Year
🎯 $33 Retail Market cost for CO2 annually equals 13x33x0.0781¢ = $33/Year
🎯 $357 Cost Saving using Retail CO2 vs SodaStream CO2 = $390-$33 = 357

Comparing the CO2 cost buying refills at BB&B and the CO2 refills bought through the Restaurant CO2 Gasses supplier there will be $357 saved buying CO2 through traditional Retail/Restaurant suppliers rather than through authorized SodaStream reFillers.

Solution, Can we build a simple personal CO2 reFilling rig to replace CO2 monthly into our SodaStream Cylinder, now that we know there is an incentive of $357 in annual savings. Here is the Plan and the Components.

🎯 CO2 Doctor.com is an enterprise in located in Denison, Texas which cures the SodaStream CO2 refill blues! Its products has been saving SodaStream Soda Machine owners lots of cash since 2007 with their innovative products. You can Stop your dependency on Sodastream™ for CO2 Refills and stop paying top dollar, about $14.50/pound for CO2 that should cost $1.25/pound. Math is above.

🎯 The Goal is to save you lots of money by eliminating your dependency on SodaStream’s CO2 Refill Monopoly. With the CO2Doctor’s products you can refill your 60L or 130L Carbonator CO2 cylinders for one-tenth the cost, the $15 or $30 that SodaStream presently charges, June, 2014.

🎯 With the FreedomValve, a Cylinder replacement valve for the 60L and 130L Carbonator Tanks, rendering the SodaStream cylinders commercially refillable.

🎯 First Step. The plan requires that you have some handy-man skills in fixing things around your dwelling or office. That said, the plan is to firstly remove the existing brass valve from an Empty SodaStream™ CO2 cylinder (notice the Flattened Valve Pin) and replace it with the FreedomValve (whose Valve Pin is shaped like a rod-like-pin). This Valve new pin-assembly is necessary as SodaStream has installed a proprietary flattened-valve assembly that makes it very difficult for commercial refill of SodaStream cylinders. Installing the FreedomValve virtually eliminates this obstruction to commercial refilling.

🎯 Second Step. Obtain a 10 pound, 15 pound or 20 pound Aluminum CO2 Cylinder that has a Syphon-Tube pre-installed within the cylinder. The price of these Cylinders are about $65, $85, $105 respectively. I choose the larger 20 pound cylinder as this would hold sufficient CO2 for 9 to 10 months of SodaStream CO2 usage. The 20 pound cylinder measures 30″ tall and 8″ in diameter and weighs 25 pounds empty, and 45 pounds when filled with CO2. The 15 pound cylinder measures 27″ tall and is 7″ in diameter. The 10 pound cylinder measures 20″ tall and 7″ in diameter. Either of these three cylinder alternatives fits into a typical utility room or garage.

🎯 Third Step. Acquire one of the Filling Station solutions that the CO2 Doctor offers on its internet site. This is the site address and page for ordering the FillStationPro-II which is a $99 Kit that includes the three components to reFill your SodaStream cylinder, recalling that you have already replace the SodaStream cylinder flat-pin valve with the $29 Freedom Valve.

http://tiny.cc/k0rzhx

🎯 In sum the Components and Costs are as follows
🎯 FreedomValve installed on your SodaStream cylinder $29
🎯 CO2 Master Cylinder, the Donor Tank, lets pick the 10 pound cylinder, $65
🎯 FillStationPro-II filling kit from CO2 Doctor priced at $99
🎯 Total Filling station package, Tank, Valve, FillStation kit = $193

🎯 Therefore, if you have the appetite and talent to take on this CO2 filling station project, the savings in the CO2 reFilling will repay this entire assembly in 6 months to 8 months depending on the size of the CO2 tank that is purchased. After this initial investment is repaid with the savings, your CO2 reFill cost reduces to one-tenth (1/10) of what one pays to SodaStream retailers, simply $2.57 is a lot cheeper than $30 CO2 refill at at BB&B.

🎯 The CO2 Doctor has taken the time and effort to produce a set of operating instructions for using their FillStationPro-II kit. The link for these directions is presented here, followed by an abstract shown here.

http://tiny.cc/w1rzhx

🎯 By following these simple instructions you will start to benefit from the cost savings of filling your own Soda-Club ALCO2JET Carbonator Tanks. Following these instructions will result in a safe and effective product installation and use, so please follow each step as carefully detailed in these photos. FillStationPro-II™ comes with a CGA-320 Tank Seal Washer.

🎯 CO2 is very harsh on all seals and o-rings. Please maintain these by applying a thin film of oil on all seal and o-ring surfaces. You can use regular cooking oil or the we offer on our Ordering Page. O-Ring or Seal wear and tear or drying is NOT covered as a warranty item since they are considered normal wear items.

🎯 This is a list of what you will need for the installation and filling of your CO2 Bottles. A full 10 pound, 15 pound, or 20 pound “Siphon Type” CO2 Carbon Dioxide Tank (Donor Tank) with a standard CGA-320 Valve and Threaded Outlet. FillStationPro-II™. Flat CO2 Supply Tank Washer included with the kit (attached to brass CO2 tank fitting). Adjustable Wrench. Safety Goggles. Hanging Scale suitable for accurate Weight Measurement (included in kit). Chilled Empty Soda-Club SodaStream 60L or 130L Carbonator Cylinder.

🌐 Although this project may be challenging for many, with a readership of over 55,000 there may be folks that are interested in SodaStream home carbonation, and optimizing the cost of the CO2.


Below is the SodaStream Revolution Article published June 23, 2014


🌐 SodaStream “Revolution” has a Snap-Lock mechanism for easy bottle insertion and removal. SodaStream converts cold water into sparkling water. Its best to use bottled purified water for best flavor (rather than tap-water).

🌐 Want to Save Money, reFill SodaStream Cylinders Yourself. This article describes the assembly of a $225 Kit that does the Trick. Carbonate your own Bottled Water for Homemade Beverages – Reduces Carbonating Cost to 2¢/Liter from 23¢/Liter. This system Pays for itself in about 8 months. However, you need to be a bit mechanically oriented, household handyman.

🌐 Once the water is “carbonated” (“sparkling”) you may then add one of 50 soda-syrups available in the USA, and over 100 soda-syrups available in the globally, making your favorite soda in seconds, with the SodaStream Revolution home soda maker. You can also squeeze 1/8th of a fresh lemon, lime, or orange slice, added into the carbonated water for a refreshing anytime beverage.

🌐 Carbonate only Purified Water. Do Not add any syrups or flavorings to the purified-water, before carbonating. Otherwise it will create a huge overflowing fizzy mess on your countertop.

🌐 Here are several video-clips, links below, that will give you a glimpse of the Revolution model by SodaStream, and how home-carbonation may be useful in your home or office.

http://youtu.be/yPtNqIypLPM

http://youtu.be/s_Lmj-JmKhI

🌐 SodaStream will make your Soda at your Counter Top. Carbonate your own Bottled Water for Amazing Homemade Beverages. Carbonating Cost equates to about 8¢ 12oz Serving or 23¢/Liter, then Add a Squeeze of Lemon or Lime, or your favorite syrups.

🌐 We selected the Revolution Model as it is one of the few models by SodaStream that permits use of the either the 14.5 oz 60L CO2 Cylinder (supplied with the kit) or the $50 optional 33 oz / 130L CO2 Cylinder carbonator. We use the 33 oz / 130L CO2 Cylinder exclusively and with our daily usage requires refilling about every 30 days. The image below shows the two cylinder sizes that are available for the SocaStream Revolution.

Below is a summary of the features of the SodaStream Revolution:

🌐 Provides a choice of carbonation levels (low, medium, high, turbo)
🌐 LED display indicates carbonation progress and CO2 usage status
🌐 Snap-lock mechanism for easy bottle insertion and removal
🌐 Does away with lugging, storing and disposing of sparkling water and soda bottles and cans
🌐 Easily fits on any counter and makes a suitable addition for even the smallest kitchens
🌐 Starter kit includes home soda maker, one re-Filable 14.5 oz / 60L CO2 carbonator, one reusable 1-liter BPA free carbonating bottle plus a Sodamix Taste Sampler (6 flavors)
🌐 Compatible with either the 14.5 oz./60L and 33 oz./130L carbonator cylinders
🌐 Wipe clean exterior
🌐 Measures 5.5″L x 10.5″W x 17″H
🌐 Limited Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty
🌐 Revolution Model# 1019111015
🌐 Revolution Model is priced around US$150
🌐 SodaStream 14.5 oz 60L CO2 Cylinder Refill Cost $15
🌐 SodaStream 33.0 oz 130L CO2 Cylinder Refill Cost $30

🌐 SodaStream is the maker of a consumer home carbonation product. The device, like a soda syphon, carbonates water by adding carbon dioxide from a pressurized cylinder to create soda water (or carbonated water) for drinking. The company also sells more than 100 types of concentrated syrups and flavorings to make carbonated drinks.

🌐 SodaStream each year provides 1.5 billion liters of home-made soda to millions of homes worldwide, making SodaStream one of the largest beverage companies in the world. SodaStream began introducing innovative solutions to the beverage market in 1903 with a system that enabled consumers to carbonate water at home.

🌐 SodaStream over the past century, has continued to grow and innovate with an intellectual property portfolio that includes 65 patents and 198 trademark registrations worldwide. Leading the market in technological advancements and quality products, the SodaStream system enables you to carbonate water, add flavor, and enjoy quality, better-for-you soda at home, just the way you like it.

🌐 SodaStream is the world’s largest manufacturer, distributor, and marketer of home carbonation systems with SodaStream machines being sold in over 60,000 retail stores, in 45 countries worldwide.

🌐 Today, SodaStream is leading a revolution against bottled and canned beverages, providing consumers with a “better-for-you” and “better-for-the-planet” alternatives to store-bought soda.

🌐 SodaStream History. The company merged with Soda-Club in 1998, it was relaunched with an emphasis on healthier drinks. It went public on the Nasdaq stock exchange in November 2010. SodaStream is currently headquartered in Lod, Israel, and has 13 production plants; its principal manufacturing facility is located in the West Bank settlement of Ma’ale Adumim.

🌐 The SodaStream drinksmaker is a device that forces carbon dioxide (CO2) gas (stored under pressure of 800 psi, in a reusable cylinder) into water, making it fizzy. The product includes a machine, a carbon dioxide cylinder, and one or more reusable beverage bottles. The bottle, filled with water, is attached onto the machine, and with a button push or two, compressed CO2 from the cylinder is injected, creating carbonated water. About 100 Varieties of concentrated syrups are available globally, to create regular or diet soft drinks by adding a small amount of concentrate, about an ounce or so, into the bottle after carbonation, not before.

🌐 Originally the company operated as a subsidiary of W & A Gilbey, Ltd. In 1985, after various changes of ownership, SodaStream became a wholly owned subsidiary of Cadbury Schweppes, although it operated as an autonomous business within the group. In 1998 SodaStream was bought by Soda-Club, an Israeli company founded in 1991 by Peter Wiseburgh, who from 1978 to 1991 had been Israel’s exclusive distributor for SodaStream, creating the world’s largest home carbonation systems supplier.

🌐 In 2003 Soda-Club closed the SodaStream factory in Peterborough, moving the company’s gas cylinder refilling and refurbishment department to Germany. Under the ownership of Soda-Club, and with CEO Daniel Birnbaum at the helm since 2007, the brand has been relaunched in many markets, with new machines and new flavors available in 41 countries around the world.

🌐 In 2012 SodaStream teamed with Yves Béhar to introduce SodaStream Source, a line of soda machines designed with a special emphasis on sustainability. Béhar’s design earned SodaStream a Good Housekeeping Institute seal of approval in 2013.



🌐 SodaStream – Next Article – How to Save Money Refilling the CO2 Cylinders. Currently SodaStream users are faced with returning to their SodaStream authorized retailer (such as Bed Bath & Beyond) to trade-in the Cylinder that was packaged with the SodaStream Kit, for a CO2 Cylinder Refill. The Cost is currently $15 to refill the 60L Cylinder or $30 to refill the 130L Cylinder. We have a Long Term Solution to reduce the CO2 refill cost to $1 for small cylinder or $2 for the large cylinder.



Pleased you’re reading, with over 55,000 readers world-wide, giving motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Social Networks for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure and confidential; Every time I publish an article, WordPress will send a reminder (no Ads of course) with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24,934,205 visits as of May 29, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

Tesla Model S Ranks Best Overall Car for 2014 by Consumer Reports, among 260 autos tested ~ Not only did Tesla Rank #1 Tesla scored the Highest Score ever Achieved in the Magazine’s 18 years of testing Cars ~ Plus What’s Not to Like about Driving for 3¢/mile when Gas costs 16¢/mile ðŸš˜ðŸš˜ðŸš˜ðŸš˜ðŸš˜ðŸš˜ðŸš˜

1394113286.jpg

🚘 Tesla Model S an all Electric LiON Battery Powered Car, Ranks as the Best Overall Car for 2014 by Consumer Reports, among 260 automobiles tested, whether fueled by electric batteries, gas or diesel fuel, or a hybrid of two fuels. Not only did Tesla Rank #1, it scored the Highest Score ever recorded in CR’s 18 year history of testing Cars.

🚘 Don’t know what TESLA is… In Physics Class we learned about the Tesla Coil, a high-voltage frequency generator. The Tesla Coil is one of Nikola Tesla’s most famous invention in 1891. See Tesla and his inventions below.

🚘 Elon Musk’s Tesla Motors Inc. (TSLA:US) has earned the ardor of investors and the highest U.S. safety ratings. It can also add the honor of having the best-reviewed car of the year by automobile testers at Consumer Reports, earning the Highest score ever of 99 given in Consumer Reports 18 year history of reviewing Cars.

🚘 Consumer Report summarizes their study saying “Sure, you can talk about this electric luxury car’s blistering acceleration, razor-sharp handling, compliant ride, and versatile cabin, which can fit a third-row of seats. But that just scratches the surface of this technological tour de force.”

🚘 Consumer Reports editors further say “The Tesla is brimming with innovation. Its massive, easy-to-use 17″ touch-screen controls most of the car’s functions. Tesla is totally keyless in operation, locking, unlocking, starting, full Internet access, and ultra-quiet, zero-emission driving experience, the Tesla is a glimpse into a future where cars and computers coexist in seamless harmony. Its 275-mile driving range and 3-hour charges, using Tesla’s special connector, also make it the easiest, most practical, albeit pricey, electric car to live with.”

🚘 “It’s truly a groundbreaking car,” Jake Fisher, Consumer Reports’ director of auto testing who oversaw this year’s review of 260 vehicles, said an interview. “You get into it, and it really stands out. It’s the very best car I’ve ever driven.”

🚘 Consumer Reports tests and evaluates cars for how well they drive, interior-finish quality, safety and reliability. The model rankings influence car buyers and are published in the Yonkers, New York-based magazine’s annual auto issue.

🚘 It was interesting researching how Consumer Reports tests each of the 260 vehicles this year. Each car is driven about 6000 miles while the evaluation teams assess every imaginable function and quality of the cars under examination.

🚘 Today’s TESLA is a very exciting Luxury Battery Powered automobile with a 275 mile range.

🚘 In appearance the Tesla does not just “gets on terms” with the two-plus-two Aston, it almost cinches it. The sweeping lines and a callipygous rear give the Tesla the look of a concept car. But this is no Concept car with limited delivery, as Tesla has ramped up production to over 25,000 units/year. The door handles motor-out to meet you (one of a number of motorized functions) and the doors swing wide.

🚘 Inside is Tesla’s cabin Very Unconventional, it’s almost the appearance of a Science Fiction Futuristic Auto. The seating are cantilever-mounted onto a flat-floor, with an uncluttered full-width floor space. A dramatic digital instrument panel in front of the driver central-displays show charge level, power usage, range, and speed.

🚘 The central facia has the appearance of a very large Touch-Screen iPad, (but its not) with simple and classy Apple-style graphics, that controls most of the Car’s functions, Mapping, Directions, tailored to go with Mercedes-Benz-styled switches and steering column stalks.

🚘 Tesla Model S electric car is “the answer” I’ve personally been looking for. I have remained on the side-lines with all electric cars because of two reasons: (1) most of the offerings look like “soup-cans with wheels and windows” (not so with the Tesla, as its stunningly attractive inside and out) and (2) they have such a limited Range most under 100 miles, one “can not drive it out of town” (not so with the Tesla as it can deliver 300 miles in Range.

🚘 One wonders if the other Car-makers have been sleeping on the job. With Tesla’s share-price on fire after recently announcing plans for a new battery “gigafactory” (now, that’s a factory), confirming next year’s SUV, the Model-X, and a smaller, cheaper model (like $36k) for 2017. Today there’s barely a Silicon-Valley baron or Hollywood Star without a Model S in their Garage.

🚘 Tesla is Fueled by a huge, flat, Lithium Ion battery, a single unit that delivers 85,000 Watt-hours of power. The Battery lines almost the entire bottom of the floor-board; however, the Battery is very well protected. To put this Battery in perspective, a 85kWhr of battery power is equivalent to about 16,200 iPhone-LiON-Batteries all linked together into a single huge flat-battery-array.

🚘 The LiON battery in the Tesla Model-S contains a unique LiON battery-chemistry so that it delivers power and takes recharge cycles for at least 8 years, equivalent to the Tesla battery-warranty, with unlimited miles.

🚘 Surely, now that Tesla has proven to the marketplace that an attractive well designed Car with good range can be delivered in mass quantities. Also, since Tesla is expanding its assembly plants to grow production by 50% this year and next, Battery Technology will be the focus for these fine Cars. Surely, Tesla wants to increase its Model-S Range to 400 miles then to 500 miles, since Electric fueling stations are not as populated as Gasoline stations.

🚘 When viewing Tesla’s Model-S at the retail-store in our Boca Raton Town Center Mall, they have several fully assembled, ready to drive Cars, and two Cars that were apparently taken off the assembly-line, displaying the beautifully engineered frame, battery array, the steering points, the motor and inverter package at the car’s rear-end. Very Impressive displays making it clear to anyone, engineer or house-wife, that this Car is an engineering marvel, that gives the quality feeling that Apple delivers with their products, with an obvious display of an incredible level of attention to every minute element of detail.

🚘 Tesla SuperChargers recharges Model S quickly, Super quickly. Superchargers are for refueling quickly on road trips. A Supercharger can replenish 50% the 85 kWh battery in about 25 minutes. All Model S vehicles with the 85 kWh battery can use SuperChargers as can properly equipped 60 kWh battery vehicles. SuperCharger (Electric) Fuel Stations will be positioned at convenient locations along major interstates throughout the country.

🚘 Tesla SuperCharger stations the Cost for a "Full Tank of Electricity" is FREE, although it costs Tesla say $300,000 per station. Tesla considers this fueling feature as a Marketing Expense, to make it clear to Tesla Owners, and those interested in buying a Tesla Car, that they can get a “Fill-Up” when going out of town. In a Hurry, no problem, the Super-Charger Stations will have two "Fueling" modes, Plug in your Tesla Model S for 20 minutes for 100 miles of Range, 40 minutes for 200 miles of Range or 60 minutes to "Fill the Tank" in this case a fully recharged battery.

🚘 Tesla’s Free Fueling feature is considered a “Marketing Expense” where these costs are not “built into the price of their cars.” Recall that a fill-up costs Tesla about $9, assuming an electric utility cost of 11¢ per kilowatt, typical in the USA.

🚘 A major Free-Fueling costs facing Tesla is the development of the Fueling Station Network, the real estate and construction costs, estimated to be approximately $300,000 per station. This expense could be amortized over say 20 years, making this a $15,000/year per Station, expense to the financial statement.

🚘 SuperCharger Stations. If Tesla builds 500 SuperCharger Nation-Wide Network, the depreciation expense would be on the order of $7.5 million/year. If every SuperCharger Station with 3-fueling lanes were charging for 24 hours/day, this represents 26,000 fill-ups/year per Station; Assuming the electric-utility cost is $9/Fill-Up, then each staton would expense $234,000/year per station, which equates to about $115 million/year for the Nation-Wide network of 500 SuperCharger stations.

🚘 With 150,000 Tesla Cars on the Road planned, the Annual expense for SuperCharger Stations equates to about $800/Tesla, a Very imaginative use of marketing dollars. This represents a 1% marketing component per car, not a large figure indeed. By the end of 2015 Tesla will have enough SuperCharger Stations to cover 98% of the Population in the US and portions of Canada.

🚘 Tesla SuperCharger Stations have another Amazing feature, the capability of the Model-S receiving a 100% Full-Charge in 95 Seconds with a "Battery Replacement" performed at the station. Just pull-up over a designated area, and your Model-S’ Battery is dropped-down with automation, and a New Fully-Charged Battery is pushed-backup into your Model-S in about 1 minute 30 seconds. Tesla literally swaps your car’s battery for a new battery that has been already fully-charged.

🚘 I witnessed two Model-S cars in line at a Tesla SuperCharger Station, (a video-clip is provided below) that received Lion Battery swaps for two Tesla’s in line, requiring about 3 minutes total time for both Model-S cars, 90 seconds each. Filling your 23 Gallon Tank with Gasoline takes about 4 minutes. This service costs $80 for the 85 kWhr battery-swap or $60 for the 60 kWhr battery. When you return from your trip, go back to the same SuperCharger Station that swapped your battery, and the station then re-Swaps your Car’s original LiON battery fully-charged.

🚘 The $80 cost for the 90 second fill-up costs about 26¢/mile if you’re in a hurry. Not in a hurry go for the SuperCharger and wait 30 to 45 minutes to “Top-Off your Tank” for Free. While you have a travel-break, at the Coffee shot near-by. Recall, if you have an iPhone, the App will keep you posted on the Battery Level as it Fills with electric-power. How Cool is that!

🚘 If you decide to retain the NEW LiON Battery, in other words, you don’t re-Swap batteries, Tesla will "Charge" you (pardon the pun) the price difference between your original LiON battery, and the price of a New LiON battery. This may be your plan, say in Year Two or Three, as aged LiON Batteries may only accept 90% to 95% charges. No figures are available on this option, as these swap-stations are scheduled for later in 2015.

🚘 The Cost of a new 85 kWhr LiON Battery is $12,000. If you decide to retain the New Battery Swap, the question is what is the "trade-in" value for your existing Model-S battery that’s 2 or 3 years old. The SuperCharger Battery Swap capability commences in 2015 nation-wide, so the financial models are not set as to the price for the battery swap, if you decide keep the new battery. Since the Model-S battery is warrantied for 8 years, if charging performance diminishes in Range, I’d be looking to the factory warranty to replace the battery.

🚘 Tesla is developing hundreds of SuperCharger Stations in the USA as an amazing marketing campaign as the "Fill-Ups" are Free. Think about it, travel to Grandma’s with no cost for Fuel, in Tesla’s case, electricity.

🚘 The Control Panel in each Tesla Model-S has a beautiful Google Maps styled GPS Map, showing in real-time, every location of a SuperCharger Station, and your location of the Model-S, giving detailed directions if necessary, and your Tesla’s Range to arrive the SuperCharger station. The GPS is also functional to input your destination. For the local folks in south Florida, there is a SuperCharger Station near MACY’s Front door in the parking garage of the Town Center Mall, and two others 25 miles south in Fort Lauderdale and 25 miles north of Boca Raton.

🚘 Tesla Superchargers allow Model S owners to travel for free between cities along well-traveled highways in North America and Europe. Superchargers provide a 50% charge in as few as 20 minutes and are strategically placed to allow owners to drive from station to station with minimal stops, or fear of running our of “Fuel.” The Coverage for North America already provides for Coast-to-Coast driving. Here are Tesla’s Plans for SuperCharger station development:

✔️ Today, First Quarter, 2014 – 78 stations, Coast-to-coast travel now enabled
✔️ 2014 – 80% of the US population Covered plus portions of Canada
✔️ 2015 – 98% of the US population Covered plus parts of Canada

🚘 Superchargers are located near amenities like roadside diners, cafes, and shopping centers. Road Trippers can stop for a quick meal and have their Model S charged when they’re done.

🚘 Tesla Model S cost for a Fill-Up equates to about $0.0311/mile. For a 275 mile range assuming you use Airconditioning, 275x$0.0311 equates to a Fill-Up cost of $8.50, assuming the Electric utility charge of 11¢/kWatt, that Tesla pays for, a typical rate in south Florida. To Fill-Up your typical gasoline 4-Door Sedan automobile with 12.5 Gallons of Gas priced at $3.85/gallon costs $48.00, assuming the MPG is about 22 mpg vehicle, delivering the same range.

🚘 To this point in this Article its been all about Good Looks and the Battery. Lets now turn our attention to the Motor. One of the Demands by Elan Musk to his engineering team, is to have this vehicle powered by a strong engine, so that the buyer of a Tesla Model-S will not feel like there has been compromise in power or performance. Let it be said that a 416hp electric Motor rotating at around 6500 RPM generates an amazing level of Acceleration. There is simply NO Compromise with this electric engine.

🚘 Model S is a rear wheel drive electric vehicle. The liquid-cooled powertrain includes the battery, motor, drive inverter, and gear box. 60 kWh or 85 kWh microprocessor controlled, lithium-ion battery, a rear mounted 3-phase, 4-pole AC induction-motor with a copper rotor, creating 416hp; That’s dramatic amount of Horse Power, a Power Drive Inverter with variable frequency drive, a regenerative braking system, and a single-speed-reduction, Fixed-Gear ratio of 9.73:1 reduction ratio.

🚘 Tesla Model-S Power Train and Motor. The Electric motor powering the Model-S is a 416hp alternating current, variable frequency design. The motor itself weighs approximately 250 pounds, with a Copper-Wound Rotor, the internal component that rotates with a Gear on its shaft. Interesting that the Motor is Super-Power A/C motor, and the Battery is a 85 kWhr LiON direct current. Directly right of the rear-mounted Motor is a Power-Inverter that transforms up to 1200 Amps of DC electricity to A/C power, powering the Motor.

🚘 The Motor has a Running Rate of 5,000 to 8,000 RPM. There is Single-Gear reduction of 9.73 to 1 (no gear-shifting as with typical automobile transmissions). Therefore with a Rotor that weighs about 50 pounds rotating at an average speed of say 6,500RPM causes the drive shaft to rotate at about 500 RPM to 800RPM, this represents an incredible amount of power on the Wheels.

🚘 The Tesla motor’s Rotor weighing in at about 50 pounds, that is spinning at an average of 6500RPM, generates a huge level of power on the rear wheels. The velocity of Tesla’s motor, the RPM is controlled by changing the Frequency of the Alternating Current combined with the amount of Amperes of electric current, up to 1,200 amps when desiring fast acceleration from a dead-stop or changing lanes on a highway. This combination of factors controls the power, the driver desires by pressing one’s foot on the accelerator-pedal. Lots of very unique electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, and design, to accomplish this seamlessly to the Driver, and totally Quietly. The lack of any Engine and Transmission Noise is very strange at first.

🚘 Recall that a typical gasoline motor runs from 800 RPM to 3,500 RPM, that runs very hot, in combination with a 5-speed transmission and a Transaxle, that also becomes very hot as it consumes energy, a very inefficient method of changing the rotation of the drive-shaft, wasting about 40% of the gasoline engine’s power. What a waist of power and fuel.

🚘 Think about it, with a 400hp gasoline engine, 160hp is lost because of the inefficiencies of the transmission and the transaxle. Which means that only 240hp of power, of the 400ph gasoline engine, gets to the wheels. With Tesla’s electric engine 90% of the power gets directly to the rear wheels.

🚘 Tesla’s precocious car maker has Big ambitions. He originated PayPal 11-years ago making hundreds of $Millions. In top-spec $124,000 as-tested form, this 16ft 4in long, five-door battery-electric coupé will not only out drag a $250,000 loaded Aston Martin, but Tesla carries two more passengers or twice as much stuff and, at 4,200 pounds, weighs not much more.

🚘 Stand on it, and the Aston will drain its 20 gallon tank of unleaded in about 250 miles, well within the realistic driving range of the 85kWh Tesla S range of 275 mile. What’s not to like about battery motoring? Not to mention that the Tesla Model-S, a luxury-sedan, goes from Zero to 60 MPH in 4.7 seconds.

🚘 The Tesla Model S electric sedan is Number One in Consumer Reports, in this year’s automotive rankings. Not only Tesla being in first place, but received the highest score ever recorded in its 18 year history of evaluating 260 vehicles.

🚘 The magazine cited the Model S’s sporty performance and technological innovations, including its 275 mile range. Consumer Reports acknowledged that the car is expensive and paid $89,650 for the Model S that the Magazine tested.

🚘 For less than a third of that price, the Toyota Prius hybrid got the nod as Consumer Reports’ top green car. The magazine also cited strong fuel economy in naming the Honda Accord as the top midsize car and the BMW328i as the best sports sedan.

🚘 The rankings, now in their 18th year, pick Consumer Reports’ favorites among the 260 vehicles its team has recently tested. The rankings are closely watched in the auto industry, since shoppers consistently cite Consumer Reports as a main source of car-buying advice.

🚘 Consumer Reports actually buys the test-vehicles anonymously, and performs more than 50 tests on each, including evaluations of braking, handling and comfort, among en elaborate array of tests and examinations. Consumer Reports’ testing team literally drives each vehicle for roughly 6,000 miles, in assessing the vehicle’s performance on the road in a wide variety of environments and road conditions.

🚘 Tesla Model S Ranks Best Overall Car for 2014 by Consumer Reports among 260 autos tested. Not only did Tesla Rank #1, Tesla scored a value of 99 the Highest Score ever Achieved in the Magazine’s 18 years of testing Cars.

🚘 Plus What’s Not to Like about Driving a Tesla Model-S Electric Car for 3¢/mile when Gasoline Cars cost over 16¢/mile, that’s over 500% more expensive.

🚘 Did I mention that Tesla has an iPhone App that will permit you to find the car with GPS that remains active even when the Car is parked and shut-down. The Tesla App will permit you to TURN-ON Tesla’s Air Conditioning system when the Car is parked and Locked.

🚘 With your Tesla, if you’re at a lunch meeting with car parked outdoors in the direct Sun in the summer time, you can use your iPhone Tesla App, Power-Up Tesla’s A/C System say 10 minutes before the end of your Luncheon, so that the Car is Cooled-down when you retrieve your Tesla from the parking lot. The App also permits you to Honk the Horn or Flash the Lights, to either scare away possible intruders, or as a visual or audio Tool so you can find your Car in Large Parking Lots2.

🚘 Steven Spielberg was recently spotted in Brentwood California driving the his Tesla Model S, an all electric automobile, while heading to a high powered Hollywood luncheon. Apparently, more and more celebrities find the Tesla an attractive vehicle and more importantly they love the fact that it is environmentally friendly.

🚘 It seems the famous 67 year-old screenwriter, producer, and business magnate left all the Porches and Maybachs and went for a Tesla model S. The Tesla is actually fits the famed director quite well as if we were to discuss the vehicle’s interior, we’ll come across a very science-fiction like cabin. The seats are cantilevered mounted onto a flat-floor, an uncluttered full-width floor space, making the Tesla S model’s interior quite unconventional.

🚘 Don’t know what TESLA is… In Physics Class we learned about the Tesla, but it wasn’t an unbelievable Electric Automobile. The video clip directly below is a demonstration of the Model-S getting a "battery-swap" at Service Centers to have this capability in 2015.

http://www.teslamotors.com/batteryswap

🚘 Don’t know what TESLA is… In Physics Class we learned about the Tesla Coil, a high-voltage frequency generator. The Tesla Coil is one of Nikola Tesla’s most famous invention in 1891.



Pleased you’re reading, with over 44,000 readers world-wide, gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time I publish a story the WordPress system will send a reminder to you with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

PharmacoGenetic Screening: Having been trained as a BioChemist, I have an avid interest in PharmacoGenetics DNA Screening.

Last year 2.2 million patients taking prescribed FDA Approved Drugs have experienced an Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR); of those 770,000 experienced an ADR requiring Hospitalization, and 180,000 of those patients the ADR was fatal. Genomic DNA Testing done only once in your Lifetime, will give Physicians valuable information guiding against a patient being prescribed FDA Approved medications that do not suit your Genomic variants.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

An early adopter of digital photography and with 3 decades of imaging experience, and very interested in the application of digital imaging technologies for the law enforcement community, including crime scene and evidence documentation, enhancement to support criminal investigation, and court room testimony.

My new writing project is titled, "Principles of Forensic Digital Photography and Post Image Processing, Encryption and Authentication," a comprehensive digital imaging reference for law enforcement, agency officials, crime lab directors, crime scene processors, officers of the court, and students of criminal justice. Development of this book requires careful examination of the technologies, optics, hardware, software, coupled with discipline-specific and environmental nuances in order to serve the target-markets.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

Anemometer for iPhone, Shaka’s device is truly Amazing ~ Measures Wind Speeds to 90mph, Wind Direction + Current Temps ~ Automatically Plots Precise Results on Dynamic Maps Globally â­â­â­â­ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŒ€ðŸŒ€ðŸŒ€

1372368256.jpg

🌀 Anemometer for iPhone, Shaka’s device is NOW Shipping ~ Accurately Measures Wind Speeds to 90mph ~ Current Temperature ~ Wind Direction ~ Automatically Plots Precise Results on Dynamic Maps globally with iPhone’s GPS capability. This plug-in device transforms your iPhone or iPad into a very accurate Wind Speed Anemometer; Another example of Independent Developers producing amazing tools, taking advantage of the iPhone’s Processing capability. As a Scientist by training, I’m “blown away” by this App+Device combination. (pardon the pun)

🌀 Shaka iPhone Anemometer, Wind Meter, plugs into your iPhone, iPad, or iPod headphone socket, and with the accompanying free Shaka App running, the iPhone records and displays wind-specific weather data, such as current and average wind speed, maximum wind gust, ambient temperature, and wind direction.

🌀 Historical Perspective. An Anemometer is a device for measuring wind speed, and is a common weather station instrument. The term is derived from the Greek word anemos, meaning wind, and is used to describe any airspeed measurement instrument used in meteorology or aerodynamics.

🌀 Leon Battista Alberti around 1450, credited as giving first known description of an anemometer. Anemometers can be divided into two classes: those that measure the wind’s speed, and those that measure the wind’s pressure; but as there is a close connection between the pressure and the speed, an anemometer designed for one will give information to calculate the other.

🌀 It’s been exactly 4 weeks from my last Shaka update. A quick overview of where Shaka stands with production and shipping. During the first half of June Shaka produced several test batches and found a few Imperfections that needed fixing before the full production runs. These were mostly related to the injection moulded parts like the casing and impeller (the rotating fan-like thingie) used. This took more time to tweak the production tools and re-cycle production than had been expected.

🌀 Shaka therefore is experiencing a two week delay with shipping the products out to, as compared to their initial plan. The latest plan for delivering the products: Shaka started shipping first products to their fulfillment-partners this week.

🌀 Shaka’s Fulfillment partner will be shipped out the iDevices on a first order first serve basis starting from next week, July 1st. Shipping of all the pre-orders from the warehouse will take in most cases approximately 1-2 weeks. Shipping to My Front Door will take another 2 to 7 days depending on location. I will get an email when my order has been shipped from the fulfillment house. Yeppee.

🌀 Shaka is an Estonian startup that has created a unique wind-meter accessory for iOS devices such as the iPhone or iPad. Due to start shipping in June, 2013, the battery-free Shaka Wind Meter plugs into an iPhone, or iPad’s headphone socket.

🌀 Combine the Wind Meter with the existing onboard sensors of Apple’s hardware and Shaka’s App, the device quickly measures, records and displays wind-specific weather data such as current and average wind speed, maximum wind gust, ambient temperature, and wind direction. All this Data is then submitted automatically to Shaka’s servers, where the Data is mapped to the exact location of the iPhone, using the GPS capability of the iPhone or iPad.

🌀 The device’s inspiration and intended use scenario, was to enable people who take part in wind-related sports, such as wind-surfers and kite-surfers, serfers, and boating to find favorable or unfavorable wind conditions. “Forecasts are often inaccurate and the coverage with stationary and connected stations is not good enough,” says Shaka co-founder Raigo Raamat. “We wanted to simplify the process of sharing actual wind conditions inside the community.”

🌀 Raigo Raamat and his two other co-founders, Jens Kasemets and Mihkel Güsson embarked on the project in 2011 they realised “many more communities” could benefit from a device that enabled a smart phone or tablet to be transformed into a “connected weather station” for either private use or for contributing to and accessing real-time crowd-sourced weather data. These range from academia, agriculture, emergency services, golfing, boating, and motor sports. “The measured wind results for all these uses differ, but common to all, they need mmojre precise weather measurement and location input,” says Raamat.

🌀 Shaka has ambitions beyond this wind-meter. Longer term, Shaka may graduate from the harware-focused accelerator HAXLR8R, plans to build what Raamat’s calling a platform for the world’s smallest weather station. “We’ll add barometric pressure and humidity sensors to achieve this goal. Eventually support will be delivered for Android devices,” he says. The startup’s ultimate target is expensive to formulate.

🌀 July 1st, 2013, the company is shipping this wind-meter, monetizing the hardware only. Shaka’s accompanying App is free. However, in the future the Shaka App will offer additional in-App Paid additional services. Shaka will be opening up the platform to partners who may want to develop other Apps on top of Shaka, that target various weather-related communities.




I am pleased you are reading this Article; our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, give motivation 📢 for new topics published every day. Spread the Word ~ Send our site 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe. Subscribing is secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/


Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, photo editing software, smart-phones, laptops, iPads, iPhones, related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable.


To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 22 million visits in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com. For Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com. If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital


When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

Apple Files Innovative Patents relating to Add-On Lens Attachments onto Next Generation iPhone Camera Lens Structure ðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽðŸŽ

1391025996.jpg

★ APPLE files Two New Patent Applications (that we discovered at the US Patent Office) showing how Apple may permit Future-iPhones users to expand their photographic capabilities with lens accessories. One concept describes a removable "back panel" which contains different camera options, and a second concept detailing how users may be permitted to attach magnetically, "Lens Modules" onto their iPhone’s camera lens structure, externally, to provide different focal-length options, for example, Telephoto Lens attachments, and a Wide-Angle Lens attachments.

★ Apple Filed Innovative Patents on January 28, 2014 relating to Add-On Lenses and Periscope Attachments onto APPLE iPhone Camera

★ The Patents refer to "Magnetic add-on lenses with alignment ridge" describes the means of attaching and holding accessory lenses to future iPhone models using strong magnetic attraction. Ceramic Magnets will keep the module firmly fixed and aligned to the iPhone external machined case-mechanism.

★ The Patent calls for what I would call a male and female "alignment ridge" that will firmly align and mechanically hold by s strong magnetic attraction of the lens attachment, maintaining a center-line position with respect to the optincal-center-line of the attached lens to that of the iPhone’s internal Camera optical center-line axis. The ridge will also serve as a Light-Trap, to prevent ambient light entering through the attachment location.

★ Apple has a long history of exploiting magnets for quick and easy attachment, and has used them among other things to replace latches in the closure devices for laptop screens, ‘MagSafe’ AC power connections and in the various ‘Smart’ covers available for its line of iPad tablet computers. Much more reliable than mechanical connectors for frequent use, magnets ‘just work’.

★ Patent 8,639,106 also offers some details on the possible ‘camera modules’ which might be attached to a future iPhone, including the tantalizing possibility that they might contain a ‘ring light and ‘multiple lens elements’ including ‘at least one moving element’. This element could be moved by a ‘voice coil motor’ to provide ‘various optical functions such as autofocus, lens zoom, anti-shake, or a combination of such functions’.

★ The patent application also mentions the capability for the attachment of a "periscopic low-profile multi-element lens" design for "lenses that require a longer optical path" that would otherwise project a substantial distance from the relatively compact iPhone.

★ Link to Apple Patent Application: http://tiny.cc/1dvgax

★ Years ago SONY originally used an internal "Periscopic Zoom" lens design that was fixed to the digital camera’s Imager, internally. The DSC-T500 which was released in August, 2008 was apparently SONY’s last "T" model digital camera.

★ Sony was the first and only enterprise to use the "Internal Optical Periscope" technology coupled to ZEISS zoom Lens designs. Apple is now Patenting a similar "Optical Periscope" technology, however an external. Therefore either the External Periscope version as an attachment is "different enough" from SONY’s technology, or SONY’s patent exclusivity time has run its course.

★ Personally, before smartphones, I carried a SONY DSC T10 in 2005, sporting a very thin multi-megapixel CCD imager capturing enough detail for photo-quality 8"x10" prints, with an optical zoom plus Super SteadyShot stabilization, Rear LCD display, High sensitivity (ISO 1000) settings.

★ The SONY T500 camera integrates a wide (16:9), 3.5-inch (measured diagonally), trans-reflective, touch panel LCD screen for easy navigation, framing and viewing in strong light conditions. It has a Carl Zeiss® 5x optical zoom lens with a wide field of view (33–165 mm, 35 mm equivalency).

★ The Sony T500 incorporates Optical SteadyShot™ image stabilization and high sensitivity settings up to ISO3200 helps combat blur and facilitate flash-free shooting for natural-exposed photos. The model also incorporates face detection technology, an intelligent function that automatically detects up to eight faces in the camera frame and adjusts focus, exposure and flash.


Pleased you’re reading, as our 38,000 readers world-wide, gives motivation as new topics published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time I publish a story the WordPress system {not I} sends a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

An early adopter of digital photography and with 3 decades of imaging experience, and very interested in the application of digital imaging technologies for the law enforcement community, including crime scene and evidence documentation, enhancement to support criminal investigation, and court room testimony.

My new writing project is titled, "Principles of Forensic Digital Photography and Post Image Processing, Encryption and Authentication," a comprehensive digital imaging reference for law enforcement, agency officials, crime lab directors, crime scene processors, officers of the court, and students of criminal justice. Development of this book requires careful examination of the technologies, optics, hardware, software, coupled with discipline-specific and environmental nuances in order to serve the target-markets.

Are you Interested ? Here is the Link:
http://www.indiegogo.com/projects/principles-of-forensic-digital-photography

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

KEYSTONE PipeLine ~ Everything You Want to Know – But were Afraid to Ask ~ A Tell ALL Story Provides the FACTS rather than the Political Speak ~ Plus a Few Words on Climate Change ðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒ

1399340213.jpg

KEYSTONE PipeLine: Do you want to know what’s going on, however have been Afraid to Ask, because of the emotional responses from the politicalization of this issue.

I’m delivering what is believed to be a “Tell ALL Story” providing FACTS rather than PPP, Partisan Political Puffery. PPP on both sides, tend to exaggerate certain elements of the discussion and select narrow statistical samples to make partisan political points, even if the results are illogical, giving erroneous conclusions.

🌐 Currently, President Obama recently (April, 2014) announced another delay with his approval for the construction of Keystone XL, a pipeline that will safely bring crude-oil sourced in Canada to our US refineries, even though the State Department has given its clearance for Keystone in five separate reports.

🌐 It’s no major insight to say that Obama’s decision was purely about politics. Specifically his desire to placate green-interests still caught up in what liberals call a “global warming” delusion. Its been reported that several “green” contributors have pledged $100 million to Democratic Senate Mid-term candidates in effort to help their re-election in November, 2014. Wow, if there ever was a reason to not re-elect a candidate, this is it.

🌐 Another case of “Forget whats best for the Country.” Apparently politics is more important than the 40,000 jobs that the Keystone Pipeline would create to fabricate the Pipes & Valves, plus the efficiency, safety, and speed of piping Oil rather than truck and rail south to the refineries in Louisiana and Texas, regardless of the party who’s bowing to the wishes of the special-interests.

🌐 It may be said that the pipeline should be built. Private businesses should be reasonably free to act in ways without unnecessary Federal government interference, assuming reasonable measures for public safety. That any presidential administration can block a private commercial project, approved by State Legislature(s) speaks to problems well beyond the delay of this pipeline. This should concern anyone who cares about growth, generally the result of economic freedom.

🌐 Let’s mention that the US already contains over 185,000 miles of existing OIL Pipelines, where the Keystone pipeline of some 2000 miles represents a 1.08% increase in this infrastructure. Plus let’s not forget that there are about 2,200,000 miles Natural Gas pipelines all over the US providing refined petroleum energy for heating, cooking, automotive, and other industrial uses.

🌐 Do the Math: How does 2000 miles of the new Keystone pipeline measures-up against the existing 2,385,000 miles of petroleum pipelines of crude and refined products: 2000 miles of new pipeline divided by 2.385 million miles of existing infrastructure, equates to an Increase of +0.0838% to the existing US pipelines infrastructure, (Yes, that’s 8 hundredths of One Percent).

🌐 All that said while the politicians and the partisans are arguing for or against the Keystone pipeline
(1) there have been more than 10,000 miles of other US Pipelines constructed, while this is being argued
(2) there’s a lot of mythology and misguided emotion informing the pro-Keystone and con-Keystone sides of the debate
(3) Just as the global warming crowd has hurt its credibility with its absurd claims about our developed-world that will soon be “under water” absent a substantial reduction of carbon emissions
(4) likewise the Keystone advocates weaken their case with overdone talk about the wonders of the pipeline.

🌐 Let’s speak of the notion that oil and its byproducts are bad for the earth. Let’s not forget, oil is of the earth, ancient, prehistoric plant and animal remains buried millions of years ago below its surface; so it’s silly to act as though it’s harmful to Earth, as it’s part of Earth.

🌐 As to carbon emissions and their environmental impact… the truth is, human-caused global warming and the supposed perils of it, remain a theory as opposed to fact. To make an environmental case for Keystone of this kind is to lend credence to unproven theories that spread falsehoods.

🌐 I learned years ago, being trained in petroleum-chemistry and fractional-distillation of hydrocarbons, each earthly Volcanic eruption spews more toxins in Earth’s atmosphere, than 100 years worth of Human interventions, our use of Oil, Gasoline for industry, automobiles, SUV’s, trucks, aircraft and trains.

🌐 In the early 1970’s the anti-industry folks were screaming of “Global Cooling” where our planet will no longer be capable of growing crops and we’d all starve. Notice the Magazine Covers of that period. Sooner or Later the American Public will wakeup and smell the SB these Politicians are spewing.

🌐 Did you ever wonder why many University Doctorates opine to some of these theories of Global Warming in the face of years of very Cold, record setting cold temperatures… the answer is rests in a Five letter word: GRANT, as in Government Grants.

🌐 If the government wants a PhD to testify or opine in a petition, confirming the existing talking-point of global warming, the University Faculty member is encouraged to do so or risk loosing that Grant ($80 million government grant to study the life-cycle of a yellow spotted beetle, for example).

🌐 What’s the Alternative, Trains: Here is what can happen when Oil is transported by Rain: Platts confirmed CSX Corporation’s train that exploded in Lynchburg, Virginia was carrying sweet crude obtained via hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”) in North Dakota’s Bakken Shale basin. CSX CEO Michael Ward has also confirmed this to Bloomberg.

🌐 Sources said the train was carrying Bakken crude from North Dakota and was headed to Plains All American’s terminal in Yorktown,” Platts explained. “The Yorktown facility can unload 130,000 Drums( 55 Gallon Drums) of crude and is located on the site of Plains oil product terminal.”

🌐 In January, the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration issued a Safety Alert concluding Bakken crude is more flammable than heavier oils. Hence the term “bomb trains.” However, any train containing 50 to 100 Tank-Cars holding 34,500 gallons of unrefined flammable petrochemicals containing a variety of Toxins, representing 3,450,000 gallons.

🌐 Exxon Valdez oil spill occurred in Prince William Sound, Alaska, on March 24, 1989, when Exxon Valdez, an oil tanker bound for Long Beach, California, struck Prince William Sound’s Bligh Reef at 12:04am local time and spilled roughly 260,000 barrels of crude oil over several days. For reference 260,000 barrels of crude oil equates to 14.3 million gallons. It is considered to be one of the most devastating human-caused environmental disasters.

🌐 Captain Joseph Hazelwood, reported to have been drinking heavily that night, was not at the controls when the ship struck the reef. Investigative reporter Greg Palast stated in 2008, “Forget the drunken skipper fable. As to Captain Joe Hazelwood, he was below decks, sleeping off his bender. At the helm, the third mate never would have collided with Bligh Reef had he looked at his RAYCAS radar. However the RADAR was Not turned on. Sadly the tanker’s radar was broken and disabled for more than a year.

🌐 Think about it, millions of gallons of highly flammable, toxic unrefined petrochemicals running through thousands of miles of rural and major US cities every day, at risk of accident, if one Fool parks a Car or Truck on the RxR track, causing tens of thousands or millions of gallons of Crude poisoning the Air and Aquifer.

🌐 At least 50,000 gallons, probably underestimated as each tank-car holds 34,500 gallons of fuel, of the oil headed to Yorktown are now spilled and burning, according to ABC 13 in Lynchburg. Some of it has spilled into the James River, as previously reported on DeSmogBlog. A maps available on CSX’s website (and in this article) displaying the routes for its crude-by-rail trains offers a clear indication of where the train was headed.

🌐 For the record, a typical US DOT-111 tank car, CTC-111A in Canada, is an unpressurized tank-car used in North America. Tanks built to this specification must be circular in cross section, with elliptical, formed heads set convex outward, requiring a metallic-plate thickness of 7⁄16 inch (11.1 mm) and a maximum capacity of 34,500 US gallons (131,000 liters). Tanks may be constructed of carbon steel, aluminum alloy, high alloy steel or nickel plated steel assembled by fusion welding.

🌐 The Bottom Line: OIL will continue to be imported from Canada, at levels representing about 42% of US total imports every day, Canada being the largest US import source. Presently, Canadian Crude Oil is transported by Truck and Rail through hundreds of rural and urban Cities every day, in route to the major refineries in Louisiana and Texas. The safest way to transport these flammable and toxic materials is by Pipeline.

🌐 Careful evaluation of the Risks of Transportation of Hazardous Materials have been summarized by ROAD, RAILWAY, and PIPELINE. The graphic below shows the Level of Incidents using a common mathematical unit of Billion of Ton-Mile Shipment, a unit standardized by the US Department of Transportation. In sum this study conducted for a five year period from 2005 through 2009 shows that Toxic Fuels transported by

(A) ROAD Incident Value of 19.95
(B) RAILWAY Incident Value of 2.08
(C) PIPELINE Incident Value of 0.58

🌐 Risks of Transportation of Hazardous Materials have been summarized by ROAD, RAILWAY, and PIPELINE, interpreting the results of the 5 year study ending 2009. Let’s make the comparisons using ROAD highest incident method of transportation. Since transporting toxic, flammable hydrocarbons by Road has the highest incident rate, we will use 19.95 as the value in making comparisons

(A) ROAD Incident Value of 19.95 represents the value used in making comparisons

(B) RAILWAY Incident Value of 2.08 represents 10.4% of the number of ROAD incidents

(C) PIPELINE Incident Value of 0.58 represents 2.9% of the number ROAD incidents

🌐 Risks of Transportation of Hazardous Materials have been summarized by ROAD, RAILWAY, and PIPELINE, interpreting the results of the 5 year study ending 2009. Let’s invert the comparisons using PIPELINE, the lowest incident method of transportation. Since transporting toxic, flammable hydrocarbons by PIPELINE has the Lowest incident rate, we will use 0.58 as the value in making comparisons

(A) ROAD Incident Value of 19.95 represents 3440% more incidents than PIPELINE incidents

(B) RAILWAY Incident Value of 2.08 represents 359% greater incidents of PIPELINE incidents

(C) PIPELINE Incident Value of 0.58 represents the value used in making comparisons

🌐 In sum, one would think that the Environmentalists would be carrying Signs promoting Keystone, by far the Safest method for transporting Crude Oil. Rather than forcing the continued use of substantially higher risk methods of transporting crude to Texas.

🌐 Knowing the Environmentalists would prefer No use of Oil and Gasoline, converting to Solar and Wind is not a realistic immediate alternative. Converting an industrialized civilization from Oil and Gasoline will take many decades to accomplish. However, in the mean time, lets be as safe as possible in transporting Crude Oil within America.



Pleased you’re reading, with our 50,000 readership world-wide, gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, Post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential; Every time I publish a story the WordPress system will send a reminder (no Ads please) to you with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

PharmacoGenetic Screening: Having been trained in Molecular Biology and BioChemistry, I have an avid interest in PharmacoGenetics and DNA Screening. Patients that have been screened, have a 99% better result when Doctors prescribe FDA medications, taking into account your unique genetic profile.

Last year over 2,200,000 patients taking properly prescribed FDA Approved Drugs, experienced Adverse Drug Reactions (ADR); of those millions 770,000 experienced an avoidable ADR requiring Hospitalization, and 100,000 of those 700,000 patients, the ADRs resulted in fatalities, more than triple the number of Highway deaths in the USA. Genomic DNA Testing done once in one’s Lifetime, will give Physicians valuable information guiding them in prescribed FDA Approved medications taking into account the patients unique genetic profile.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24,630,000 visits as of May 1, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

Apple iPad-Pro ~ a 12.9″ iPad is VERY Ready for Prime Time Challenging the 13″ to 15″ PC, LapTop and the Education Market🍎🍎🍎🍎🍎🍎🍎

1409238601.jpg

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro ~ a 12.9″ iPad is VERY Ready for Prime Time Challenging the 13″ to 15″ PC, LapTop and the Education Market.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro is reported to be designed as a 12.9″ iPad “Retina” high resolution display, (recall the traditional iPad 5 with its 9.7″ retina-display, and iPad-mini retina display with its 7.9″ display) iOS system.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro, the larger sized 12.9″ iPad is directly targeting 13″ 14″ and 15″ PC LapTops, Desk PCs, and Education.

🍎 Apple iPad-Pro, the larger 12.9″ display is perfect for Academic Text Books used in Schools and Universities. Apparently, the iPad Pro is a legitimate product rumor as now several others are touting this Apple New Product, the iPad Pro.

Admittedly, I’m part of the rumor problem; however, I must admit that yours truly, standing alone wrote about this topic several years ago. My writing then was not a product rumor, as the article was written about an Apple product that I wanted for my work-flow. Folks that know me are aware that I do 95% of everything I do on my iPad mini. However, if Apple delivers a super-charged 12.9″ iPad retina, I’ll be in great shape to do my image editing.

🍎 APPLE Please take Note: The one thing that I miss from the iOS7 world is the lack of a real-file system, where I can find, search, retrieve particular FILE or Image. Presently I have to recall which APP was used to create or edit a file, then I have to go to that APP to find the File or Image

🍎 Apple delivering larger 12.9″ display is a perfect size to compete with 13″, 14″, 15″ laptops and many desktop computers, yet maintain the minimalistic footprint, plus the likely coupling to a LOGITECH UltraThin bluetooth Keyboard.

🍎 Think about it, a large display iPad with an amazingly fast full featured iOS8, relatively inexpensive touch-screen design, coupled with a voluminous inventory of Application Software Apps, all optimized for Apple’s dynamic display that is Tough-Screen. Apple’s history has delivered Laptops in various sizes to meet the “Portability” requirements of their users, like 11″, 13″, 15″ and 17″ MacBooks. So it makes common sense that iPads could come in three flavors: 7.9″, 9.7″ and 12.9″ iPads.

🍎 More Industry sources close to the production line and familiar with Apple’s product roadmap say that a 12.9″ display is in the works for a product that may be called the iPad Pro. Apple is reportedly already talking to potential supply-line manufacturers to create this humungous display which is set to be released perhaps October, 2014.

🍎 Apple is reportedly is planning to launch a much larger iPad with a higher resolution screen next year, 2014. Sources familiar with the matter told Chinese website “Pad News” that Apple and its Chinese partner Foxconn Technology Co., Ltd are testing 5 different prototypes of 12.9″ iPads. These larger sized iPads may feature 2K and 4K resolutions.

🍎 New iPads may sport double the resolution of iPad Air. Reliable sources say Apple may launch the larger-screen iPad Pro by April 2014. An iPad Pro may launch with a 4K resolution 12.9″ display to hit the market in October, 2014 when the Cupertino-based company updates its product cycle. The current iPad Air with 9.7″ display has 2,048-by-1,536 pixel, or 264 dpi resolution. This display resolution already falls in the 2K category. By definition the Long-Side horizontal resolution of 2000 pixels is referred to 2K, for 2 thousand.

🍎 Chinese Sources said that an iPad may be built with a 4K resolution would likely have a resolution of 4096 x 3072, exactly double the horizontal resolution of iPad Air which is 2,048 pixels. In order to maintain the same “aspect-ratio” of the iPad Air, then the Vertical dimension would also have to be doubled to 3072 pixels. If this occurred, then the new iPad Pro would have 400% more pixels spread within the 12.9″ display. The new iPad Pro is also rumored to sport 397dpi pixel density, compared to the iPad Air’s 264dpi.

🍎 Apple will likely actively target 13” PC ultrabooks and notebooks, with the iPad Pro, or whatever Apple chooses to name it, by providing the device with better portability, better battery life, and comparable screen real estate for productivity applications.

🍎 Another target for the 12.9” iPad, is the educational market, enabling a beautifully display of digital-textbooks. This bigger display is better suited to replace traditional textbooks, just from a size stand point, and Apple with its supply-line partners, are also developing a new display technologies with less weight and less glare, more suited for use in classrooms.

🍎 Many are now speaking of a 12.9″ iPad, with or without an Apple ClamShell. Being full of suggestions, so whats next in the pipeline… Lets create a iPad-Maxi which would have the appearance similar to the MAC Book Air, but that is where the similarly ends.

🍎 This new iPad Pro, is a portable or desktop computing “game changer” as it employs the Apple iOS amazingly efficient operating system; that’s right… NOT an OSX laptop, but an iOS6 or iOS7 operating system platform, housed in a “super-charged” iPad-pro with a huge 12.9″ maxi-display.

🍎 Using an exterior similar to the MacBook Air’s foot-print, the iPad Pro would be “supercharged iPad” with:

🍎 Touch-Screen Retina-Display, designed to challenge the Post PC traditional 13″ to 15″ LapTop computers

🍎 Apple 12.9″; iPad optionally housed within the clam-shell lid, by the After Market.

🍎 Key Board, using Apple’s world famous bluetooth keyboard, build into the clam-shell’s bottom shell.

🍎 360˚ Hinge. A new clam-shell optional design to have a 360˚ hinge.

🍎 Perhaps Apple will leave the ClamShell feature to the AfterMarketeers like LOGITECH and CLAMCASE.

🍎 The iPas Pro would redefine the Laptop, just as the Apple iPad redefined the Tablet

🍎 In my humble opinion, Apple gets the message that Computing these days is more to do with Communications than Calculations, knowing the present day PC laptop sales are eroding with the iPad. Folks love the iPad’s Communications, Visuals, Web Browsing, Pictures & Video Viewing capabilities, combined with a very compact, light weight design.

🍎 As the transition from the PC to the iPad becomes more profound, and if the iPad Pro is a super-charged robust iPad, as many more Windows PC’ers would migrate to Apple; Conversly, If you want a more compact device the iPad Air footprint is perfect, as I presently have with Belkin’s Ultimate Keyboard Case, discussed in another Article. If you want more horsepower, then the iPad-Pro described below would satisfy this need; want even more power then the MAC Book Air is it… Want even more Power, then the MAC Book Pro answers this need…

🍎 Apple’s MAC laptops are designed with 4 Display sizes: 11″, 13″, 15″, 17″. It is surely reasonable to have the iPad in 3 Display sizes, to serve eveyone’s needs. Apple in April, 2010 Apple released the initial iPad with what Apple believed to be the “Optimal 9.7″ Display; Within 24 months the iPad grew to sales of about 50 million iPads/year.

🍎 November, 2012 Apple met the demand for a more-compact iPad Display, when it released the iPad mini; The iPad-mini’s is having incredible success; The iPad Air and the iPad-mini combined sales are about 65 million iPads/year.

🍎 Apple in 2014 may be considering the opportunity of a One-Size-Up to a 12.9″ Display from the original iPad’s 9.7″ Display. After all once the design of the iPad’s “Internal Electronic Package” is a complete package; however, an evolving package, configuring 3-iPad footprints is a “relatively” easy task: 3-Enclosures, 3-Displays, 3-LiON Batteries, all housing the “Internal Electronic Package.” Leave it to the “After Market” enterprises to fill in the balance of Covers, Cases, Keyboard Cases…

🍎 Not sure which size iPad or alternative to get for yourself, here is a simple decision-tree to help you along the way.


Lets have a “Super-Charged” iPad…. the iPad-Pro:

🔷 more Hardware Connectivity, Lightning plus a Standard SD Picture Card slot

🔷 more Memory say 4GB,

🔷 more Storage say 128GB base the storage, 128GB add $100, 256GB add $200. Memory is inexpensive, so give the folks a good chunk of it.

🔷 more Connectivity say LTEx, LTE, 4G and 3G Cellular, optional $130 radio package to the WiFi a/b/g/n/ac bands

🔷 faster Processor say 3GHz, coupled to

🔷 more Real Estate: 12.9″ Touch-Screen Retina Display.

🔷 Larger Footprint with an Optonal 360° Hinged ClamShell provided by the After Market, where the iPad-Pro snaps into the top-shell, similar to the ClamCase design for the iPad-Air.

🔷 Improved Mathematics & Calculating capacity and VIDEO processing engine to the traditional iPad.

🔷 Pricing for the Base model $599 which includes 64GB storage, 2GB RAM, A8 Processor at 3GHz, and priced up to $999 for the fully loaded 128GB, LTE/Cellular version.

🔷 I will be saving my dollars for the $999 iPad Pro for sure.

🔷 My plan, may be selling my iPad mini Retina, with 128GH to Gazelle, to help defray the cost of the iPad Pro. OR I may retain the “MINI” to have the very portable iPad mini retina, and the much larger iPad Pro for those more intense Image Editing, Video jobs, Spreadsheets, or simply a very portable table-top iPad Pro, adding a bluetooth keyboard.


🔷 http://www.slashgear.com/iphone-5s-retina-2-and-ipad-maxi-the-latest-apple-rumor-grist-28283897/#disqus_thread


🔷 http://www.etnews.com/news/device/device/2774001_1479.html#ystfuv



Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse readership of over 61,000 and growing by 1000/week, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named “Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing” as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a “Health Nut” for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its “HOT SPOT” capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

 

Global Warming ~ Global Cooling ~ Climate Change ~ Keystone PipeLine ~ Everything You Want to Know But were Afraid to Ask ~ the FACTS no Political Speak ðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒðŸŒ

1399824422.jpg

🌐 The KEYSTONE PipeLine, Global Warming Global Cooling, Climate Change, I discuss everything you ever wanted to know, but were afraid to speak of it or ask questions. Do you want to know what’s going on, however have been intimidated by the partisans, the emotional responses from the politicalization of these issues.

🌐 Truth is, its all about the science. In the mid 1970’s the politicians boasted of Global Cooling, everything will freeze because of the emissions by Big Businesses and their Plants, Factories, and Fossil Fuels. Forty years later, the same groups were scaring the population in 2010 about Global Warming, the melting of the Polar Ice Cap, where we will all drown with the rising Oceans. This “Warming” mantra is being preached for 6 years;

🌐 However, all the deluded salesmen of the junk science known by the politically correct, the “climate change’’ team, who see a near future in which our entire planet turns HOT. No… wait during the polar vortex that hit the country like a really hard cold slap in the face in April, 2014 all 50 of the United States, including Washington, DC, Florida and Hawaii recorded temperatures below freezing. Atlanta and elsewhere in early Spring, were experiencing dramatic blizzard conditions. The Global Warming folks were struggling to defend their “science” in light of what our lying eyes could easily see.

🌐 At one Al Gore’s European Tours, he states the “entire North Polar Ice cap will be gone in five years,’’ Gore, now 65, told a German TV audience in 2008. Wrong. In fact, receding Arctic Ice rebounded between 2010 and 2013, growing by more than 50% into an unbroken patch more than half the size of Europe, greater than what it was 30 years ago, according to the National Snow and Ice Data Center. Notice the satellite imagery at left.

🌐 Last month near the South Pole, a Russian ship carrying Global Warming Scientists and a few tourists traveled to the bottom of the Earth, the South Pole, so these passengers might document the effects of global warming and the shrinking ice caps. Oooops, the ship got stuck on the very Thick Ice; The Ice was thicker than at any time since such records began being kept.

🌐 The Global Warming folks were airlifted to safety by helicopter, leaving behind a heard of confused penguins. And — whoops! — The “climate scientists” (you know, those PhDs at liberal Universities on Government Grants, that want to have their Grant fundings renewed) finally conceded last year, 2013, that the Earth’s surface-temperature stopped rising in 1997. (Or did the temps take a temporary “pause,’’ as the Global Warmies say, trying to adhear to their absurd talking-points). In fact, the Earth’s climate-cycle will continue its cooling trends for years, globally cooling perhaps into the early 2030’s.

🌐 In looking at the Global Temperatures over the last 100 years, it was warmer in 1940, 41, 42 than in 1980, 81, 82… Do you think there were more Factories, SUV’s, and Fossil Fueled vehicles, 70 years ago than in the 1980’s? NOT!

🌐 President Obama recently (April, 2014) announced another delay with his approval for the construction of Keystone XL, a pipeline that (eventually) will safely transport crude-oil sourced in Canada to our US refineries, even though the US State Department and all the State Governments hosting the pipeline, have given their clearances for Keystone in numerous separate reports and surveys.

🌐 It’s no major insight to say that Obama’s decision was purely about politics. Specifically his desire to placate the “green-interests” still caught up in what liberals call a “global warming” delusion. Its been reported that several “green” WallStreet contributors have pledged $100 million to Democratic Senate Mid-term candidates in effort to help their re-election in November, 2014, in exchange for stopping the pipeline. Wow, if there ever was a reason to not re-elect a candidate, this is it.

🌐 Another case of “Forget what’s best for the Country.” Apparently politics IS More important than the 40,000 jobs that the Keystone Pipeline would create to install, fabricate the Pipes & Valves, plus the efficiency, safety, and speed of piping Oil rather than Trucking Oil and Railing Oil (both higher risk transporting methods) south to the refineries in Louisiana and Texas, regardless of the party who’s bowing to the wishes of the special-interests.

🌐 It may be said that the pipeline should be built. Private businesses should be able to reasonably act, without unnecessary Federal government interference, assuming reasonable measures for public safety are followed. That any presidential administration can block a private commercial project, approved by all the State Legislatures speaks to problems well beyond the delay of the Keystone XL pipeline. This should concern anyone who cares about growth and prosperity, generally the result of economic freedom.

🌐 Let’s mention that the US already contains over 185,000 miles of existing OIL Pipelines, where the Keystone pipeline of some 2000 (new) miles represents a 1.08% increase in the pipeline infrastructure. Let’s not forget that there are about 2,200,000 miles Natural Gas pipelines all over the US providing refined petroleum energy for heating, cooking, automotive, and other industrial uses.

🌐 Do the Math: How does 2000 miles of the new Keystone pipeline measures-up against the existing 2,385,000 miles of petroleum pipelines of crude and refined products: 2000 miles of new pipeline divided by 2.385 million miles of existing infrastructure, equates to an Increase of +0.0838% to the existing US pipelines infrastructure, (Yes, that’s 8 hundredths of One Percent).

🌐 All that said while the politicians and the partisans are arguing for or against the Keystone pipeline
(1) there have been more than 10,000 miles of other US Pipelines constructed, while this is being argued
(2) there’s a lot of mythology and misguided emotion infuriating the pro-Keystone and con-Keystone sides of the debate
(3) Just as the global warming crowd has hurt its credibility with its absurd claims about our developed-world that will soon be “under water” absent a substantial reduction of carbon emissions
(4) likewise the Keystone advocates weaken their case with overdone talk about the wonders of the pipeline.

🌐 Let’s speak of the notion that oil and its byproducts are bad for the earth. Let’s not forget, oil is of the earth, ancient, prehistoric plant and animal remains buried millions of years ago below its surface; so it’s silly to act as though it’s harmful to Earth, as it’s part of Earth.

🌐 As to carbon emissions and their environmental impact… the truth is, human-caused global warming and the supposed perils of it, remain a theory as opposed to fact. To make an environmental case for Keystone of this kind is to lend credence to unproven theories that spread falsehoods.

🌐 I learned years ago, being trained in petroleum-chemistry and fractional-distillation of hydrocarbons, an earthly Volcanic eruption, like Mount St Helens in 1980, Portland Oregon, spewed more toxins in Earth’s atmosphere, than 100 years worth of Human interventions, use of Oil, Gasoline, for industry, automobiles, SUV’s, trucks, aircraft and trains…

🌐 In the early 1970’s the anti-industry folks were screaming of “Global Cooling” where our planet will no longer be capable of growing crops and we’d all starve. Notice the Magazine Covers of that period (1976 and 1977). Sooner or Later the American Public will wakeup and smell the SB these Politicians are spewing.

🌐 Did you ever wonder why many University Doctorates opine to some of these theories of Global Warming in the face of years of very Cold, record setting cold temperatures… the answer rests in a Five letter word: GRANT, as in Government Grants.

🌐 If the government wants a PhD to testify or opine in a petition, confirming the existing talking-point of global warming, the University Faculty members are encouraged to do so, or risk loosing those Grants (like an $80 million government grant to study the life-cycle of a yellow spotted beetle…)

🌐 What’s the Alternative, Trains: Here is what can happen when Oil is transported by Rail: Platts confirmed CSX Corporation’s Train that exploded in Lynchburg, Virginia was carrying sweet crude obtained via hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”) in North Dakota’s Bakken Shale basin. CSX CEO Michael Ward has also confirmed this to Bloomberg.

🌐 Sources said the train was carrying Bakken crude from North Dakota and was headed to Plains All American’s terminal in Yorktown,” Platts explained. “The Yorktown facility can unload 130,000 Drums (55 Gallon Drums) of crude and is located on the site of Plains oil product terminal.”

🌐 In January, the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration issued a Safety Alert concluding that the Bakken crude is more flammable than heavier oils. Hence the term “bomb trains.” However, any train containing 50 to 100 Tanker-Cars each holding 34,500 gallons of unrefined flammable petrochemicals containing a variety of Toxins, representing 3,450,000 gallons.

🌐 Exxon Valdez oil spill occurred in Prince William Sound, Alaska, on March 24, 1989, when Exxon Valdez, an oil tanker bound for Long Beach, California, struck Prince William Sound’s Bligh Reef at 12:04am local time and spilled roughly 260,000 barrels of crude oil over several days. For reference 260,000 barrels of crude oil equates to 14.3 million gallons. It is considered to be one of the most devastating human-caused environmental disasters.

🌐 Captain Joseph Hazelwood, reported to have been drinking heavily that night, was not at the controls when the ship struck the reef. Investigative reporter Greg Palast stated in 2008, “Forget the drunken skipper fable. As to Captain Joe Hazelwood, he was below decks, sleeping off his bender. At the helm, the third mate never would have collided with Bligh Reef had he looked at his RAYCAS radar. However the RADAR was Not turned on. Sadly the tanker’s radar was broken and disabled for more than a year.

🌐 Think about it, millions of gallons of highly flammable, toxic unrefined petrochemicals running through thousands of miles of rural streets and through major US cities every day, at risk of accident, if one Fool parks a Car or Truck on the RxR track, causing tens of thousands or millions of gallons of Crude poisoning the Air and Aquifer.

🌐 At least 50,000 gallons, probably underestimated as each tank-car holds 34,500 gallons of fuel, of the oil headed to Yorktown are now spilled and burning, according to ABC 13 in Lynchburg. Some of it has spilled into the James River, as previously reported on DeSmogBlog. A maps available on CSX’s website (and in this article) displaying the routes for its crude-by-rail trains offers a clear indication of where the train was headed.

🌐 For the record, a typical US DOT-111 tank car, CTC-111A in Canada, is an unpressurized tank-car used in North America. Tanks built to this specification must be circular in cross section, with elliptical, formed heads set convex outward, requiring a metallic-plate thickness of 7⁄16 inch (11.1 mm) and a maximum capacity of 34,500 US gallons (131,000 liters). Tanks may be constructed of carbon steel, aluminum alloy, high alloy steel or nickel plated steel assembled by fusion welding.

🌐 The Bottom Line: OIL will continue to be imported from Canada, at levels representing about 42% of US total imports every day, Canada being the largest US import source. Presently, Canadian Crude Oil is transported by Truck and Rail through hundreds of rural and urban Cities every day, in route to the major refineries in Louisiana and Texas. The safest way to transport these flammable and toxic materials is by Pipeline.

🌐 Careful evaluation of the Risks of Transportation of Hazardous Materials have been summarized by ROAD, RAILWAY, and PIPELINE. The graphic below shows the Level of Incidents using a common mathematical unit of Billion of Ton-Mile Shipment, a unit standardized by the US Department of Transportation. In sum this study was conducted for a five year period from 2005 through 2009 shows that Toxic Fuels transported by

(A) ROAD Incident Value of 19.95
(B) RAILWAY Incident Value of 2.08
(C) PIPELINE Incident Value of 0.58

🌐 Risks of Transportation of Hazardous Materials have been summarized by ROAD, RAILWAY, and PIPELINE, interpreting the results of the 5 year study ending 2009. Let’s make the comparisons using ROAD highest incident method of transportation. Since transporting toxic, flammable hydrocarbons by Road has the highest incident rate, we will use 19.95 as the value in making comparisons

(A) ROAD Incident Value of 19.95 represents the value used in making comparisons

(B) RAILWAY Incident Value of 2.08 represents 10.4% of the number of ROAD incidents

(C) PIPELINE Incident Value of 0.58 represents 2.9% of the number ROAD incidents

🌐 Risks of Transportation of Hazardous Materials have been summarized by ROAD, RAILWAY, and PIPELINE, interpreting the results of the 5 year study ending 2009. Let’s invert the comparisons using PIPELINE, the lowest incident method of transportation. Since transporting toxic, flammable hydrocarbons by PIPELINE has the Lowest incident rate, lets use 0.58 as the baseline value in making these comparisons

(A) ROAD Incident Value of 19.95 represents 3440% more incidents than PIPELINE incidents

(B) RAILWAY Incident Value of 2.08 represents 359% greater incidents of PIPELINE incidents

(C) PIPELINE Incident Value of 0.58 represents the baseline value used in making comparisons above.

🌐 In sum, one would think that the Environmentalists would be carrying Signs promoting Keystone, by far the Safest method for transporting Crude Oil. Rather than forcing the continued use of substantially higher risk methods of transporting crude to Texas.

🌐 Knowing the Environmentalists would prefer No use of Oil and Gasoline, converting to Solar and Wind is not a realistic immediate alternative. Converting an industrialized civilization away from Oil and Gasoline will take many decades to accomplish. However, in the mean time, lets be as safe as possible in transporting Crude Oil within America.



Pleased you’re reading, with our 51,000 readership world-wide, gives motivation as new topics are published every day. Spread the Word to your friends, family, and associates; Forward the link below, Post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, Anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential; Every time I publish a story the WordPress system will send a reminder (no Ads please) to you with a link to my new Story: http://FAU4U2.WordPress.com/

PharmacoGenetic Screening: Having been trained in Molecular Biology and BioChemistry, I have an avid interest in PharmacoGenetics and DNA Screening. Patients that have been screened, have a 99% better result when Doctors prescribe FDA medications, taking into account your unique genetic profile.

Last year over 2,200,000 patients taking properly prescribed FDA Approved Drugs, experienced Adverse Drug Reactions (ADR); of those millions 770,000 experienced an avoidable ADR requiring Hospitalization, and 100,000 of those 700,000 patients, the ADRs resulted in fatalities, more than triple the number of Highway deaths in the USA. Genomic DNA Testing done once in one’s Lifetime, will give Physicians valuable information guiding them in prescribed FDA Approved medications taking into account the patients unique genetic profile.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24,630,000 visits as of May 1, 2014: http://www.416-1100.com.

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release April, 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, (I sold my iPad 4 to Gazelle.com) applied the proceeds to purchase the "mini" with 128GB of Storage, AT&T connectivity, plus added Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover, and an ACME MADE San Francisco rubberized thin slip-over protective case. This thin package actually fits into my trousers pocket.

Canon EF 14-24 f/2.8L exists in prototypes, seen in the field, US Patent Filed, Canon Ready for Production ðŸ˜ŠðŸ˜ŠðŸ˜ŠðŸŒðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜ŽðŸ˜Ž

1386425255.jpg

🔠 Canon EF 14-24 f/2.8L exists in prototypes, and seen in the field, rumors have it… However, Patent Diagrams and Patent filings are not Rumors; Patents are the beginning of a very long path to an actual product release. The Factory folks have to price the Lens Formula, Canon financial analysts have to determine the overall Cost to Deliver, Canon Marketing team determines client need, and suitable retail delivery price. Once these Key steps are assembled, Canon’s Executive team decides IF to proceed, or WHEN to go into production. It is believed that in the scheme of things Canon is at the WHEN segment of the product flow-chart.

🔠 Canon EF 14-24 f/2.8L Rumors are getting Louder and Louder. Since Nikon and Sigma have had this Focal Length formula built into zoom lenses for quite some time, it is Now time for Canon to get with the program. Recent chatter indicates that this lens will likely be a 2014 item, possible announcement early in the year.

🔠 One may ask, and to be sure Canon has asked their field-engineers, is it really necessary to have the wide portion of the zoom go to 14mm. When one mounts an ultra wide zoom, like the 16-35mm f2.8L onto a Full Frame Canon 5D3, when at zooming from 20mm to 16mm, renders an amazing change in perspective. Being able to zoom further to 14mm would be amazing. Today we have to change lenses, placing the 14mm L Prime into action. For HD Video, News, Journalism, 14-24mm zooms will be the “steady Eddy” always mounted lens.

🔠 Is Canon going wider with a New very-high quality ultra-wide “L” zoom lens…That is the Question for 2014. Having learned of the likely existence of an EF 14-24 f/2.8L recently, a lens that a lot of people, Canon SLR users, want to see this formula come to fruition, sooner rather than later.

🔠 In effort to supply some evicence of this design formula blow are actual segments of Canon’s US Patent filing. The Link below the image is a PDF file of the Actual 22 page Patent Filing. Notice that the filing is dated September 15, 2009 indicating that Canon has been contemplating this ultra-wide design for quite a few years. Although one would have to be an experienced US Patent Attorney to understand the writings, the Patent Filing is displayed to demonstrate that this lens formula exists and s owned by Canon for over 4 years.

http://patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/US7589905.pdf

🔠 Canon is apparently considering going wider with a 14-24 f2.8L formula. There have been a number of 10 year old “L” lens designs that are due for a “refresh” (such as the 100-400mm L zoom and the 28-300mm L zoom, both extremely popular and “long-in-the-tooth”). Coupled these schedule demands with the Tsunami that drastically effected Northern Japan’s industrial areas, Canon has been rearranging their time-tables for their Lens delivery schedules.

🔠 As an owner of Canon’s 16-35mm f2.8L II, which we really appreciate its optical performance; I may have to take a Very Serious Look at a Canon EF 14-24 f/2.8L when it comes to market. Will this be a $2500 item? Canon has a quality 14mm 2.8L Prime lens, which we’ve owned and used; Therefore we know Canon can get to 14mm for FF Digital cameras in very fine fashion. To see an “L” zoom covering this range of 14-24mm would be terrific coupled to our 5D3 for Still and HDTV Video clip-coverage. The Patent Diagrams above make it clear that Canon has the Lens FORMULA for this zoom range with excellent optical performance.

🔠 The EF 14-24 f/2.8L lens would make a terrific supplement to having a Canon EF 24-70 f2.8L Zoom II among others. Personally, because Canon is capable of creating Very High Resolution “L” zoom lenses, I perfer having several high quality “L” Zoom lenses like presently. Notice that we always go for “L” zoom lenses having the desired focal length at the mid-point of the zoom range.

1⃣ Canon 16-35mm f2.8L zoom

2⃣ Canon 24-70mm f2.8L zoom

3⃣ Canon 70-200m f2.8L zoom,

4⃣ Canon 100-400mm IS L Zoom, added for the Sports Shooter.

5⃣ Canon 28-300mm IS f3.5L Zoom, added when changing lenses in the Field is simply not practicle.

6⃣ The alternative to the above 5-lenses displayed, is having many “Prime” Lenses, and potentially too many lens changes for “field work.”

🔠 With 1⃣ + 2⃣ + 3⃣ above, this 3 Zoom Lens-Trifecta, you’d have total focal length coverage from 16-200mm, at a constant aperature of f2.8L, Plus the very popular 100-400 IS L zoom for an incredible focal range. If in the field, one could carry two Canon DSLR Bodies, to give focal length coverage for 90% of the shoot.

7⃣ The alternative to 6⃣ above is a TWO Lens Quinella, 1⃣ + 5⃣ where you’d have total focal length coverage from 16-300mm, both having “L” quality Optics and Build quality and an incredible focal range, giving up only the f2.8 constant aperature feature. This may be THE choice for our shop.

8⃣ The alternative to 7⃣ above is a THREE Lens Kit, 1⃣ + 2⃣ + 4⃣ where you’d have total focal length coverage from 16-300mm, both having “L” quality Optics and Build quality and an incredible focal range, giving up the f2.8 constant aperature feature, and you’d be loosing 29mm of focal-range from 71mm-99mm assuming this not a hot spot for what you capture. Honestly, I’m waiting for Canon to deliver the rumored 2nd “II” version of their hugely popular 100-400mm IS Zoom (I’ve written a separate article on this topic). Its been 12 years since Canon engineered the present version, its time for a modern version with an enhanced IS module, and renewed Optical and Materials implementation.

8⃣ Admittedly, years ago I was a “Prime Lens” purist, having $25,000 with 8 of Canon’s finest “L” Primes . Today with Canon’s 7D, 5D Mark III, or Canon 1DX, with Canon’s finest computer aided design team, capability with Canon’s best optical engineers, combining with very high-tech Canon exclusive Glass Formulations. Canon “L” Zoom Lenses offer incredible high resolution, high light transmittance, and excellent saturation.

✔ We’ve also been told that a Canon EF 12-24 f/2.8L also exists in prototype form and could become a product instead of the EF 14-24 f/2.8L. I can only recall Sigma making such a lens for full frame cameras. Going this wide would certainly put some space between the less costly (assuming based on Canon pricing history) EF 17-40 f/4L $800 and more pricey EF 16-35 f/2.8L II at $1500, likely exceeding say $2200.

✔ We have heard of a possible EF 12-24 f/2.8L, no visible “Patent Applications” though, so take it with a “few pounds of salt.” As the Canon 16-35mm f2.8L has several interations, perhaps its time for a wider, syper-wide “L” lens. However, we do not want to play “Marketing Executive” for Canon. The Patent Diagram of the 14mm “L” Zoom is REAL, the image of the “Canon 14mm zoom Lens” is not necessarily so.

Rumor ID: Canon EF 14-24 f/2.8L .

Rumor Rating: ⭐⭐⭐⭐ Viability Rated by Jimmy

Rumor Viability Comment: Patents are Real, the Question is When will an actual product be delivered, recent comments say 2013 is the year for it.


✔ This lines-scetch is a real diagram abstracted from Canon’s Patent Application filing. Therefore we know that Canon has done the engineering of this lens design, and has enough confidence its design and commercialization that it spent the Legal Fees to make the filing. However, many patents don’t result to products delivered. Personally, I would give this lens serious consideration, as its perfect for photojournalish, which is a major portion of our imaging and video coverage.

✔ The image below is a real NIKON lens attached to a Canon Digital camera. These are the images that make Canon crazy; where a Canon Camera owner would couple a Nikon Lens to it with a “cheeter adapter.” Mounting a ZEISS lens onto Canon is “fair game” as ZEISS is well known for delivering amazing image resolution, and where ZEISS is not in the Digital SLR Camera business.

✔ Having personally owned Canon’s 14mm f2.8L prime lens, shown here, notice the extreme convex surface of the outer element. If and when Canon decides to go into Commercial Production for a 14-24mm Ultra-Wide L zoom, one would have to give it serious consideration. My guess Expect an over $2200 price, I stress guess.


Pleased you’re reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, gives motivation 📢 new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/

Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.

To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 24 million visits as of Dec/2013, in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com.

If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital

When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

As a "Health Nut" for Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com

As many of my friends, family and students know, I am an avid iPad adopter since its release mid-year 2010. With Apple’s release of the Retina-Display iPad Mini, I will be changing to it soon with 128GB of Storage and Logitech’s UltraThin Keyboard Cover; however, the WiFi only model. My thought is there are so many WiFi zones available these days, investing in the $130 LTE Cellular chipset upgrade is mitigated by my iPhone 5S with its "HOT SPOT" capability. Therefore, if I have migrated into non-WiFi area, or I desire a more Secure Internet Connection, its very easy to Activate my iPhone’s Hot Spot, which serves as a mini-router, accepting up to 5 WiFi enabled devices, for internet connectivity.

FBI and NSA can remotely activate Android and PC Laptop Microphones to Record Conversations 😎👀 😎👀 😎👀 😎👀 ðŸ˜Ž

1375465169.jpg

😎👀 FBI and NSA can remotely activate Android and PC Laptop Microphones to Record Conversations. We discussed whether the new Microsoft Kinect could be used as an NSA spying tool. When it comes to microphones in Android Cell phones and PC Laptop computers, though, surveillance might not be a theoretical question.

😎👀 The Wall Street Journal reports that the FBI and the NSA can already remotely activate all these Microphones to record Conversations. The question is will these Hacker Surveillance Tools be used without anyone knowing, without a court order, or "probable cause." Remember the US Constitution’s 4th Amendment, an important part of our Bill of Rights.

😎👀 Law-enforcement officials in the U.S. have expanded the use of Hacker Surveillance Tools routinely used by computer Hackers to gather information on suspects, bringing the criminal wiretap into the cyber age. The problem who is Watching the folks using these Hacker Surveillance Tools, and who is watching the watchers regarding these Hacker Surveillance Tools.

😎👀 The Oversight Problem. These Agencies, FBI, NSA, CIA, DOD, DOJ, IRS to name a few, are becoming Huge and Arrogant. When agency heads and department managers are called before Congress, we hear lots of "I don’t know…" and "I am not aware of this…" responses to questions. So forget about Congressional Oversight checking on Government Abuses. These Agencies have too many layers of of folks that Congressional Hearings cannot penetrate. Therefore the US public obtains awareness of possible abuses by Whistle Blowers.

😎👀 Federal agencies have largely remain Silent about these Capabilities; however, court documents and interviews with people involved in the programs, provide new details about the use of these cyber-hacking tools, including spyware delivered to computers and phones through email or Web links, techniques more commonly associated with common PC Computer Viruses, and PC security attacks by cyber-criminals.

😎👀 The FBI has been hiring people who have advanced hacking skill, and they purchase tools that are capable of doing these cyber-things… says a former official in the agency’s cyber division.

😎👀 People familiar with the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s programs say that the use of hacking tools under court orders has grown as agents seek to keep up with suspects who use new communications technology, including some types of online chat and encryption tools. The use of such communications, which can’t be wiretapped like a phone, is called "going dark" among law enforcement. A spokeswoman for the FBI declined to comment on this topic.

😎👀 The FBI develops some hacking tools internally and purchases others tools from the private sector, likely underground hackers. With such technology, Govenment Agencies can remotely activate the microphones in phones running Google’s Android software to record conversations, one former U.S. official said. This listening techniques can do the same to Microphones in PC Laptops without the user knowing, the person said. Google declined to comment.

😎👀 For the record, if Government Agencies and Cyber Hackers can turn on you PC Computer’s and your Android Cell Phone’s Microphones, those same Hackers can Turn ON your PC’s Video Cameras and Mic’s, and Turn ON your Android’s Video Cameras and Mic’s, Watching and Hearing what you are doing in the privacy of your home or anywhere, all in HDTV resolution.

😎👀 The bureau typically uses hacking in cases involving organized crime, child pornography or counterterrorism, a former U.S. official said. It is loath to use these tools when investigating hackers, out of fear that the hacker-suspect will discover the surveillance and publicize the techniques, the official said.

😎👀 The FBI, NSA, CIA, DOD have been developing hacking tools for decades, but rarely discloses these techniques publicly in fear of Public Outcry.

😎👀 10 Famous Hackers and Hacks. While widely used, the term hacker is not always applied as it should be. In the hacking community in particular, there can be stark divisions between hackers – people immensely skilled at navigating computer systems and diagnosing security flaws, and crackers, those who use their hacking knowledge for malicious gain. This same dichotomy is sometimes represented by the terms white hat and black hat. A white hat hacker, for example, may be someone hired by a company to break into its computer network in order to find vulnerabilities. A black hat hacker is someone on the outside who would break into a system in order to cause damage or for financial gain.

😎👀 Although these various definitions exist, the term hacker is now largely a stand-in for anyone who breaks into computer networks, and it often carries a negative connotation. Some have broken the law in their careers, but many have also gone on to have productive (and legal) roles in the computer industry. Those that have broken the law have complex legal cases, and their motives are not necessarily malicious. In this article, we’ll look at several famous hackers of all stripes. The term hacker commonly refers to anyone who unlawfully breaks into computer networks, and it often carries a negative connotation.

😎👀 1. Kevin Mitnick. Not all hackers break the law and even fewer become the targets of FBI manhunts. But Kevin Mitnick was jailed twice – first in 1988, and then, after a plea bargain, from 1995 until 2000. For three years, he wasn’t allowed to the use the Internet. He managed to send and receive e-mail by having his girlfriend do all the clicking and typing; Mitnick just watched the screen .

😎👀 Mitnick often trumpeted himself more as a "social engineer" than a hacker. He said he preferred to use "persuasion, influence and manipulation" in order to solicit information from influential people – e.g. someone with access to a tech firm’s computer network, which didn’t require writing new software or otherwise breaking codes to get into a network .

😎👀 Mitnick has been the subject of several books, including "Takedown," which was made into a movie, and he even appeared in an episode of the TV show "Alias." Since regaining his computer privileges, he has started his own security-consulting firm, in addition to making rounds on the public speaking circuit. Hacker Kevin Mitnick was jailed twice for his crimes, once in 1988, and then again from 1995 to 2000.

😎👀 2. Kevin Poulsen. Like Kevin Mitnick, Kevin Poulsen was hunted by the FBI and was the subject of a book "The Watchman: The Twisted Life and Crimes of Serial Hacker Kevin Poulsen" chronicling his hacking exploits. And like Mitnick, Poulsen eventually went straight, giving up hacking.

😎👀 But before Poulsen rediscovered the right side of the law, he accrued a litany of hacking exploits, some of them illegal. While still a child, he learned how to whistle into a payphone in order to get free calls (he channeled the sound through his braces). He hacked a radio station’s phone lines in order to win a call-in contest whose prize was a Porsche. He eventually earned the distinction of being the first hacker charged with espionage after he allegedly stole classified information from the Air Force . Other charges against him include hacking into Pacific Bell. Eventually he was sentenced to 51 months for his crimes.. Since giving up hacking, Poulsen has become a journalist, working as a senior editor at Wired magazine, where he often writes about hackers. It may be a cliché, but many hackers do go by nicknames. Poulsen’s was Dark Dante.

😎👀 3. Adrian Lamo. Earlier on in his hacking career, Adrian Lamo was something of a good Samaritan, known by the moniker "the homeless hacker" because he sometimes took up residence in abandoned buildings. As a hacker, Lamo broke into the networks of a number of major companies – Excite@Home, MCI WorldCom, Yahoo, Microsoft and Google – but he often contacted the companies and told them about the security holes. In some cases, he also helped them fix these holes without accepting any compensation .

😎👀 He finally got into trouble when he hacked into The New York Times – from a computer at a Kinko’s – in 2003. He found a trove of information there, including personal details on thousands of people who had written for the paper, including celebrities and ex-presidents. To avoid jail time, he negotiated a plea bargain that included six months of house arrest .

😎👀 In recent years, Lamo has been in the news for reporting Bradley Manning to police. Manning, a U.S. Army private first class, allegedly funneled thousands of classified documents to the whistleblower organization WikiLeaks and then contacted Lamo, who said that Manning boasted about his actions. Lamo’s role in the affair, in which he presented himself as a journalist, has attracted some controversy . Hackers’ Diagnosed. In April 2010, Lamo was diagnosed with Asperger’s, an autism-spectrum disorder commonly associated with people of high intelligence who have difficulty socializing .

😎👀 4. Gary McKinnon. Like Adrian Lamo, Gary McKinnon has been diagnosed with Asperger’s syndrome. This Scottish hacker’s supporters have protested plans for the U.K. government to extradite him to the United States to face trial for allegedly hacking into U.S. government computers. Those working on McKinnon’s behalf worry that he is "too psychologically fragile" and may commit suicide . His case has contributed to a serious debate about the U.K.’s extradition policies.

😎👀 McKinnon is under suspicion for hacking into U.S. government computer networks in late 2001 and early 2002, in what’s been called a historic breach of security . A British court judgment accuses McKinnon of infiltrating 97 computers, installing hacking software, deleting important files and stealing information . He confessed that he left a threatening note on one Army computer, in which he identified himself by the name "SOLO." McKinnon has admitted to the hacks and said he thought he could find evidence that United States was covering up the existence of UFOs. His case remains ongoing. Gary McKinnon is accused of hacking into U.S. government computer networks in late 2001 and early 2002.

😎👀 5. Robert Tappan Morris. Robert Tappan Morris is now a tenured professor at MIT Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, but he has a colorful history as one of the computer world’s most renowned hackers. In 1988, while still an undergraduate at Cornell, Morris released into the wild what may have been the first computer "worm," a virus that went on to infect 6,000 Unix-based computers. Many of these machines suffered serious damage.

😎👀 Although Morris claimed that he was only trying to measure the "size" of the then-embryonic Internet, the government eventually decided to prosecute him. He became the first person convicted under the 1986 Federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act . Because of the novelty of the case and Morris’ claim that he didn’t intend to cause any damage, a debate ensued about whether he deserved prison time. Eventually a judge sentenced Morris to three years probation and ordered him to pay a fine and perform 400 hours of community service.

😎👀 A Hacking Convention. Since 1993, the DEFCON conference has been one of the world’s largest gatherings of hackers. The event features lectures, hacking contests and other events, and is attended by many well-known hackers and computer-security specialists.

😎👀 6. John Draper. While many hackers go mainstream and open consulting firms or become university professors, some never quite get there, and wind up in prison or somewhere else on society’s margins. John Draper is one such person. After serving as a radar technician in the Air Force in the mid-1960s, Draper began tinkering with the phone system, learning its intricacies, its internal codes (including, allegedly, a code that allowed him to get President Nixon on the phone) and how to hack the system for free calls.

😎👀 For his exploits, he became known as a "phone freak," adopting the name after finding a toy whistle in a cereal box and learning that the whistle could be used to imitate telephone tones. Later, Draper linked up with Steve Wozniak, co-founder of Apple, and also wrote one of the first word processing programs eventually picked up by Apple and IBM. But his eccentric behavior, poor business sense and bad luck hampered his ability to make money and to stay in a job for long. In the late 1970s, he served two stints in prison for phone fraud.

😎👀 Over the years, some of Draper’s more successful Silicon Valley friends, like Wozniak, have tried to help him, but his record and behavior make him difficult to employ. A 2007 newspaper article described Draper as living in a decrepit, one-room apartment, having almost no teeth, and getting by either on the kindness of friends or occasional programming gigs .

😎👀 7. The Masters of Deception. The Masters of Deception (MOD) was a group of hackers based in New York who, in the late 1980s, went on a hacking spree, taking particular advantage of the country’s phone system in order to hack into various corporate and government networks.

😎👀 Although members of the MOD were top-notch hackers, their big mistake likely came when they engaged in a rivalry with the Legion of Doom (LOD). The battle between the two came to be known as the Great Hacker War, although the conflict allegedly started when one LOD member used a disparaging racial epithet in reference to an MOD member. What followed was a back-and-forth battle between the hacking groups, which also involved LOD members providing security advice to corporations that MOD had targeted.

😎👀 Eventually, five members of MOD pled guilty to various crimes, and four spent brief periods in jail. The groups’ members dispersed, and many found work for technology and security firms. Their story has been chronicled in many articles and books, including one whose title says it all: "Masters of Deception: The Gang That Ruled Cyberspace."

😎👀 8. Matthew Bevan and Richard Pryce. Some hackers steal information or money, or damage or hijack systems, but few hackers can claim to have nearly started a war. But in 1996, Matthew Bevan and Richard Pryce were accused of just that by the U.S. government. Bevan and Pryce, who are both British, were arrested separately, several months apart, for trying to break into U.S. military systems.

😎👀 Bevan was a 21-year-old IT worker at the time and went by the hacker alias "Kuji," while Pryce was only 17 and known as "Datastream Cowboy" . According to a U.S. government report, the two allegedly worked together for several months, first establishing an electronic beachhead on a computer system located at Griffiss Air Force Base, in New York. They then installed password-collecting programs and began hacking their way into other government systems.

😎👀 After discovering the intrusions, U.S. officials became especially alarmed when they found that the duo may have infiltrated a North Korean system during an especially tenuous time of negotiations with that country over its nuclear-weapons program. Because the intrusion came via a hijacked U.S. government computer, it could’ve been construed as an act of war. Ultimately it was discovered that the hack in question had targeted a South Korean government agency .

😎👀 9. Jonathan James. By age 16, Jonathan James had already achieved renowned hacker status by becoming the first juvenile hacker to be sentenced to juvenile detention for 6 months in 2000 . Going by the alias "cOmrade," James was charged with hacking into computer systems belonging to NASA and the Department of Defense. His hacks were harmless, but he stole information and the security breaches required extensive downtime in order to secure the systems, which cost tens of thousands of dollars.

😎👀 James’ father supported his son, saying that he hadn’t caused any damage and had exposed security flaws . Unfortunately, after leaving the juvenile institution, James’ troubles continued when he tested positive for drugs. And when his mother died when he was 18, that left him alone with her house and little motivation to work, a recipe for hacking.

😎👀 In 2008, government agents raided his house as part of an investigation into what was then called the largest identity theft case in U.S. history . James and others were suspected of hacking into the systems of many large businesses and stealing information as part of an identity and credit-card theft ring that had netted millions of dollars. Two weeks after the raid, James committed suicide. He left a suicide note explaining that, while he considered himself innocent, he believed that because of his past notoriety, federal authorities would pin the blame on him rather than other guilty parties.

😎👀 10. Albert "segvec" Gonzalez. In 2009, Albert Gonzalez pleaded guilty to hacking into numerous companies’ computer systems in connection with the so-called TJX identity theft ring – the same series of crimes that led to the raid on Jonathan James’ house. The group that Gonzalez was a part of stole 36 million credit card numbers from TJX, which owns TJ Maxx and other large stores, although 70 percent or so of these cards were expired . Still, the costs to the companies responding to the attacks were immense; TJX alone spent more than $170 million .

😎👀 What’s particularly strange about Gonzalez’s case is that for years he worked as an informant for the secret service, providing information on other credit card thieves. However, by continuing and even expanding his criminal behavior, he left himself open to prosecution and was eventually sentenced to 20 years in prison . Several other men also were sentenced to prison time for their participation in the ring, although Gonzalez’s sentence remains the longest ever handed down to a hacker in the United States.


Pleased you are reading, as our readers 📚 thousands world-wide, give motivation 📢 for new topics published every day. Spread the Word 📬 to your friends, family, and associates; simply forward 📮 the link below, post it on your Facebook and Twitter Pages for their review,, anyone may subscribe, its secure, confidential, as every time 📅 I publish a story 📝 the WordPress system {not I} sends 📬 a reminder to you with a link to my new Article: https://fau4u2.wordpress.com/


Perspective: These articles are created to inform a diverse audience, whether it be photography, digital cameras, lenses, Image editing, Apps, Smartphones, iPads, iPhones, Laptops and related products, Health & Wellness, or any news-worthy topic. The purpose is to inform, from sources that are believed to be reliable, and stimulate Dialogue.


To learn more about what else we do, take a moment and visit these links, browse around. We are pleased with over 22 million visits in recent years: http://www.416-1100.com. For Health & Wellness; http://www.Jim.Wilson.Isagenix.com. If digital Imaging is of interest, I teach a course named "Principles of Digital Imaging and Post Image Processing" as an Adjunct Prof at FAU: http://www.416-1100.com/FAU-Classes/Principles-of-Digital


When I do what I do… I usually do it here.

SodaStream – Make your Soda at your Counter Top – Carbonate your own Bottled Water for Amazing Homemade Beverages – Carbonating Cost about 8¢ 12oz Serving or 23¢/Liter – Add a Squeeze of Lemon or Lime or your Own Flavors ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦ðŸ’§ðŸ’¦

1403541853.jpg

🌐 SodaStream Revolution, is the first push-button, automatic SodaStream, home soda maker, that offers breakthroughs in both function, design, and simplicity.

🌐 SodaStream Revolution model features a one-touch activation providing a Four-Button panel for choosing several carbonation levels (low, medium, high, turbo), a lighted LED display, indicating carbonation progress and a CO2 Cylinder status-gauge showing how much CO2 is remaining in the cylinder. Besides, using your selection of bottled water to “carbonate” then add a squeeze of lemon or lime is much more Healthy than buying all these processed, artificially flavored and sweetened sodas.

🌐 SodaStream “Revol